Skip to main content

Full text of "Nuclear survival manual : BOSDEC--the concrete curtain"

See other formats


NUCLEAR 
SURVIVAL 
MANUAL 

BOSDEC  —  The  Concrete  Curtain 


JAMES  R.  FAIRLAMB 


From  the  collection  of  the 

z    n 
z        m 

o  PreTinger 

I     a 

v    AJibrary 


San  Francisco,  California 
2006 


NUCLEAR 

SURVIVAL 

MANUAL 


BOSDEC  -  The  Concrete  Curtain 


NUCLEAR  SURVIVAL  MANUAL 

BOSDEC  -  THE  CONCRETE  CURTAIN 


BY 
JAMES  R.  FAIRLAMB 


FIRST  EDITION 


PUBLISHERS 
DREXEL  WINSLOW  &  FARRINGTON 

P.  O.  BOX  55      •       BUTLER,  N.  J. 


COPYRIGHT,©  JAMES   R.   FAIRLAMB    1963 


All  rights  reserved,  including  the  right  to  reproduce  this 
book   or   parts   thereof   in   any  form   in   any   language. 


Library  of  Congress  Catalog  Card  Number  63-21932 


Printed  in  the  United  States  of  America 

TKe  Colonial  Press  Inc. 

Clinton,  Mass. 


CONTENTS  INDEX  GUIDE 

PAGE 

Dedication  19 

Foreword  21 

CHAPTER  1 
Surviving  Immediate  Effects  of  a  Nuclear  Explosion       27 

SURVIVAL  FOR  ONE  MINUTE 
THERMAL  RADIATION 

Flash 

Fireball   heat 

Afterwinds 

Firestorms 

Vaporization 

INITIAL  NUCLEAR  RADIATION 
BLAST 

Overpressure 

Air  blast 

Mach  front 

Blast  wave 

Overpressure  and  wind  velocity  decay 

Blast  winds 

Ground  shock  and  Shockwaves 
FALLOUT 

Early  fallout 

Delayed  fallout 

CHAPTER  2 

Types  of  Nuclear  Weapon  Explosions  35 

AIR  BURST 

Thermal  radiation  effects  of  an  air  burst 
Nuclear  radiation  effects  of  an  air  burst 
Blast  effects  of  an  air  burst 
Timing  of  effects  of  1   MT  air  burst 

7 


PAGE 


GROUND  BURST 

Thermal  radiation  effects  of  a  ground  burst 
Initial  nuclear  radiation  effects  of  a  ground  burst 
Blast  effects  of  a  ground  burst 
Fallout  radiation  effects  of  a  ground  burst 

SUBSURFACE  BURST 

Thermal  radiation  effects  of  a  subsurface  burst 
Initial  nuclear  radiation  effects  of  a  subsurface  burst 
Blast  effects  of  a  subsurface  burst 
Fallout  radiation  effects  of  a  subsurface  burst 

CHAPTER  3 
Thermal  Radiation  39 

THERMAL  RADIATION 
HEAT 

Heat  reflection  and  absorption 
BURNS 

Flash  burns 

Flame  burns 

Hot  gas  burns 

Burn  ranges  for  exposed  persons 
EYE  INJURIES 

Permanent 

Temporary 

CHAPTER  4 
Nuclear  Blast  43 

INJURIES  DUE  TO  BLAST 

Direct  causes  of  injuries  due  to  blast 

One   MT   wind    velocity,    positive    phase    duration    and 

peak  OP 

Peak  overpressures  at  maximum  distances  from  G  Z 
Probable  fatality  percentages  for  estimated  OP  ranges 

8 


PAGE 


Indirect  cause  of  injuries  due  to  blast 
CRATERS 

Crater  zone  guide 

Observable  crater 

Rupture  zone 

Plastic  zone 

True  crater 

Maximum  crater  dimensions 

CHAPTER  5 
Nuclear  Radiation  Guide  51 

TYPES  OF  NUCLEAR  EXPLOSIONS 

Fission 

Fusion 
TYPES  OF  NUCLEAR  RADIATION 

Alpha  particles 

Beta  particles 

Gamma  rays 

Neutrons 

UNITS  OF  NUCLEAR  RADIATION  ENERGY  AND  BIOLOGICAL 
DAMAGE  MEASUREMENT 

MEV— million  electron  volts 

Roentgens 

Rads 

Rems 

RBE 

Radiation  conversion  guide 
INITIAL  NUCLEAR  RADIATION 

Prompt  gamma  rays 

Delayed  gamma  rays 

Initial  nuclear  radiation  dose  range 

Initial  gamma  ray  dose  range 

Time  and   percentage  for   initial   gamma   radiation    received 


PAGE 


RESIDUAL  NUCLEAR  RADIATION 

Early  fallout 

Fallout  size  and  percentage  of  radioactivity  carried 

Estimated  fallout  dose  from  20  MT  ground  burst 

Early  fallout  pattern  for  1  MT  ground  burst 

Decontamination  by  earth  moving  techniques 

Conversion   of  known   dose   rate  to  that  of  any  other 
time 

Residual  radiation  decay  table 

Long  half  life  radioisotopes 

Fallout  cannot  induce  radioactivity 
BIOLOGICAL  EFFECTS  OF  NUCLEAR  RADIATION 

lonization 

Symptoms 

Radiation  by  inhalation 
NUCLEAR  RADIATION  SHELTER  TIME  GUIDES 

Nuclear  radiation  dose  rate  time  guide 

Nuclear  radiation  allowable  stay  time  guide 

CHAPTER  6 
Nuclear  Radiation  Protection  Shields  69 

BARRIER  SHIELDING 

Half  value  layer  thickness 

Material  shielding  efficiencies 

Equivalent  half  value  layer  protection  factors 

Protection  factor 

Fallout  protection  factor  guide 

Tenth  value  layer  thickness 

Equivalent  tenth  value  layer  protection  factors— fallout 

Equivalent  TVL  protection  factors— initial  radiation 
GEOMETRY  SHIELDING 

Geometry  shielding  protection  examples 

Neutron  barriers 

10 


PAGE 


TIME  SHIELDING 

Nuclear  radiation  time  decay 
Lifetime  nuclear  radiation  computation 

CHAPTER  7 
Nuclear  Explosion  Survival  Range  79 

Minimum  survival  ranges  (from  GZ) 

Thermal  radiation 

Blast 

Initial  nuclear  radiation 

Crater 

Survival  precautions 

Square  and  cube  root  table 

Squares  and  cubes  table 

CHAPTER  8  83 

Shelter  Building  Controversy 

COMMUNIST  OBJECTIVES 

POPULAR  CLICHES 

ANALYSIS  OF  POPULAR  CLICHES 

"I  don't  want  to  live  — " 

"If  everything  will  be  blown  down  — " 

"Some  people  are  going  to  have  guns  — " 

"We  should  forget  about  shelters  — " 

"Building  shelters  may  precipitate  a  nuclear  attack  — " 

"I  can't  afford  a  shelter  -" 

CHAPTER  9 

Getting  to  the  Shelter  89 

STRATEGIC  WARNING 
TACTICAL  WARNING 

11 


PAGE 


ENEMY  OBJECTIVES 

Possibility  of  a  complete  surprise  attack 
DAY  TIME  ATTACK 
NIGHT  ATTACK 

NEAR  project 
PROTECTION  AT  WORK 
PROTECTION  AWAY  FROM  SHELTER 

CHAPTER  10 
Nuclear  Attack  Possibilities  93 

ESTIMATES  OF  COMMUNIST  ATTACK  CAPABILITY 
NUCLEAR  ATTACK  WEAPON  SIZES 
NUCLEAR  ATTACK  PATTERN 

Possible  methods  of  bomb  delivery 

Nuclear  attack  timetable 

Possibility  of  invasion 

Targets 

Chance  of  survival 

CHAPTER  11 
Essentials  for  Survival  97 

AIR 

Oxygen  concentration  in  air 

Carbon  dioxide  concentration  in  air 

Air  supply  methods 

Carbon  dioxide  removal  by  soda  lime 

Carbon  dioxide  removal  by  Zeolite 
WATER 

Water  and  radioactivity 

Reservoir  water 

Shelter  water  sources 

12 


PAGE 


FOOD 

Food  warehousing 

Food   supply   requirements 
FIRE  AND  HEAT  ENERGY 

Electricity 

Public  utility  electricity 

Generator  electricity 

Battery  electricity 

Propane  and  natural  gas 

Coal 

Wood 

Charcoal  briquets 

Alcohol 

Candles 

Kerosene 
CLOTHING 

Adults 

Men 

Women 

Teenagers 

Children 

General  shelter  clothing  suggestions 

SHELTER  FROM  THE  ELEMENTS 

HAND  TOOLS 

MEDICINE 

Medical  supplies 

CHAPTER  12 
BOSDEC  109 

BOMB  SHELTER  IN  DEPTH  CONCEPT 
BOSDEC  SYSTEM  PRINCIPLES 

Primary  shelter 

Secondary  shelter 

13 


PAGE 


Shelter  lock 

Collateral  BOSDEC  advantages 
BOSDEC  basic  requirements 
PRIMARY  SHELTER  SPECIFICATIONS 
Primary  shelter  design  features 
Primary  shelter  ventilation 
Primary  shelter  air  changes 

CHAPTER  13 
How  to  Meet  BOSDEC  Specifications  1 1 5 

GENERAL   CONSTRUCTION 
PRIMARY  SHELTER  CONSTRUCTION 

Emergency  escape  hatch 

Generator  and  blower  instructions 

PRIMARY  SHELTER  COMPARTMENTS 
Primary  shelter  floor  plan 
Primary  shelter  living  quarters 
Primary  shelter  storage  room  for  food  and  tools 
Primary  shelter  air  intake  and  filter  room 
Primary  shelter  ventilation  motor  blower 
Chemical  ventilation 

FILTERS 

Precipitator  electric  filters 

Air  purifier  filters 

Primary  shelter  water  storage 

Air  intake  and  filter  compartment  equipment 

PRIMARY  SHELTER  GENERATOR  AND  AIR  EXHAUST  ROOM 
Fractional   horsepower   motor  current  draws 
Electrical  appliance  current  draws 
Generator  area  equipment 
Electric  supply  schematic  guide 
Automatic-Electro  utility  system 

14 


PAGE 


SECONDARY  SHELTER 

Secondary  shelter  floor  plan 

Secondary  shelter  sanitary  facilities 

Secondary  shelter  ventilation 

Secondary  shelter  equipment 
SHELTER  LOCK 

Shelter  lock  floor  plan 

Shelter  lock  equipment 
SHELTER  PREPARATION  PROCEDURES 

Water  shutoff 

Water  supply  schematic  guide 

Electricity  shutoff  to  house 

Air  shutoff 

Generator  electric  current  draw 

Primary  shelter  electric  control  panel 

CHAPTER  14 
General  Food  Information  137 

UNAVAILABLE  FOOD 
SELECTING  FOOD 

Food   preparation 

New  commercial  frozen  food  storage 
SEQUENCE  OF  FOOD  USE 

Fresh  food 

Foods  in  deepfreeze 

Canned  and  long  shelf  life  foods 
FOOD  PREPARATION  SUGGESTIONS 

Utilization  of  cans  and  cartons 

Primary  shelter  food 

Secondary  shelter  food 

Serving  food 

Kitchen  utensils  for  shelter  use 

Kitchen  supplies  for  shelter  use 

Secondary  shelter  food  list 

15 


PAGE 


CHAPTER  15 
Primary  Shelter  Menus  145 

CALORIE  INTAKE 
MEAL  TIME  CYCLES 
SELECTION  OF  FOOD 

Cost  of  meals 
BREAKFAST  MENUS 
LUNCH  MENUS 
DINNER  MENUS 
SHOPPING  LISTS  FOR  PRIMARY  SHELTER  MENUS 

Condiments,  staples,  spices,  coffee  and  tea,  etc. 
EMERGENCY  TRAVEL  FOOD 

CHAPTER  16 
Shelter  Equipment  and  Supplies  153 

Personal  sanitary  needs 

Shelter  housekeeping  supplies 

Hardware  supplies 

Portable  mechanical  and  electrical  equipment 

General  purpose  equipment  and  supplies 

CHAPTER  17 
General  Radiation  Information  157 

RADIATION   DETECTORS 

Survey  meters 

Dosimeters 

NORMAL  RADIATION  EXPOSURES 
RADIATION  DOSES  AND  RECOVERY  TIMES 

Safe  roentgen  dosages  under  emergency  conditions 
EMERGENCY  EXCURSIONS  FROM  SHELTER 

Leaving  shelter 

Returning  to  shelter 

16 


PAGE 

CHAPTER  18 
Emergency  Shelter  First  Aid  161 

BLEEDING 

BREATHING  PROBLEMS 

BURNS 

FRACTURES 

PREGNANCY 

IDENTIFICATION  TAGS 

CHAPTER  19 
Basic  Nuclear  Physics  163 

ELEMENTAL  STRUCTURE 

Elements 

Atoms 

Nucleus 

Protons 

Neutrons 
ISOTOPES 
FISSION 
IONIZATION 

Ionizing  radiation 
RADIATION 

Radioactive  atoms 
BIOLOGICAL  NUCLEAR  EFFECTS 

Internal  radioactive  poisoning 

CHAPTER  20 
America  After  a  Nuclear  Attack  171 

ABSORBED  RADIATION 

Areas  of  intense  radiation 
Radiation   weathering   effect 

17 


PAGE 


RECONSTRUCTION  AND  RELOCATION  PROGRAMS 

Military  leadership 

Registration 

Area  certifications 
RADIATION   BANKING  CONCEPT 

Deposits  and  withdrawals 

Older  people 
RECONSTRUCTION  EFFORTS 

Basic  Materials 

Heavy  manufacturing 

Medicine 
Clothing 
GOVERNMENT  PLANNING 


Glossary  1 79 

Bibliography  135 

Equipment  and  Food  Sources  187 


18 


DEDICATION 

This  effort  is  dedicated  with  love  to  all  the  chil- 
dren of  the  world.  With  it  goes  the  fervent 
prayer  that  their  parents  will  use  more  wisdom 
in  making  the  life  or  death  decisions  coming  up 
in  the  future  than  they  did  in  getting  our  world 
into  such  a  predicament. 


19 


FOREWORD 


In  the  year  1963  the  two  way  power  struggle  between  the  free 
world  and  Russia  became  a  three  way  contest.  By  1965  China  will 
probably  have  accomplished  a  nuclear  reaction;  by  1970  China 
will  have  nuclear  weapons;  and  by  1980  China  will  have  a  nuclear 
attack  capability.  Red  China,  those  simple  agrarian  reformers, 
have  already  announced  long  and  loud  that  they  intend  to  exter- 
minate capitalism  the  moment  that  they  can  gain  more  than  they 
will  lose.  Chinese  strategy  may  well  be  to  defeat  Russia  ideologic- 
ally and/ or  militarily  and  then  take  on  the  free  world.  As  the 
ultimate  aim;  Red  Chinese  domination  of  the  world!  The  first  act 
must  be  the  subjugation  of  India  as  a  flank  protection.  You 
have  witnessed  the  opening  ploys.  Let  us  not  be  completely  and 
thoroughly  naive. 

The  simple  minded  man  who  doesn't  have  sense  enough  to 
come  in  out  of  the  rain  has  been  the  bench  mark  of  stupidity  for 
a  long  time.  He  is  about  to  lose  his  place  to  the  man  who  "doesn't 
have  sense  enough  to  come  in  out  of  the  fallout." 

Many  people  use  the  stock  expression  "I  don't  want  to  live  like 
a  mole  or  a  rabbit  and  dive  into  a  hole  when  in  danger."  In  effect 
these  people  are  saying  that  they  don't  have  as  much  sense  as 
a  rabbit. 

Why  should  people  be  subjected  to  ridicule  for  a  natural  desire 
to  seek  protection  from  danger?  A  nuclear  attack  would  turn  our 
entire  country  into  a  war  theatre.  Each  citizen  would  become  a 
soldier  in  a  battle  for  survival.  Every  army  in  modern  history  has 
dug  in  for  protection.  Has  any  stigma  ever  been  attached  to  a 
command  to  dig  foxholes  or  trenches?  What  is  so  sensible  about 
standing  out  in  the  open  and  inviting  destruction? 

An  embattled  population  would  necessarily  play  a  passive  role 
in  a  period  of  nuclear  attacks.  Certainly  all  civilians  will  auto- 
matically seek  shelter.  Whether  they  duck  under  the  kitchen  table 
or  into  a  planned  shelter  is  just  a  question  of  degree  of  protection. 
The  principle  is  the  same.  To  cope  with  this  problem  it  will  be 
necessary  for  most  persons  to  discard  ideas  gleaned  from  scary, 
ill  informed  articles  and  to  study  the  actual  facts. 

If  you  decide  to  build  a  shelter  you  will  want  to  judge  for 
yourself  the  degree  of  protection  necessary  or  possible  for  you  and 
your  family.  The  purpose  of  this  manual  is  to  make  all  known  facts 

21 


available  to  you  in  one  complete  reference  so  that  your  decisions 
will  be  based  on  facts — not  on  the  opinions  of  others. 

One  of  the  main  facts  to  consider  is  this — if  you  build  a  pro- 
tective shelter  and  never  use  it  during  a  nuclear  attack  you  may 
lose  several  thousand  dollars.  If  you  don't  build  it  and  a  nuclear 
attack  occurs — you  may  lose  your  life. 

It  doesn't  seem  logical  to  trust  to  luck  or  some  one  else's  pre- 
digested  opinions  on  such  a  vital  matter.  It  makes  just  as  little 
sense  to  design  and  build  a  shelter  for  fallout  protection  only,  when 
a  combined  blast  and  fallout  shelter  can  be  built  with  a  little  more 
effort  and  money.  You  will  need  a  strong  shelter — not  a  bargain 
basement. 

We  are  all  afraid  of  the  unknown.  Fear  is  a  poor  basis  for 
intelligent  planning.  This  is  the  main  reason  why  a  clear  under- 
standing of  nuclear  problems  is  so  necessary  to  the  average  man. 
This  manual  is  not  intended  to  solve  your  problems.  It  is  designed 
to  give  you  the  basis  for  wise  decisions.  After  all,  it  is  your  problem 
— your  decision  and  no  one  can  make  it  for  you.  You  are  entitled 
to  facts — not  salestalks,  not  piecemeal  information,  not  communist 
propaganda  or  cabdriver  opinions. 

Nuclear  energy  is  a  fact  of  life.  It  cannot  be  ignored  or  side 
stepped.  Yet  that  is  what  people  are  trying  to  do  when  they  say 
that  they  don't  want  to  live  in  a  nuclear  world.  They  might  as  well 
say  that  they  don't  want  to  live  in  a  world  where  cancer  and  blind- 
ness are  a  part  of  life's  risks.  Facts  must  be  faced — as  they  always 
have  been  faced. 

Hundred  of  thousands  of  public  spirited  persons  have  volun- 
teered for  Civil  Defense  and  Disaster  Control  duty.  The  vast 
majority  serve  their  country  without  pay  and  unfortunately,  with 
very  little  thanks.  They  work  very  hard  to  plan  the  protection 
and  conservation  of  our  citizenry  in  any  kind  of  disaster.  They 
have  been  terribly  handicapped  by  official  apathy  at  the  national 
level,  lack  of  intelligent  and  much  needed  laws  with  teeth  in  them 
and — money. 

For  instance,  sixteen  years  after  exploding  the  first  nuclear 
bomb,  our  government  still  has  not  made  a  real  effort  to  decentral- 
ize industry  or  make  mandatory  shelters  in  our  schools.  What  an 
opportunity  we  have  missed  to  protect  our  most  valuable  asset — 
our  children.  All  of  the  schools  built  since  1946  could  have  had 
combination  shelters  and  cafeterias  in  their  basements  had  some- 
one been  far  sighted  enough.  This  could  have  been  done  with  very 
little  additional  expense.  Think  of  the  peace  of  mind  that  would 

22 


have  resulted  from  just  a  little  intelligent  planning  at  the  proper 
level. 

A  diligent  search  of  government  literature  failed  to  disclose 
one  instance  where  an  underground  family  bomb  shelter  has  been 
built  and  tested  near  a  nuclear  test  explosion.  Why  hasn't  this  been 
done?  Since  only  persons  associated  with  the  government  and  the 
government  itself  have  access  to  basic  nuclear  weapon  data,  all 
tests  must  be  done  by  the  government.  Obviously  all  nuclear  data 
in  any  book  on  the  subject  must  be  based  on  government  released 
information. 

Fortunately  President  Kennedy  has  given  many  indications 
of  his  awareness  of  the  problems  and  has  taken  initial  measures 
to  do  something  about  them.  In  the  past  two  years  several  very 
interesting  and  informative  books  have  been  published.  Let  us  hope 
that  the  effort  is  expanded  and  that  the  flow  of  really  useful 
information  needed  will  be  supplied. 

Have  you  ever  had  a  vague,  uncomfortable  feeling  that  inter- 
views and  speeches  to  which  you  listened  are  selling  defeatism? 
That  you  are  being  softened  up  by  a  well  organized  line  of  pro 
communist  propaganda  featuring  no  shelters,  complete  unilateral 
disarmament,  peace  at  any  price,  etc.  Overlooked  is  the  fact  that 
our  past  gestures  of  cooperation  were  taken  as  signs  of  weakness 
or  stupidity.  This  line  is  epitomized  by  the  typical  fellow  traveler 
slogan  "better  red  than  dead."  Just  a  few  thousand  well  placed 
and  highly  articulate  fellow  travelers  can  make  more  noise  and 
influence  more  people  than  the  overwhelmingly  vast  majority  of 
Americans  who  feel  otherwise.  The  aim  of  this  propaganda  is 
confusion  and  division  of  our  citizens  in  times  of  crisis  and  decision. 

America  must  realize  that  even  capitulation  to  communism 
would  not  be  a  guarantee  against  nuclear  war.  What  happens  when 
the  Chinese  produce  a  nuclear  weapon?  When  the  Russians  and 
the  Chinese  start  warring  among  themselves?  The  entire  world 
will  become  radiation  contaminated  in  various  degrees — and  there 
is  very  little  we  can  do  about  it  by  ourselves.  The  implications  of 
nuclear  problems  to  come  stagger  the  imagination.  To  attempt  to 
solve  these  problems  by  unilateral  disarmament  would  be  like 
atttempting  to  reduce  crime  by  firing  the  policemen. 

Human  nature  has  not  changed  very  much  in  centuries.  Yet 
it  is  man's  supreme  egotism,  reflected  in  each  generation— that  his 
generation  is  different.  That  human  nature  has  changed  drastically 
in  the  20  or  30  years  of  his  generation  when  it  has  not,  indeed, 
changed  much  in  the  past  2,000  years.  Little  has  been  learned  from 

23 


history  or  from  the  men  with  a  desire  to  rule  the  world — and  with 
so  little  time  on  earth  to  accomplish  this  dream:  Genghis  Khan, 
Alexander,  Napoleon  and  Hitler.  How  short  or  convenient  is  our 
memory!  The  more  we  placated  Hitler,  the  bolder  and  hungrier  he 
became.  Finally,  under  the  most  adverse  conditions  we  had  to  face 
the  truth.  The  meek  will  some  day  inherit  the  earth — but  at  this 
stage  of  our  evolution  only  the  strong  and  resolute  can  remain  free. 

What  we  call  Communism  today  is  actually  Fascism.  It  enlists 
the  aid  and  support  of  some  simple  minded,  even  well  intentioned 
people  and  mistaken  malcontents  alike.  They  then  spend  half  their 
lives  damning  Fascism — and  the  other  half  serving  it  under  the 
delusion  that  they  are  helping  their  fellow  men. 

Magazine  articles,  newspaper  ads  and  talks  given  by  pre- 
sumably well  intentioned  but  uninformed  persons  have  bombarded 
you  with  information  of  sorts.  This  purports  to  show  that  you  will 
be  blinded  by  a  nuclear  explosion,  maimed  or  killed  by  hurtling 
debris  including  bodies,  incinerated  by  fires  and  tossed  around  by 
blast  waves.  Of  course,  they  seldom  mention  that  all  of  these  dire 
predictions  are  based  on  the  assumption  that  you  will  not  have  an 
adequate  shelter  and  will  be,  in  fact,  out  in  the  open.  These  articles 
quote  barbers  and  taxicab  drivers  and  probably  boost  circulation — 
but  they  do  not  contain  any  useful  information.  They  are  emotional 
appeals  to  the  natural  desire  of  everyone  for  peace  and  safety  and 
they  ignore  facts.  Several  excellent,  factually  informative  mag- 
azine articles  have  been  conspicuous  by  their  objective  and  helpful 
approach. 

Individual  scientists  and  groups  of  scientists  have  been  par- 
ticularly vocal  on  the  subject  of  shelters.  Some  say  build  shelters 
and  others  say  it  is  useless.  This  advice  comes  from  men  with 
comparable  scientific  backgrounds.  Their  political  and  philosoph- 
ical backgrounds  usually  differ.  However,  the  fact  that  a  person 
is  a  scientist  is  not  proof  that  he  is  particularly  competent  to  judge 
other  affairs  with  superior  ability. 

Much  of  the  information  in  this  manual  was  developed  from 
Office  of  Civil  Defense,  Department  of  Defense  and  Atomic  Energy 
Commission  publications.  Some  of  the  statistics  are  based  on  data 
obtained  by  extrapolation,  interpolation  and  the  application  of 
scaling  laws.  The  subject  of  nuclear  weapon  behavior  is  so  complex 
that  the  use  of  these  methods  is  sometimes  necessary.  The  results 
of  these  computations  should  not  be  construed  as  exact  figures, 
because  of  the  many  conditions  and  forces  which  differ  with  each 
nuclear  explosion.  Because  many  figures  presented  are  approxi- 
mate for  any  given  weapon  explosion,  they  serve  as  planning  guide- 

24 


lines  and  should  be  verified  and  confirmed  by  radiation  instrument 
checks  under  the  actual  conditions  prevailing  at  any  given  time. 
With  so  many  variable  factors  involved  it  was  considered  essential 
that  every  effort  be  made  to  use  maximal  figures  for  most  weapon 
effects  to  present  the  worst  possible  conditions  for  each  statistic. 
Therefore,  these  figures  may  vary  in  different  degrees  from  other 
statistics  covering  the  same  area  of  interest. 

This  manual  is  not  intended  to  provide  the  electrical,  plumbing 
or  carpentry  details  of  shelter  building.  No  effort  has  been  made 
to  explain  how  every  bolt  is  to  be  set,  every  electrical  outlet  placed, 
every  yard  of  concrete  poured  or  every  reinforcing  bar  placed.  It  is 
intended  as  a  guide  for  shelter  construction,  a  reminder  and  a 
checklist — not  a  detailed  blueprint. 

With  a  combined  ceiling  mass  of  seven  feet  and  space  equal 
to  500  cubic  feet  per  person  you  can  wait  out  the  explosion, 
thermal  radiation,  firewinds,  blast  including  an  overpressure  of 
100  psi  and  early  fallout  and  still  be  more  than  90  <%  safe  two  and 
one-half  miles  or  more  from  the  ground  zero  of  a  fifty  megaton 
explosion.  You  will  not  be  incinerated,  barbecued  or  hit  by  hurtling 
bodies  if  you  are  in  a  well  designed  shelter.  You  can  take  intelligent 
steps  to  increase  your  chance  of  survival. 

The  purpose  of  this  manual  is  not  to  consciously  sell  the  idea  of 
building  a  shelter.  If  you  decide  to  do  so,  remember  that  you  can 
eliminate  the  generator,  well  and  other  desirable  but  non-essential 
features  that  are  expensive  and  still  have  the  same  degree  of  pro- 
tection but  not  the  same  amount  of  convenience. 

There  is  something  slightly  ridiculous  about  expecting  in- 
telligent citizens  to  protect  themselves  from  nuclear  explosions 
crouched  in  makeshift  $50  leantos  covered  with  sandbags.  Prac- 
tically all  officials  seem  reluctant  to  tell  the  people  that  they  must 
spend  more  than  the  cost  of  a  television  set  for  nuclear  protection. 
Our  purpose  is  to  explain  the  problem  and  avenues  of  solution. 
If  at  times  the  solution  seems  involved  and  redundant  it  is  because 
the  problem  is  involved  and  all  known  means  of  planning  a  shelter 
are  presented.  For  instance,  three  types  of  air  filtration  are  shown 
in  the  BOSDEC  concept — but  only  one  is  necessary.  We  believe 
you  can  make  your  choice  if  you  have  the  information  available. 
That  is  what  we  are  trying  to  do. 

Your  main  problem  may  not  be  to  survive  a  nuclear  attack 
but  to  survive  a  nuclear  war  and  to  just  exist  in  the  immediate  post 
attack  world  until  that  war  is  won.  The  BOSDEC  system  would 
then  prove  to  be  much  more  than  just  a  nuclear  bomb  shelter. 

25 


Many  questions  you  may  now  have  regarding  this  concept  would 
be  answered  at  that  time. 

It  would  be  tragic  if  America  built  a  nuclear  weapon  to  win 
a  war  and  instead  lost  a  civilization. 

Our  most  fervent  prayer  is  that  you  will  never  use  your  shel- 
ter under  the  conditions  for  which  it  was  designed  —  and  that  a 
true  peace,  honorable  and  just  to  all  mankind  will  come  to  the 
people  of  the  world.  If  it  does  not,  our  main  protection  from  the 
iron  curtain  and  the  bamboo  curtain  may  well  be  survival  shelters 
—  the  concrete  curtain. 

Illegitimi  non  carborundum! 

James  R.  Fairlamb. 


26 


CHAPTER  1 

Surviving  Immediate  Effects 
of  a  Nuclear  Explosion 

SURVIVAL  FOR  ONE  MINUTE 

All  nuclear  weapon  explosions  produce  basic  reactions.  The  ex- 
act degree  is  dependent  on  variables.  But  at  the  instant  of  an  ex- 
plosion several  events  start  to  occur.  They  will  be  mentioned  in  the 
order  observed  or  felt.  These  effects  are  covered  in  greater  detail 
in  chapters  three,  four  and  five.  1.01 

Irrespective  of  location,  three  nuclear  weapon  explosions 
would  probably  be  the  maximum  to  which  any  one  person  would 
be  subjected.  If  he  survived  these  three  possible  bursts — he  would 
have  survived  them  all.  Whether  50  or  500  bombs  were  delivered 
in  an  attack  is  academic  where  the  immediate  personal  effects  of 
an  attack  are  concerned. 

1.  The  flash  is  over  in  less  than  one  second. 

2.  The  thermal  radiation  is  over  in  less  than  one  minute. 

3.  The  blast  or  Shockwave  is  over  in  less  than  one  minute. 

4.  The  initial  nuclear  radiation  is  over  in  less  than  one  minute. 

5.  The  early  fallout  is  over  in  less  than  one  day. 

6.  Outside  radiation  is  reduced  to  1/100  in  two  days. 

7.  Delayed  fallout  is  mostly  over  in  less  than  one  week.    1.02 

THERMAL  RADIATION 

About  35%  of  a  burst's  energy  consists  of  thermal  radiation. 
During  surface  or  air  bursts  (below  ten  miles)  it  is  delivered  in 
two  phases  or  pulses.  The  first  phase  is  an  ultraviolet  flash  repre- 
senting 1%  of  the  radiant  energy.  The  second  phase  carries  99% 
of  the  thermal  radiation,  lasts  about  30  seconds  for  a  10  megaton 
burst  and  is  the  main  cause  of  skin  burns.  Bursts  above  a  20  mile 
altitude  emit  thermal  radiation  in  a  single,  one  second  pulse.  The 
heat  effect  produced  by  an  explosion  in  the  first  minute  is  called 
"prompt  thermal  radiation".  1.03 

FLASH 

The  flash  or  initial  phase  of  thermal  radiation  is  many  times 
brighter  than  the  sun.  It  travels  at  the  speed  of  light,  186,000  miles 
per  second,  and  lasts  for  just  a  few  millionths  of  a  second.  Anyone 
looking  directly  into  this  flash  would  be  blinded.  Sunglasses  do  not 

27 


provide  protection  against  this  eye  damage.  The  blink  reflex  takes 
0.15  second,  so  the  flash  is  over  before  the  eye  can  blink.  Ultra- 
violet radiations  cause  more  eye  damage  than  visible  or  infrared 
rays  and  permanent  eye  injury  may  be  expected  by  persons  look- 
ing directly  at  the  fireball.  But  the  ultraviolet  flash  is  so  brief 
that  any  protection,  a  newspaper  for  example,  could  prevent  blind- 
ness. If  caught  in  the  open  or  near  a  window,  action  should  be 
taken  to  minimize  burn  injury  before  the  maximum  of  the  second 
pulse.  Up  to  this  time  only  20  percent  of  the  thermal  radiation 
will  have  been  received.  A  large  proportion  can  be  avoided  if  shel- 
ter is  obtained  before  or  soon  after  the  second  thermal  pulse  max- 
imum which  is  3.2  seconds  after  burst  for  a  10  megaton  explosion. 
It  occurs  more  slowly  for  larger  weapon  yields.  1.04 

FIREBALL  HEAT 

For  several  seconds  after  an  explosion  the  core  of  the  burst  is 
so  bright  it  cannot  be  looked  into  with  the  naked  eye.  Called  the 
fireball,  this  core  is  millions  of  degrees  in  temperature  and  between 
3.5  and  4.5  miles  in  diameter  for  a  10  megaton  or  a  20  megaton 
explosion.  The  heat  travels  at  the  speed  of  light,  lasts  about  30 
seconds  for  a  10  megaton  air  burst,  and  is  mostly  infrared.  The 
fireball  rises  at  a  rate  of  about  250  to  350  feet  per  second  and 
reaches  its  maximum  diameter  in  approximately  one  to  one  and 
one-half  minutes.  Both  the  flash  and  the  fireball  can  cause  serious 
burns  to  exposed  skin  within  up  to  30  miles  from  ground  zero 
(guide  3.10).  1.05 

AFTERWINDS 

The  strong  updraft  of  the  hot  fireball  creates  inflowing  winds 
called  "afterwinds"  which  are  largely  responsible  for  sweeping 
dirt  and  debris  up  into  the  stem  of  the  fireball.  This  debris  is 
irradiated  and  later  descends  to  earth  as  fallout.  1.06 

FIRESTORMS 

The  flash  and  the  fireball  heat  also  start  fires  and  may  cause 
"firestorms".  Firestorms  are  generated  when  air  rushes  in  to  re- 
place superheated  rising  air  and  fans  the  flames  of  many  small 
fires.  Closely  built  up  areas  or  dense  forests  are  necessary  for 
transmitting  fire  from  one  object  to  another  before  a  firestorm 
becomes  possible.  The  firestorm  which  badly  damaged  the  German 
city  of  Hamburg  during  the  second  world  war,  reached  tempera- 
tures of  up  to  2500°  F.  However,  a  properly  designed  and  equipped 
shelter,  with  air  intake  and  exhaust  ports  kept  closed  so  that  the 

28 


firestorm  would  not  draw  the  air  out  of  it,  would  experience  a  tem- 
perature rise  of  only  a  few  degrees  under  the  same  temperature 
conditions.  Firestorms  appear  to  reach  a  maximum  two  to  three 
hours  after  an  explosion  and  would  decrease  to  moderate  about  six 
hours  after  the  burst.  1.07 

VAPORIZATION 

The  fireball's  intense  initial  heat  is  rapidly  dissipated  as  it 
moves  outward  from  ground  zero.  The  speed  of  this  movement  is 
so  great  that  the  burst's  initial  heat  lasts  less  than  one  minute. 
However,  in  that  fraction  of  a  minute  the  fireball  will  vaporize  al- 
most everything  above  ground  within  about  a  2.3  mile  radius  of 
a  20  megaton  burst.  It  will  burn  everything  above  ground  within 
a  wider  range  depending  on  size  and  type  of  weapon,  height  of 
burst,  etc.  Heavy  concrete  structures  have  been  known  to  resist 
vaporization  within  the  area  of  the  fireball.  1.08 

INITIAL  NUCLEAR   RADIATION 

Between  3%  and  5%  of  nuclear  explosion's  energy  is  wrapped 
up  in  the  initial  nuclear  radiation.  It  is  that  part  of  the  nuclear 
radiation  that  occurs  within  one  minute  after  the  explosion.  The 
time  is  the  same  for  all  weapon  yields.  At  the  instant  of  explosion, 
radioactive  products  of  the  bomb  itself  bombard  the  earth  with 
initial  nuclear  radiation  which  creates  induced  neutron  radioac- 
tivity at  and  near  the  crater  site.  1.09 

Included  in  this  radiation  are  nearly  all  the  neutrons  and 
prompt  gamma  rays,  both  being  released  within  one  second  after 
the  burst.  The  initial  nuclear  radiation  covers  an  area  about  the 
size  of  the  fireball  which  is  4.5  miles  in  diameter  for  a  20  megaton 
weapon.  It  is  most  dangerous  within  two  miles  from  ground  zero. 
Within  one  minute  practically  all  the  weapon  residues  will  have 
risen  to  such  a  height  that  appreciable  amounts  of  initial  nuclear 
radiation  cannot  reach  the  ground.  The  effects  of  this  type  of  ra- 
diation are  generally  afforded  little  attention  since  within  the  area 
directly  under  the  fireball,  where  initial  nuclear  radiation  is  pos- 
sible and  most  dangerous,  the  blast  and  thermal  effects  are  an 
equal  or  greater  hazard  to  inadequately  protected  persons.  1.10 

BLAST 

About  50%  of  the  explosive  energy  is  expended  in  producing 
the  blast  effect.  This  effect  follows  the  flash,  heat  and  initial  nu- 
clear radiation  very  closely.  It  travels  more  slowly  and  is  not  felt 
as  quickly  as  the  heat  and  light.  A  fraction  of  a  second  after  the 

29 


burst  this  high  pressure  wave  develops  and  leaves  ground  zero 
at  about  2,000  miles  per  hour.  It  quickly  decelerates  to  about  the 
speed  of  sound,  760  miles  per  hour.  In  10  seconds  (for  a  one  mega- 
ton burst)  it  is  about  3  miles  from  ground  zero.  At  50  seconds 
after  the  explosion  it  has  progressed  to  about  12  miles  from  ground 
zero.  This  blast  wave  creates  very  strong  winds  called  "blast 
winds"  (1.21).  These  blast  winds  start  at  velocities  of  hundreds  of 
miles  per  hour  but  slow  to  hurricane  speed  at  about  10  miles  from 
ground  zero.  1.11 

OVERPRESSURE 

The  energy  of  a  blast  wave  is  measured  by  the  amount  of 
overpressure  created.  Overpressure  is  the  amount  of  pressure  oc- 
curring in  excess  of  normal  atmospheric  pressure  which  is  14.7  psi 
at  sea  level  at  70°  F.  A  given  pressure  occurs  at  a  distance  from 
the  ground  zero  of  a  nuclear  burst  in  proportion  to  the  cube  root  of 
the  bomb  energy  yield.  1.12 

At  a  little  more  than  three  miles  from  ground  zero  a  10  mega- 
ton explosion  creates  a  15  psi  overpressure.  A  100  megaton  burst 
creates  a  15  psi  overpressure  seven  miles  from  ground  zero.  This 
is  about  twice  the  distance  of  the  10  megaton  burst  for  the  same 
overpressure.  In  other  words  a  weapon  with  ten  times  the  yield  of 
any  other  just  about  doubles  the  radius  of  equivalent  overpres- 
sure. 1.13 


AIR  BLAST 

Air  blast  in  the  form  of  a  blast  wave  has  little  effect  below 
the  surface  of  the  earth.  When  a  blast  wave  hits  the  earth  most  of 
its  energy  is  reflected.  This  reflected  wave  can  cause  damage.  The 
direct  (unreflected)  and  reflected  waves  merge  into  a  "Mach  front" 
at  a  distance  from  ground  zero  about  equal  to  the  height  of  the 
explosion.  1.14 

MACH  FRONT 

The  overpressure  of  a  Mach  front  is  usually  about  twice  that 
of  the  direct  blast  wave.  In  a  building  the  direct  pressure  of  a  blast 
wave  might  be  reflected  from  the  walls  and  then  could  be  twice 
the  unreflected  pressure.  A  person's  location  against  a  wall  could 
be  the  most  dangerous  so  far  as  direct  blast  effects  are  concerned 
because  the  reflected  overpressure  is  then  at  its  peak.  On  the  other 
hand  a  location  away  from  the  wall,  while  decreasing  this  hazard, 
increases  the  possibility  of  body  displacement.  1.15 

30 


BLAST  WAVE 

The  blast  wave  is  actually  divided  into  two  phases.  The  com- 
pression or  positive  phase  and  the  suction  or  negative  phase.  The 
compression  phase  lasts  for  about  two  to  four  seconds  for  a  one 
megaton  explosion,  depending  on  the  distance  from  ground  zero. 
The  compression  phase  will  reach  a  point  5  miles  from  ground 
zero  in  about  20  seconds  for  a  one  megaton  burst.  It  is  the  most 
dangerous  phase  of  the  blast  wave.  The  suction  phase  lasts  longer 
(about  2  or  3  times  as  long  as  the  compression  phase)  but  does 
not  vary  as  much  (about  4  psi  under  the  ambient  pressure)  from 
normal  pressure.  One  particular  hazard  of  the  suction  phase  is  its 
ability  to  suck  air  out  of  a  shelter  unless  the  shelter  air  intake 
and  exhaust  ports  are  closed  and  secured.  Government  shelter  tests 
show  that  animals  in  a  shelter  survived  when  the  outside  over- 
pressure was  90  pounds  per  square  inch.  1.16 

Blast  and  overpressure  from  any  megaton  range  weapon  will 
crush  almost  all  above  ground  structures  within  about  a  three  mile 
radius  from  ground  zero.  Reinforced,  heavy,  poured  concrete  struc- 
tures stand  a  chance  near  the  periphery  of  this  three  mile  radius 
depending  on  weapon  size,  terrain  and  other  variables.  1.17 

A  shallow  (top  of  earth  cover  equal  to  original  grade)  buried 
concrete  arch,  with  a  16  foot  span  and  a  central  angle  of  180°, 
consisting  of  8  inch  thick  concrete  with  a  4  foot  earth  cover  was 
only  moderately  damaged  (could  be  used)  at  160  psi  to  220  psi 
overpressure.  It  was  lightly  damaged  at  120  psi  to  160  psi  over- 
pressure. 1.18 

At  about  12  miles  from  ground  zero  the  blast  effect  is  almost 
gone  and  the  overpressure  reduced  to  that  prevalent  during  a  very 
high  wind.  The  overpressure  and  wind  velocity  decay  for  a  20 
megaton  ground  burst  is  shown  in  guide  1.19.  1.19 

OVERPRESSURE  AND  WIND  VELOCITY  DECAY 
20  MT   GROUND  BURST 

Overpressure  (psi)        Wind  Velocity  (mph)       Distance  from  GZ  (miles) 


TOO 

1400 

1.8 

70 

1100 

2.0 

40 

850 

2.8 

20 

600 

3.6 

10 

310 

5.1 

5 

165 

7.6 

3.5 

120 

10.0 

2 

75 

15.2 

1.3 

45 

20.0 

Guide  1.19 

31 

At  distances  more  than  three  miles  from  ground  zero  each 
one  psi  of  overpressure  equals  about  thirty  to  forty  miles  per  hour 
wind  velocity.  Since  the  blast  and  blast  winds  follow  the  thermal 
radiation  by  a  few  seconds  any  fires  started  by  the  intense  heat 
may  be  either  fanned  into  greater  activity  or  snuffed  out  by  the 
blast  winds  depending  on  the  type  of  fire,  location,  time  of  year 
and  weather  conditions.  1.20 

BLAST  WINDS 

The  passage  of  a  blast  wave  or  the  Mach  front  resulting  from 
it,  creates  very  strong  winds  called  "blast  winds"  which  accom- 
pany the  blast  wave.  Blast  winds  are  much  stronger  than  the 
afterwinds  accompanying  the  updraft  of  the  rapidly  rising  fire- 
ball. Blast  winds  blow  away  from  ground  zero  during  the  compres- 
sion phase  and  blow  back  toward  ground  zero  during  the  negative 
or  suction  phase.  1.21 

GROUND  SHOCK  AND  SHOCKWAVES 

Shock  from  a  ground  burst  transmitted  solely  through  the 
earth  is  usually  small  compared  with  shock  of  the  air  blast  waves 
from  the  same  explosion,  which  passes  over  the  surface.  When  the 
blast  effect  occurs  underground  or  underwater  it  is  called  a  shock- 
wave.  Underground  bursts  expend  much  of  their  energy  in  trans- 
mitting groundshock  and  digging  a  crater.  Craters  produced  may 
be  as  wide  as  3500  feet  and  as  deep  as  800  feet  depending  on  the 
size  of  the  weapon  and  the  ground  material  at  the  crater  site.  Am 
underwater  explosion  at  a  depth  of  one  hundred  feet  creates  waves 
of  the  magnitude  shown  in  guide  1.22.  1.22 

WAVES  CREATED  BY  100  FT.  DEEP  UNDERWATER  EXPLOSION 

Weapon  Size  (MT)  1  Mile  from  GZ  I'/z  Miles  from   GZ 


5 

40  ft. 

25  ft. 

10 

45  ft. 

30  ft. 

20 

50  ft. 

35  ft. 

Guide   1.22 

FALLOUT 

A  10  megaton  explosion  must  occur  at  an  altitude  of  less  than 
7000  feet  for  appreciable  fallout  to  be  generated.  A  one  megaton 
burst  must  occur  below  3000  feet  to  create  significant  fallout.  1.23 

32 


About  10%  to  15%  of  all  nuclear  explosion  energy  is  in  the 
form  of  early  and  delayed  fallout.  The  composition  and  rate  of 
decay  of  radioactive  fallout  depends  upon  the  basic  materials  used 
to  construct  the  weapon.  Since  the  fallout  consists  of  weapon 
residues  plus  the  dirt  and  debris  sucked  into  the  ascending  fireball, 
the  size  of  the  individual  fallout  particles  will  also  depend  par- 
tially on  the  type  of  ground  material  at  ground  zero  (rock,  sand, 
clay,  etc. ) .  The  fallout  from  one  15  megaton  explosion  consisted  of 
particles  from  about  25  microns  to  about  500  microns  or  from  one 
thousandth  to  one  fiftieth  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  Fallout  descends 
in  two  stages ;  early  fallout  and  delayed  fallout.  1.24 

EARLY  FALLOUT 

Early  fallout  contains  about  60%  of  all  fallout  energy.  It  falls 
within  24  hours  after  the  burst.  Depending  on  location  relative  to 
ground  zero  of  the  explosion,  the  early  fallout  will  start  to  fall 
about  one  half  hour  after  the  flash.  This  is  mostly  fallout  that  had 
been  swept  up  into  the  fireball  and  contaminated.  It  is  the  most 
dangerous  fallout  and  can  contaminate  large  areas  with  an  inten- 
sity sufficient  to  create  an  immediate  hazard  to  people  within  those 
areas.  1.25 

Naturally  the  largest  fallout  particles  fall  first.  They  are 
about  the  size  of  grains  of  sand  or  sugar  i.e.  within  a  20  to  2000 
micron  range.  Directly  under  the  fireball  and  close  to  its  periphery 
some  of  the  fallout  may  be  up  to  one  half  inch  in  diameter.  The 
density  of  fallout  is  about  2.5  grams  per  cubic  centimeter  or  ap- 
proximately that  of  dry  sand.  A  human  hair  is  75  microns  in 
diameter.  1.26 

All  early  fallout  descends  within  one  day.  The  two  types  of 
hazards  that  these  fallout  particles  represent  are: 

1.  Actual  contact  of  radioactive  material  with  the  skin  which 
can  cause  "beta  burns".  Beta  burns  are  caused  by  beta  par- 
ticles. They  should  be  washed  off  immediately. 

2.  Continuous  body  exposure  to  scattered  and  direct  gamma 
rays  emanating  from  fallout  particles. 

Early  fallout  is  another  very  good  reason  for  remaining  in  a  shel- 
ter for  at  least  the  first  day  or  two  after  an  explosion.     1.27 

DELAYED  FALLOUT 

Forty  per  cent  of  all  fallout  is  the  delayed  type  which  falls 
more  than  24  hours  after  the  explosion.  This  delayed  fallout  is 
buffeted  about  by  high  altitude  winds  and  will  usually  settle  in  low 
concentration  over  wide  areas.  1.28 

Rain  or  snow  may  cause  delayed  fallout  particles,  that  are  at 

33 


an  altitude  of  less  than  20,000  feet,  to  be  deposited  in  greater  con- 
centrations in  some  localities.  Areas  in  which  rain  or  snow  pre- 
cipitate above  average  amounts  of  fallout  are  called  "hot  spots". 
Potential  fallout  from  megaton  range  explosions  ordinarily  attains 
altitudes  above  20,000  feet,  and  spends  little  time  below  that  height 
in  the  area  where  rain  and  snow  usually  occurs.  1.29 

Most  delayed  fallout  will  descend  hundreds  or  even  thousands 
of  miles  away  and  will  take  months  or  years  to  eventually  settle 
to  earth.  It  will  represent  a  long  term  hazard.  In  the  meantime  the 
delayed  fallout  radioactivity  will  be  steadily  decaying.  1.30 


34 


CHAPTER  2 

Types  of  Nuclear  Weapon  Explosions 

There  are  three  general  types  of  nuclear  weapon  explosions. 
Each  type  produces  different  effects  and  creates  a  different  set  of 
dangers.  If  and  when  a  decision  to  build  a  survival  shelter  is  made, 
the  hazards  of  each  type  must  be  recognized.  Always  remember 
the  three  factors  that  can  work  in  a  shelter  occupants  favor ;  time, 
space  and  barrier  shielding.  2.01 

AIR  BURST 

An  air  burst  is  simply  a  nuclear  explosion  in  the  air  during 
which  the  fireball  does  not  touch  the  surface.  2.02 

THERMAL  RADIATION  EFFECTS  OF  AN  AIR  BURST 

An  air  burst  creates  about  25%  more  thermal  radiation  than 
a  surface  or  subsurface  explosion.  Flash  and  heat  is  dispersed  more 
widely  and  with  less  obstruction  than  is  the  case  with  the  other 
two  types  of  explosions.  Air  bursts  at  altitudes  of  more  than  20 
miles  reduce  the  chance  of  exposed  people  being  burned.  However, 
a  burst  occurring  at  this  altitude  would  increase  the  incidence  of 
flash  blindness  just  as  far  as  a  person  can  see.  Atmospheric  haze 
and  smog  tends  to  lessen  the  thermal  radiation  effect  of  an  air 
burst  by  interposing  a  natural  shield  between  the  heat  and  light  of 
the  explosion  and  the  earth.  2.03 

NUCLEAR  RADIATION  EFFECTS  OF  AN  AIR  BURST 

Intense  initial  nuclear  radiation  is  emitted  by  an  air  burst. 
This  can  be  dangerous  within  about  a  two  mile  radius  of  the  fire- 
ball core.  At  three  miles  from  its  source,  this  initial  radiation  is 
negligable  even  for  a  10  megaton  explosion.  Alpha  and  beta  par- 
ticles cannot  reach  the  ground  from  an  air  burst.  An  air  burst  does 
not  create  early  fallout.  2.04 

BLAST  EFFECTS  OF  AN  AIR  BURST 

An  air  burst  creates  the  most  powerful  blast  effect  since  it  is 
relatively  unimpeded  by  the  atmosphere  through  which  it  passes. 
Some  of  the  air  blast  wave  energy  may  be  translated  into  ground 
shock  if  the  air  burst  is  close  enough  to  the  ground.  2.05 

35 


TIMING  OF  EFFECTS  OF  I  MEGATON  AIR  BURST 
ALTITUDE  6500  FT. 


Time  After  Explosion 
(Seconds) 

Distance 
Effect                                From  GZ  (Miles) 

1.8 

Fireball  is  6300  ft.  in  diameter 

1.8 

Blast  wave 

1.0 

4.6 

Mach  front  forms—  16  psi  OP 

1.3 

11.0 

Blast  wind—  180  miles  per  hour 

3.2 

11.0 

Mach  front—  6  psi  OP 

3.2 

37.0 

Blast  wind  —  40  miles  per  hour 

9.5 

37.0 

Mach  front—  1  psi  OP 

9.5 

Guide  2.05 

Summary:  An  air  burst  usually  produces  a  most  effective  blast 
wave,  about  25%  more  thermal  radiation,  intense  initial  nuclear 
radiation,  negligible  groundshock  and  much  less  fallout  than  a 
ground  burst.  An  air  burst  does  not  create  a  crater.  2.06 


GROUND  BURST 

A  nuclear  explosion  occurring  on  or  very  close  to  the  earth's 
surface — either  land  or  sea — is  called  a  surface  burst.  If  it  occurs 
on  or  over  land  it  is  a  ground  burst.  In  any  event  its  fireball  touches 
the  surface.  2.07 


THERMAL  RADIATION  EFFECTS  OF  A  GROUND  BURST 

A  ground  burst  causes  thermal  radiation  to  be  directed  up- 
ward and  outward.  Therefore,  it  creates  only  about  80%  as  much 
thermal  damage  as  an  air  burst.  The  earth  or  water  absorbs  much 
of  the  thermal  effect  that  is  directed  downward.  The  flash  or  heat 
of  a  ground  burst  .does  not  have  the  damage  potential  of  an  air 
burst  i.e.  an  unobstructed  path  to  possible  unprotected  victims  or 
structures.  The  burst  must  also  pass  through  or  around  natural 
and  man  made  barriers  not  encountered  by  an  air  burst.  This 
lessens  the  ground  burst  thermal  radiation  damage  potential.  2.08 


INITIAL  NUCLEAR  RADIATION  EFFECTS  OF  A  GROUND  BURST 

The  initial  nuclear  radiation  is  less  of  an  immediate  hazard 
when  emitted  by  a  ground  burst.  More  of  it  is  absorbed  by  the 
earth  or  water  and  less  consequently  finds  a  human  target.  2.09 

36 


BLAST  EFFECTS  OF  A  GROUND   BURST 

A  ground  burst  creates  less  blast  than  an  air  burst  at  con- 
siderable distances  from  ground  zero.  However,  close  to  ground 
zero  the  blast  is  greater  from  a  ground  burst.  The  ground  shock 
of  a  ground  burst  is  more  intensified  than  that  of  an  air  burst  since 
more  of  the  full  power  of  the  explosion  is  transmitted  or  absorbed 
by  the  ground  in  the  process  of  digging  the  crater.  Ground  shock 
damage  can  extend  out  to  a  distance  equal  to  about  two  crater  di- 
ameters. Primary  blast  and  reflected  shock,  which  together  form 
the  Mach  front,  occur  at  almost  the  same  instant  during  a  ground 
burst.  2.10 

FALLOUT  RADIATION   EFFECTS  OF  A  GROUND   BURST 

A  ground  burst  creates  the  greatest  fallout  hazard.  Its  fireball 
and  blast  originate  at  or  near  the  ground.  Thus,  accompanying 
afterwinds  suck  much  more  dirt  and  debris  into  the  ascend- 
ing nuclear  cloud  for  radiation  and  eventual  distribution  as  fall- 
out. 2.11 

Summary:  Ground  bursts  generally  produce  less  effective  blasts,  at 
considerable  distances  from  ground  zero,  than  air  bursts.  How- 
ever, close  to  ground  zero  more  blast  is  produced  by  ground  bursts. 
They  create  less  thermal  radiation  and  less  immediately  dangerous 
initial  nuclear  radiation.  Ground  bursts  generate  much  more 
ground  shock  and  many  times  the  amount  of  fallout  created  by  an 
air  burst.  Ground  bursts  dig  craters.  2.12 


SUBSURFACE  BURST 

Subsurface  bursts  are  underground  or  underwater  explo- 
sions where  the  burst  occurs  considerably  below  the  earth's  sur- 
face. 2.13 


THERMAL  RADIATION  EFFECTS  OF  A  SUBSURFACE  BURST 

Thermal  radiation  created  by  a  subsurface  burst  would  be 
minimal  or  non-existent  depending  on  the  depth  of  the  explo- 
sion. 2.14 

INITIAL  NUCLEAR  RADIATION  EFFECTS  OF  A 
SUBSURFACE  BURST 

During  a  subsurface  burst  the  initial  nuclear  radiation  is  gen- 

37 


erally  absorbed  by  the  surrounding  earth  or  water  (water  is  an 
excellent  radiation  shield)  as  the  case  may  be.  There  is  less  initial 
nuclear  radiation  for  a  subsurface  burst  than  for  a  comparable 
ground  burst.  2.15 

BLAST  EFFECTS  OF  A  SUBSURFACE  BURST 

A  subsurface  explosion  of  the  underground  type  would  pro- 
duce considerable  ground  shock ;  more  than  an  air  or  ground  burst. 
The  possibility  of  an  enemy  exploding  a  weapon  underground  is 
remote.  It  would  be  pointless.  Underwater  bursts  could  be  a  very 
likely  and  important  mode  of  attack;  a  method  calculated  to  kill 
defenders  and  leave  the  buildings  and  equipment  virtually  un- 
harmed; a  method  comparatively  easy  to  use;  weapons  easy  to 
deliver-say  by  fishing  boats.  A  burst  2700  feet  underwater  will 
produce  a  tremendous  shock-wave.  The  resulting  waves  would  be 
20  to  50  feet  high  and  would  fan  out,  at  ever  decreasing  size  waves, 
to  about  100  miles.  The  implications  for  residents  of  tideland  areas 
are  particularly  serious.  Not  only  would  the  danger  of  flooding 
exist,  but  the  water  would  be  radioactively  charged.  2.16 

FALLOUT  RADIATION  EFFECTS  OF  A  SUBSURFACE  BURST 

A  moderately  deep  underground  burst  produces  very  little  fall- 
out. The  amount  would  be  roughly  in  proportion  to  the  depth  of 
the  burst.  Underwater  bursts  can  produce  fallout  laden  rain.  Here, 
again,  the  amount  of  contaminated  rain  so  produced  would  de- 
pend on  variables  including  depth  of  explosion,  weather  conditions, 
size  of  weapon,  etc.  2.17 

Summary:  Subsurface  bursts  create  very  little  thermal  radiation 
or  initial  nuclear  radiation.  Underground  bursts  produce  consid- 
erable Shockwaves.  Underwater  bursts  create  potentially  danger- 
ous fallout  and  extremely  dangerous  Shockwaves.  2.18 


38 


CHAPTER  3 

Thermal  Radiation 

Thermal  radiation  is  felt  as  heat  and  the  ultraviolet  flash  can, 
of  course,  be  seen.  The  heat  lasts  less  than  one  minute.  At  one 
mile  from  ground  zero  of  a  one  megaton  explosion  complete  pro- 
tection from  the  thermal  radiation  would  be  provided  by  two  feet 
of  concrete.  3.01 

HEAT 

Two  factors  cause  thermal  radiation  heat  energy  to  decrease 
with  increasing  distance  from  ground  zero  of  a  nuclear  explosion: 

1.  The  heat  from  the  thermal  radiation  is  absorbed  over  in- 
creasing areas  as  it  moves  away  from  the  burst. 

2.  Attenuation  of  the  thermal  radiation  as  it  passes  through 
air.   The  thermal   dose   is  inversely    proportional  to   the 
square  of  the  distance  from  the  explosion.  Four  miles  from 
the  ground  zero  the  heat  energy  would  be  only  one  quarter 
that  received  at  two  miles  or  one  half  the  distance  from  the 
same  explosion.  Attenuation  is  due  to  two  factors — 

a.  Absorption :  Atoms  and  molecules  in  the  air  absorb,  and, 
thereby,  remove  part  of  the  heat  from  a  nuclear  explo- 
sion. 

b.  Scattering:  Heat  is  diverted  from  its  normal  path  by 
means  of  oxygen  and  nitrogen  in  the  air.  Another  im- 
portant form  of  scattering  is  the  reflection  and  bending 
of  light  rays  by  smog  and  dirt  particles  in  the  air  which 
causes   diffusion   rather   than   direct    transmission  of 
thermal  radiation.    3.02 

The  scattering  effect  is  very  important.  Ordinarily  thermal 
radiation  will  travel  in  a  straight  line  from  the  fireball  especially 
after  an  air  burst.  Much  of  the  thermal  radiation  arriving  at  a 
target  from  fairly  long  distances  will  have  been  scattered.  This 
heat  will  then  arrive  from  many  directions.  Clouds  can  reduce  the 
amount  of  thermal  radiation  received  at  a  point  on  the  ground. 
Dense  smoke  or  fog  interposed  between  an  air  burst  and  the  tar- 
get can  reduce  to  as  little  as  one  tenth  the  amount  of  heat  which 
would  have  been  received  with  clear  visibility.  3.03 

HEAT  REFLECTION  AND  ABSORPTION 

Thermal  radiation  is  emitted  quickly.  The  intensity  rate  is 
high  on  the  surface  but  the  conductivity  is  low.  The  extent  of  heat 
absorbed  or  reflected  depends  on  the  type,  color,  thickness,  tem- 

39 


perature  and  moisture  content  of  the  material  or  object.  Thermal 
radiation  absorbed  by  a  material  produces  the  heat  that  deter- 
mines the  damage  done  to  that  material.  The  length  of  time  of  the 
heat  exposure  and  the  degree  of  heat  are  very  important  factors. 
Highly  reflecting  and  transparent  materials  will  not  absorb  much 
thermal  radiation.  Even  a  thin  material  can  often  transmit  a  large 
proportion  of  the  heat  and  thereby  escape  damage.  However,  the 
heavier  the  fabric  or  material,  the  better  the  protection  from  heat. 
Providing  the  color  is  the  same,  wool  provides  more  protection 
than  cotton.  3.04 

Dark  materials  will  absorb  much  more  thermal  radiation  than 
the  same  material  when  light  colored.  Dark  materials  char  more 
readily  than  light  colored  fabrics.  When  charred,  a  light  colored 
material  assumes  the  same  characteristics  as  a  dark  material. 
Light  colored  fabrics  reflect  or  transmit  up  to  90%  of  thermal 
radiation  to  which  they  are  exposed.  They  absorb  very  little.  3.05 

Surface  damage  to  building  materials  can  be  minimized  by  the 
use  of  light  colored  paints  and  hard  varnishes  to  reflect  the  ther- 
mal radiation.  A  number  of  modern  plastics  including  Bakelite, 
cellulose,  acetate,  Lucite,  Plexiglas,  polyethylene,  Teflon  and  vinyl 
plastic  withstand  heat  so  well  that  more  than  sixty  calories  per 
square  centimeter  are  necessary  to  produce  melting  or  even  dark- 
ening. This  is  many  times  the  amount  of  heat  that  would  cause 
dangerous  human  burns  (3.10) .  Glass  is  highly  heat  resistant.  3.06 


BURNS 

Thermal  radiation  has  one  very  dangerous  capability.  It  has 
the  intensity  necessary  to  inflict  fatal  damage  to  the  human  body 
in  the  form  of  burns.  A  building  or  survival  shelter  strong  enough 
to  protect  against  blast  will  provide  sufficient  protection  from  di- 
rect heat.  Earth  is  an  excellent  heat  absorber.  3.07 

Thermal  radiation  causes  three  main  types  of  burns: 

1.  Flash  burns  are  caused  by  direct  exposure.  They  are  not 
deep  burns  because  of  the  short  exposure  duration.  Flash 
burns  can  be  most  severe  when    intervening  clothing  is 
drawn  tightly  against  the  body  at  points  such  as  the  elbows 
and  shoulders.  Loose  fitting  clothes  with  some  air  space 
next  to  the  skin  minimize  flash  burn  injuries. 

2.  Flame  burns  are  caused  by  thermal  radiation   originated 
fires.  These  burns  would  be  usually  deeper  and  consequently 
more  serious  than  flash  burns.  In  fact,  they  would  be  much 
like  burns  resulting  from  fires  of  non-nuclear  origin. 

3.  Hot  gas  burns  which  are  dangerous  even  when  protected 
from  flash  or  flame  burns.  Hot  gas  burns  are  a  particular 
hazard  if  superheated  air  is  inhaled.    3.08 

40 


The  larger  the  nuclear  weapon  yield,  the  more  thermal  radiant 
exposure  required  to  produce  an  equivalent  effect.  The  lower  yield 
weapons  deliver  their  heat  in  a  very  short  time  (less  than  one  half 
second).  The  more  powerful  weapons  require  as  much  as  several 
seconds.  Generally  the  longer  the  exposure  time  for  a  given  thermal 
dose,  the  less  damaging  is  that  dose.  A  thermal  dose  of  seven  cal- 
ories per  square  centimeter  of  skin  area  from  a  one  megaton  ex- 
plosion can  produce  a  second  degree  (blistering)  burn.  It  takes 
about  nine  calories  per  square  centimeter  (cal/cm2)  from  a  ten 
megaton  weapon  to  cause  a  similar  second  degree  burn.  Four  calo- 
ries per  square  centimeter  from  a  ten  megaton  burst  will  cause 
first  degree  (redness)  burns.  Third  degree  burns  destroy  the  full 
thickness  of  the  skin.  3.09 

The  unit  used  to  express  the  degree  of  thermal  exposure  is  the 
"calorie  per  square  centimeter  (of  skin  area)".  This  is  abbreviated 
to  "cal/cm2."  Thermal  radiation  doses  between  3  and  4  cal/cm2 
cause  first  degree  burns  (redness) ;  between  6  and  10  cal/cm2  cause 
second  degree  burns  (blisters)  and  over  10  cal/cm2  cause  increas- 
ingly severe  burns  which  may  be  classified  as  third  degree  burns 
(charring)  depending  on  circumstances.  Thermal  exposure  to  over 
12  cal/cm2  will  cause  third  degree  burns.  3.10 

BURN  RANGES  FOR  EXPOSED  PERSONS  -  AIR  BURST 

CLEAR  ATMOSPHERE  -  DISTANCE  FROM  EXPLOSION 

THERMAL  RADIATION  RECEIVED 


Explosion 
Yield 

Third  Degree 
Burns  (Charring) 
Miles      Cal/cm2 

Second  Degree 
Burns  (Blisters) 

First 
Burns 

Degree 
(Redness) 

Megatons 

Miles 

Cal/cm2 

Miles 

Cal/cm2 

1 

8 

12 

11 

6.5 

15 

3.1 

2 

10 

12 

15 

6.7 

20 

3.2 

4 

14 

12 

19 

8 

25 

3.3 

5 

17 

12 

20 

8.2 

27 

3.4 

7 

18 

12 

23 

8.5 

30 

3.5 

10 

20 

12 

27 

9.1 

35 

3.6 

20 

29 

12 

32 

9.6 

45 

3.8 

Guide  3.10 

EYE  INJURIES 

Most  thermal  radiation  burns  would  be  similar  to  those  which 
would  result  from  fires  of  non-nuclear  origin.  The  big  exception  is 
the  possibility  of  serious  eye  injury.  There  are  two  main  types  of 
thermal  radiation  eye  effects : 

1.  Permanent  injury  from  chorioretinal  burns. 

2.  Temporary  injury  or  flash  blindness  from  explosion  flash. 

41 


Permanent  eye  damage  can  be  caused  if  the  focusing  action  of  the 
eyes  causes  them  to  concentrate  enough  direct  thermal  energy  on 
the  retina.  The  fireball  must  be  in  the  field  of  view  before  focusing 
can  take  place.  Should  this  occur,  permanent  eye  injury  may  be 
suffered  at  distances  from  ground  zero  greater  than  the  distances 
at  which  heat  causes  skin  burns.  3.11 

If  the  retina  receives  more  light  than  it  needs  for  seeing,  but 
less  than  the  amount  which  would  cause  a  burn,  flash  or  tem- 
porary blindness  can  ensue.  Flash  blindness  is  apt  to  occur  at 
greater  distances  at  night  since  the  pupil  is  enlarged  and  the  eye 
is  adapted  to  the  dark.  During  the  daylight  hours  the  pupils  are 
small  and  the  range  within  which  flash  blindness  can  occur  is 
correspondingly  shorter.  Atmospheric  conditions  also  affect  the 
distances  at  which  eye  damage  can  occur.  3.12 

Scattered  thermal  radiation  (3.02)  does  not  cause  perma- 
nent damage  to  the  retina  of  the  eye.  It  can  contribute  to  flash 
blindness  resulting  from  the  dazzling  effect  of  bright  light.  Burns 
near  the  center  of  the  eye  can  cause  considerable  loss  of  vision. 
However,  if  a  chorioretinal  burn  is  mild,  eyesight  may  scarcely 
be  affected.  This  is  also  true  if  the  burn  is  around  the  outside 
edge  of  the  retina.  3.13 

Among  Japanese  survivors  of  the  Hiroshima  nuclear  bomb  at- 
tack on  August  6,  1945  and  the  Nagasaki  attack  on  August  9,  1945 
only  one  case  of  retinal  injury  was  reported  although  there  were 
many  cases  of  temporary  blindness  lasting  up  to  2  or  3  hours. 
It  is  a  fair  assumption  that  only  a  small  proportion  of  people 
would  be  facing  a  nuclear  explosion  in  such  a  way  that  the  fire- 
ball would  be  in  their  field  of  vision  at  any  given  instant.  3.14 


42 


CHAPTER  4 

Nuclear  Blast 

The  blast  effect  of  a  nuclear  explosion  behaves  like  a  wall  of 
pressure  leaving  the  core  of  the  fireball  in  a  wave  at  very  high 
speed.  The  passage  of  this  blast  wave  creates  turbulance  in  the  air 
as  it  pushes  outward  from  the  burst.  This  turbulance  is  called  a 
blast  wind.  The  blast  wave  consists  of  a  compression  and  a  suc- 
tion stage  (1.16).  This  tremendous  force  causes  blast  injuries 
which  can  be  divided  into  two  general  categories.  4.01 

INJURIES  DUE  TO  BLAST 

The  two  types  of  injuries  resulting  from  a  nuclear  explosion 
are:  direct  injuries  caused  by  the  high  air  pressure  injuring  lungs 
and  tissues ;  indirect  injuries  caused  by  flying  objects  and  by  phys- 
ical movement  or  displacement  of  the  body.  4.02 

DIRECT  CAUSES  OF  INJURIES  DUE  TO  BLAST 

Direct  blast  injuries  are  affected  by  three  blast  wave  factors. 

1.  The  peak  overpressure  in  effect  during  blast  wave  passage. 

2.  The  rate  of  pressure  rise  of  the  blast  wave. 

3.  The  duration  of  the  compression  stage  of  the  blast  wave. 
Guide  4.03  provides  information  on  peak  overpressures  and  com- 
pression stage  durations.    4.03 

•If  the  pressure  rise  is  at  a  rapid  rate  (the  time  rise  period 
is  short)  the  blast  wave  will  have  greater  damaging  effects  on  the 
body  than  that  of  a  slowly  increasing  pressure.  This  is  similar  to 
the  effect  of  exerting  an  equal  pressure  in  the  form  of  a  punch 
or  a  shove.  A  pressure  increase  in  stages  is  less  dangerous  than  a 
single  sharp  pressure  rise.  4.04 

An  increased  duration  time  will  increase  the  possibility  of 
damage  for  a  given  peak  overpressure ;  but  only  to  a  certain  point. 
When  this  point,  which  could  be  a  duration  of  from  30  to  400  milli- 
seconds according  to  body  size,  is  reached  it  is  only  the  amount 
of  peak  overpressure  that  is  important  for  a  short  rise  time  blast 
wave.  The  compression  stage  positive  phase  duration  for  a  given 
peak  overpressure  varies  with  the  weapon  energy  yield  and  explo- 
sion height.  4.05 

For  explosions  in  the  megaton  range  the  duration  of  the  com- 
pression phase  of  a  sharp  rising  blast  wave  lasts  so  long  that  the 
peak  overpressure  is  the  primary  factor  to  be  considered  where 
direct  injury  is  concerned.  Any  nuclear  attack  is  almost  certain 
to  involve  megaton  yield  weapons.  4.06 

43 


1   MT  WIND  VELOCITY  -  POSITIVE  PHASE  DURATION 

PEAK  OP   -  ARRIVAL  TIME    PEAK  OP 
10  MT  PEAK  OVERPRESSURE    -  PEAK  OP  ARRIVAL  TIME 


Miles 
From 
GZ 

1  MT  Wind 
Velocity 
(MPH) 

1  MT  Positive          Peak  OP         Peak  OP  Arrival  Time 
Phase  Duration             (psi)                            (sec) 
(Sec.)             1  MT      10MT         1  MT                10MT 

1 

900 

1.75 

50 

150 

2.5 

1.5 

2 

464 

2.25 

18 

48 

6.5 

5. 

3 

278 

2.69 

9.4 

29 

11 

9.5 

4 

177 

3.02 

5.5 

18 

15 

13 

5 

117 

3.24 

4 

13 

20 

16 

6 

89 

3.40 

2.6 

8 

24 

21 

7 

72 

3.43 

2.1 

7 

28 

26 

8 

60 

3.44 

1.7 

6 

32 

30 

9 

51 

3.45 

1.4 

5 

36 

34 

10 

44 

3.45 

1.3 

4.5 

42 

37 

20 

35 

3.45 

1.0 

2 

90 

83 

Guide  4.03 

An  important  factor  which  could  affect  the  damage  a  blast 
wave  might  do  is  "dynamic  pressure".  This  is  air  pressure  result- 
ing from  the  drag  from  blast  winds  acting  on  structures  and  ob- 
jects. Dynamic  pressure  is  influenced  by  peak  overpressure, 
duration  of  compression  (positive)  phase  and  shape  of  object.  At 
overpressures  less  than  70  psi  the  peak  overpressure  is  more  than 
the  dynamic  pressure.  The  70  psi  overpressure  occurs  at  about  the 
time  the  blast  winds  have  a  velocity  of  less  than  1100  miles  per 
hour.  Therefore,  for  practical  purposes,  the  peak  overpressure 
is  the  governing  factor  in  considering  underground  survival 
shelters.  4.07 

Studies  indicate  that  a  peak  overpressure  of  35  psi  with  a 
positive  pressure  phase  duration  of  400  milliseconds  could  be  fatal 
provided  the  rise  time  was  short.  Lung  damage  can  occur  at  over- 
pressures as  low  as  15  psi.  Eardrums  could  rupture  at  overpres- 
sures from  5  psi  to  40  psi.  There  could  be  eardrum  rupture  in 
about  one-half  the  instances  where  the  overpressure  is  between 
20  psi  and  30  psi.  4.08 

Loose  objects,  including  occupants,  within  an  underground 
shelter,  could  be  tossed  around  by  the  effect  of  part  of  a  blast 
wave  being  translated  into  ground  shock.  This  tossing  effect  could 
occur  even  though  the  shelter  showed  no  signs  of  damage.  The 
amount  of  ground  shock  would  be  proportional  to  the  OP  of  the 
blast  wave.  All  objects  which  might  be  subjected  to  this  type  jolt 

44 


within  the  shelter  should  be  secured,  possibly  by  automobile  seat 
belt  type  apparatus.     4.09 

PEAK  OVERPRESSURES  AT  MAXIMUM  DISTANCES 
FROM  GROUND  ZERO 


Peak 
OP 

(psi) 

Blast  Wind                    Air  Burst 
Velocity               Distance  in  Miles 
(MPH)          1  MT  5MT   10MT  20  MT 

Ground  Burst 
Distance  in  Miles 
1  MT  5MT   10  MT  20  MT 

1 

35 

10.0 

17.0 

21.0 

27.0 

8.2 

14.0 

18.0 

22.0 

2 

75 

7.0 

11.5 

14.4 

18.0 

5.3 

9.0 

11.4 

15.0 

3 

100 

5.5 

9.0 

11.4 

14.4 

4.0 

7.0 

9.0 

11.0 

4 

130 

4.5 

7.0 

9.7 

12.0 

3.3 

5.6 

7.0 

9.0 

5 

165 

4.0 

6.7 

8.4 

11.0 

3.0 

5.0 

6.0 

7.6 

6 

190 

3.5 

6.0 

7.5 

9.5 

2.6 

4.4 

5.6 

7.0 

7 

215 

3.2 

5.5 

7.0 

9.0 

2.3 

3.9 

5.0 

6.2 

8 

240 

3.0 

5.0 

6.2 

8.0 

2.2 

3.8 

4.7 

6.0 

9 

270 

2.7 

4.6 

6.0 

7.3 

2.0 

3.4 

4.3 

5.4 

10 

300 

2.5 

4.1 

5.2 

6.5 

1.9 

3.3 

4.1 

5.2 

15 

400 

1.5 

2.4 

3.0 

4.0 

1.6 

3.0 

3.5 

4.3 

20 

500 

1.0 

1.7 

2.2 

3.0 

1.3 

2.2 

3.0 

3.5 

25 

580 

1.2 

1.5 

2.0 

1.2 

2.1 

2.6 

3.3 

30 

670 

1.0 

1.1 

1.4 

1.1 

2.0 

2.4 

3.0 

40 

850 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

.7 

2.2 

2.7 

50 

940 

.5 

2.0 

2.4 

60 

1050 

.4 

1.7 

2.2 

70 

1100 

.3 

1.7 

2.1 

80 

1300 

.2 

1.6 

2.0 

90 

1400 

.2 

1.5 

1.9 

100 

1500 

1.2 

1.5 

1.8 

Guide  4.07 


PROBABLE  FATALITY  PERCENTAGES  FOR  ESTIMATED 
OVERPRESSURE  RANGES 


Probability  of  Death 
(Percentage) 

Estimated  Overpressure  Range 

(psi) 

1 

35  to  45 

50 

45  to  55 

99 

55  to  65 

Guide  4.08 

45 

Thoracic  (chest)  and  abdominal  cavity  areas  are  prone  to  feel 
the  effects  of  compression  and  decompression  caused  by  blast 
waves.  Damage  also  occurs  at  the  junctions  between  tissues  and 
air  containing  organs.  Hemorrhage  and  rupture  of  the  organs  are 
the  main  consequences.  Lungs  are  affected  by  edema  (fluid  in  the 
lungs).  Body  damage  of  these  types  should  be  handled  with  min- 
imal bodily  activity,  since  death  can  occur  in  many  cases  that 
otherwise  might  recover.  Brain  injuries  would  usually  be  the  result 
of  flying  debris  or  body  displacement  rather  than  the  over- 
pressure. 4.10 

INDIRECT  CAUSES  OF  INJURIES  DUE   TO  BLAST 

The  indirect  nuclear  blast  injuries  caused  by  the  blast  wave 
and  blast  winds  are  similar  to  those  caused  by  cyclones  or  hurri- 
canes. Depending  on  the  velocity  of  the  wind  and  the  weight  of 
the  object,  the  blast  wave  will  pick  up  almost  everything  in  its  path 
and  hurl  it  through  the  air.  The  only  protection  against  being  hit 
by  flying  objects  or  becoming  a  flying  object  is  to  be  underground. 
It  is  as  simple  as  that.  4.11 

Tests  conducted  with  a  165  pound  dummy  in  a  5.3  psi  over- 
pressure area  (about  170  mph  wind  velocity)  showed  that  it  at- 
tained a  maximum  velocity  of  21  feet  per  second  within  one-half 
second  after  the  blast  wave  arrived.  The  dummy  traveled  13  feet 
before  hitting  the  ground  and  then  slid  or  rolled  another  9  feet. 
Under  similar  conditions  a  prone  dummy  did  not  move.  This  em- 
phasizes the  advantage  of  taking  prompt  action  at  the  instant  of 
explosion  to  secure  some  protection  from  the  blast  in  the  interval 
before  the  blast  and  blast  winds  arrive.  This  protection  may  best 
be  secured  by  falling  prone  with  the  head  directly  away  from  the 
explosion.  Even  with  the  head  directly  toward  the  burst  the  body 
area  exposed  would  be  minimal  and  the  possibility  of  body  dis- 
placement likewise  reduced.  4.12 

Available  data  indicates  that  an  impact  velocity  of  10  feet  per 
second  would  probably  not  be  fatal  in  most  cases ;  between  10  feet 
and  20  feet  per  second  some  fatalities  might  occur;  at  velocities 
more  than  20  feet  per  second,  death  would  result  in  a  sharply  rising 
percentage  of  cases.  4.13 

CRATERS 

The  blast  of  a  ground  explosion  expends  much  energy  in  dig- 
ging a  crater.  The  crater  depth  decreases  with  increasing  height 
of  the  explosion.  Cratering  becomes  insignificant  long  before  a 
burst  height  is  reached  at  which  the  fireball  just  touches  the 
ground.  A  significant  crater  will  not  be  formed  unless  the  height 

46 


of  the  explosion  is  less  than  about  one-tenth  the  maximum  fire- 
ball radius.  4.14 

Multiplying  the  radius  or  depth  of  the  crater  formed  by  a  ten 
megaton  explosion  by  the  cube  root  of  ten  provides  the  crater 
radius  or  depth  of  a  100  megaton  explosion.  This  radius  or  depth 
would  be  about  twice  the  value  of  a  ten  megaton  burst.  This  rule 
is  valid  for  other  bomb  yields.  4.15 

The  formation  of  a  crater  is  deceptive.  There  are  actually 
three  zones  or  areas  involved.  Two  of  these  zones  spread  out  fan- 
wise  from  the  observable  crater  or  third  zone  and  are  under  and 
around  it.  These  three  zones  are  the  observable  crater,  rupture 
zone  and  plastic  zone.  4.16 


CRATER  ZONE  GUIDE 


MUSHROOM  HEAD 


RUPTURE  ZONE,  IVfc  X  Crater  Radius 

TRUE  CRATER,  2  X  Crater  Radius 

PLASTIC  ZONE,  2'/2X  Crater  Radius 


RADIAL 


CRACKS 
COMPRESSED  EARTH 


TRUE 
CRATER 


OBSERVABLE  CRATER 

The  observable  crater  is  that  part  of  the  total  crater  that  can 
readily  be  seen.  4.17 

RUPTURE  ZONE 

The  rupture  zone  is  that  part  of  the  true  crater  which  is  di- 
rectly adjacent  to  the  observable  crater.  Explosion  stresses  not 
powerful  enough  to  blast  material  out  of  the  ground,  but  which 
exceed  the  strength  of  the  earth  in  the  rupture  zone,  create  radial 
cracks.  The  rupture  zone  including  the  observable  crater  has  a 
diameter  of  about  one  and  one  half  times  that  of  the  observable 
crater.  4.18 

PLASTIC  ZONE 

The  plastic  zone  is  the  third  area  affected  by  the  cratering 
action  of  a  nuclear  ground  burst.  It  is  directly  adjacent  to  the 
rupture  zone.  The  plastic  zone  consists  of  earth  which  has  been 
subjected  to  sufficient  dynamic  strain  to  deform  it,  but  not  enough 
to  dig  a  crater  or  cause  radial  cracks.  The  line  of  demarcation  be- 
tween the  rupture  and  plastic  zones  is  somewhat  arbitrary  since 
the  two  zones  blend  together.  The  plastic  zone  has  a  diameter  of 
approximately  two  and  one  half  times  that  of  the  observable 
crater.  It  is  in  the  plastic  zone  that  the  first  hope  of  survival  from 
blast  in  an  underground  BOSDEC  type  shelter  is  possible.  4.19 

Survival  in  the  plastic  zone  is  a  possibility  especially  if  the 
shelter  is  designed  to  take  advantage  of  the  soil  particle's  tendency 
to  lock  together  in  the  form  of  an  arch  in  the  plastic  zone.  This 
arching  effect  permits  stresses  to  be  transmitted  around  a  prop- 
erly designed  shelter  instead  of  through  it.  Such  a  buried  reinforced 
concrete  arch  type  shelter  would  suffer  only  light  damage  at  over- 
pressures between  120  psi  and  160  psi.  Reflected  pressure  build-up 
at  the  interface  of  the  soil  and  an  underground  shelter  is  very 
small.  4.20 

TRUE  CRATER 

All  of  the  observable  crater  and  rupture  zone  plus  about  one 
half  of  the  plastic  zone  may  be  referred  to  as  the  true  crater.  It 
has  a  diameter  of  roughly  two  times  the  observable  crater.  Within 
this  true  crater  area  there  would  be  almost  complete  destruction 
caused  mainly  by  direct  ground  shock  and  partially  by  shock  in 
the  ground  induced  by  blast  waves  above  the  surface.  In  the  area 
beyond  the  true  crater  the  effects  of  ground  shock  are  unimportant 

48 


but  blast  waves  may  damage  weak  underground  structures  or 
shelters  not  sufficiently  buried.  A  small,  well  designed  under- 
ground shelter  would  suffer  only  light  damage  such  as  slight 
cracking  and  severance  of  brittle  pipe  connections  at  a  distance 
from  ground  zero  equivalent  to  two  and  one  half  observable  crater 
radii.  4.21 

MAXIMUM  CRATER  DIMENSIONS 
(APPROXIMATE  -  FEET) 

Observable   Crater  1  MT  5  MT  10MT          20  MT 

Depth   -  Dry  soil  300  500  650  800 

Depth   -  Rock  240  400  520  640 

Radius -Dry  soil  650  1100  1400  1700 

Radius -Rock  520  880  1120  1360 

Rupture  Zone 

Depth   -  Dry  soil  450  750  975  1200 

Depth   -  Rock  360  600  780  960 

Radius -Dry  soil  975  1650  2100  2550 

Radius -Rock  780  1320  1680  2040 

Plastic   Zone 

Depth   -  Dry  soil  750  1250  1625  2000 

Radius -Dry  soil  1625  2750  3500  4250 

NOTE:   There  is  practically  no   effect  of  blast  in  rock  in  the 
plastic    zone. 

Guide  4.21 

The  statistics  shown  in  Guide  4.21  are  for  maximum  radii 
and  depths.  Authoritative  estimates  for  these  effects,  under  the 
same  conditions,  range  down  to  about  50%  of  these  values.  The 
more  conservative  estimates,  while  appearing  high,  are  used  here 
to  present  the  maximum  danger  potential.  4.22 

Approximately  one  half  the  dirt  displaced  from  a  nuclear  ex- 
plosion crater  is  thrown  out  of  the  crater.  The  balance  is  com- 
pressed into  the  walls  and  floor  of  the  crater  by  the  force  of  the 
burst.  4.23 


49 


CHAPTER  5 

Nuclear  Radiation  Guide 

TYPES  OF  NUCLEAR  EXPLOSIONS 

FISSION 

The  fission  process  consists  of  splitting  the  nucleus  of  a  heavy 
element  such  as  uranium  235  or  plutonium  239  into  two  lighter 
nuclei.  The  splitting  releases  the  binding  force  which  holds  the 
nucleus  of  the  atom  together  and  results  in  the  release  of  great 
energy.  Fissionable  atoms  release  neutrons  which  strike  other  fis- 
sionable atoms  causing  them  to  split  apart.  This  releases  more 
neutrons  thereby  continuing  the  chain  reaction.  Neutrons  produced 
in  fission  are  almost  all  high  energy  or  fast  neutrons.  5.01 

FUSION 

The  fusion  process  consists  of  combining  two  light  (hydrogen 
isotopes)  nuclei  into  a  nucleus  of  a  heavier  atom  and  thereby  re- 
leasing tremendous  energy.  Fusion  requires  a  temperature  of  mil- 
lions of  degrees  only  attainable  by  fission.  Fission  triggers  fusion 
and  the  result  is  a  thermonuclear  explosion.  Weight  for  weight 
a  fusion  explosion  is  about  three  times  as  powerful  as  a  fission 
burst.  Generally  the  total  energy  of  a  thermonuclear  explosion 
is  attributable  one  half  to  fission  and  one  half  to  fusion.  More  high 
energy  neutrons  are  created  by  fusion  than  by  fission.  5.02 

TYPES  OF  NUCLEAR  RADIATION 

The  complete  utilization  of  one  pound  of  uranium  or  plutonium 
in  fission  releases  energy  equal  to  that  of  8000  tons  of  TNT. 
About  125  pounds  of  fission  products  per  megaton  of  fission  energy 
are  produced  by  a  nuclear  fission  explosion.  They  decay  by  the 
emission  of  beta  particles  often  accompanied  by  gamma  rays. 
This  radioactivity  is  large  initially  but  falls  off  at  a  rapid  rate  as 
a  result  of  radioactive  decay.  5.03 

There  are  only  two  ways  by  which  the  surface  of  the  earth 
and  objects  upon  it  may  become  contaminated  as  a  result  of  a 
nuclear  explosion;  by  induced  radioactivity  following  the  capture 
of  neutrons  by  various  elements  present  in  the  earth  or  sea  and 
by  fallout— the  descent  of  radioactive  particles  from  the  mush- 
room head  and  stem  formed  by  a  nuclear  explosion.  Because  of  the 
particulate  matter  involved,  fallout  has  a  tendency  to  collect  on 

51 


horizontal  surfaces  such  as  streets,  roofs,  tops  of  vehicles  and  on 
the  ground.  The  simplest  way  to  remove  it  is  by  hosing  it  down 
if  water  is  available.  5.04 

The  amount  of  radioactive  contamination  and  its  distribution 
is  mainly  dependent  on  the  energy  yield  of  the  explosion,  the  rela- 
tive contributions  of  fission  and  fusion  to  the  total  yield,  the  height 
of  the  burst,  weather  conditions  and  the  terrain  over  which  the 
explosion  occurs.  About  90%  of  the  total  radioactivity  is  contained 
in  the  mushroom  head  of  the  fireball  and  10%  in  the  stem.  Megaton 
range  explosions  seem  to  have  most  of  the  radioactivity  in  the 
lower  third  of  the  mushroom  cloud.  5.05 

Depending  on  the  elements  used  in  constructing  a  nuclear 
weapon,  a  wide  and  varied  mix  of  radiation  is  involved.  There  are 
four  types  of  nuclear  radiation  created  by  a  nuclear  explosion. 
These  are  the  products  of  the  changes  that  constituent  elements 
of  the  weapon  undergo  before  losing  their  radioactivity  and 
becoming  stable  (19.12).  5.06 

ALPHA  PARTICLES 

Alpha  particles  have  a  positive  electric  charge  and  have  mass 
and  weight.  They  are  usually  emitted  by  the  heavier  radioactive 
elements  such  as  polonium  210,  214  and  218,  plutonium,  radium 
226,  radon  222,  thorium  230  and  uranium  234  and  238.  Alpha  par- 
ticles cannot  penetrate  the  outer  layer  of  unbroken  skin.  They  lose 
their  energy  just  passing  through  two  or  three  inches  of  air  or 
even  a  piece  of  paper.  They  are  potentially  dangerous  only  when 
they  are  ingested  by  means  of  radiation  contaminated  air,  water 
or  food.  5.07 

BETA  PARTICLES 

Beta  particles  have  a  negative  electric  charge  and  have  mass 
and  weight.  They  are  physically  identical  with  electrons  which  are 
subatomic  particles  moving  at  high  speed.  Beta  particles  are  usu- 
ally emitted  by  light  to  medium  radioactive  elements.  They  cannot 
penetrate  heavy  clothing  and  have  a  range  of  about  ten  or  fifteen 
feet  in  air.  They  can  cause  "beta  burns"  when  in  direct  contact 
with  the  skin.  Beta  particles  are  potentially  dangerous  mainly 
when  they  are  ingested  by  means  of  contaminated  air,  water  or 
food.  5.08 

GAMMA  RAYS 

Gamma  rays  are  pure  energy  consisting  of  short,  highly  pen- 
etrating electromagnetic  waves  and  have  neither  mass  nor  weight. 

52 


They  are  much  like  X-rays  and  are  emitted  by  many  materials 
at  the  same  time  that  alpha  and  beta  particles  are  being  thrown 
off.  Gamma  rays  leave  a  radioactive  nucleus  at  186,000  miles  per 
second,  the  speed  of  light.  The  penetrating  power  of  a  gamma  ray 
is  related  to  its  energy  measured  in  MEV  (5.15).  Generally,  the 
higher  the  energy  the  more  powerful  the  radiation  force  striking 
a  barrier,  and  the  thicker  that  barrier  must  be  to  reduce  the 
amount  of  radiation  passing  through  it  by  a  given  factor.  5.09 
To  reduce  the  effect  of  gamma  radiation  by  a  factor  of  one 
hundred  would  require  the  following  approximate  densities  for 
these  several  MEV  penetrating  powers. 

GAMMA  PENETRATION 
MEV  ENERGY  VS.  DENSITY  SHIELDING 

Factor  of  100 

V2  MEV  1   MEV  2  MEV 

Concrete  12    inches  15   inches  20   inches 

Earth  20   inches  24   inches  30   inches 

Guide  5.10 

Gamma  radiation  from  fallout  originates  from  many  energy 
sources.  These  rays  vary  in  energy  up  to  a  maximum  of  about  3 
MEV.  The  net  average  penetrating  effect  of  this  energy  mix  is 
roughly  equivalent  to  the  11A  MEV  average  energy  of  cobalt  60. 
The  approximate  energy  of  gamma  rays  created  by  nitrogen  cap- 
ture (5.13)  is  6.5  MEV,  while  that  from  fission  products  within 
one  minute  after  a  nuclear  explosion  is  about  2  MEV.  5.10 

Gamma  rays  striking  a  barrier  are  either  absorbed,  partially 
scattered  and  trapped  within  the  barrier  or  passed  through  the 
barrier  unchanged  in  direction  after  being  partially  absorbed.  The 
degree  to  which  these  gamma  rays  are  attenuated  is  a  function 
of  their  power  measured  in  MEV.  Gamma  radiation  is  also  halved 
by  passage  through  about  twenty-five  feet  of  air.  5.11 

NEUTRONS 

Neutrons  are  neutral  particles  having  mass  and  weight  but 
without  an  electrical  charge.  They  are  present  in  all  atomic  nuclei 
except  light  (ordinary)  hydrogen.  Neutrons  are  needed  to  start 
the  fission  process  and  many  neutrons  are  produced  by  fission 
and  fusion  reactions  in  nuclear  explosions.  5.12 

Neutrons  may  be  divided  into  two  general  types :  fast  or  high 
energy  neutrons  and  slow  or  low  energy  (thermal)  neutrons.  Many 
fast  neutrons  may  be  slowed  down  and  slow  neutrons  captured 

53 


during  the  neutron-nuclei  interactions  following  a  nuclear  explo- 
sion. These  interactions  can  be  classified  in  two  categories :  absorp- 
tion (capture)  and  scattering.  As  fast  neutrons  pass  between  the 
weapon  and  the  ground,  many  of  them  collide  with  the  relatively 
light  nuclei  of  oxygen  and  nitrogen  in  the  atmosphere  and  are 
slowed  down.  The  resulting  slow  neutrons  and  others  of  low  energy 
may  then  be  captured  and  removed  by  nitrogen  nuclei  collisions. 
Usually  they  emit  gamma  radiation  in  the  process.  This  gamma 
radiation  is  easier  to  attenuate  than  the  neutron  radiation.  5.13 
Scattering  collisions  either  result  in  conversion  of  neutron 
energy  into  gamma  radiation  for  fairly  fast  neutrons  or  transfer 
of  neutron  energy  to  the  interacting  nucleus  without  change  and 
without  creating  gamma  radiation  for  many  high  and  low  energy 
neutrons.  The  fast  and  slow  neutrons  that  escape  nitrogen  capture 
or  scattering  collisions  may  be  driven  into  the  ground  creating,  by 
interaction  with  soil  elements,  "induced  radioactivity".  5.14 

UNITS  OF  NUCLEAR  RADIATION  ENERGY  AND 
BIOLOGICAL   DAMAGE   MEASUREMENT 

MEV  -  MILLION  ELECTRON  VOLTS 

The  energy  or  penetrating  ability  of  nuclear  radiation  is  meas- 
ured in  units  of  MEV  or  million  electron  volts.  The  amount  of 
material  required  to  produce  this  energy  is  measured  in  curies. 
A  curie  is  the  amount  of  radioactive  material  in  which  the  radio- 
active atoms  are  disintegrating  at  the  rate  of  37  billion  atoms  per 
second.  The  amount  of  material  is  not  important  here.  The  pene- 
trating ability  is  important.  5.15 

ROENTGENS 

Roentgen  is  the  unit  of  exposure  dose  which  measures  the 
ability  of  gamma  rays  (and  X-rays)  to  produce  ionization  in  air. 
The  abbreviation  of  roentgen  is  r  and  of  roentgens  per  hour  is 
r/hr.  5.16 

RADS 

Rad  is  a  unit  of  any  radiation  absorbed  dose.    5.17 

REMS 

Rem  (roentgen  equivalent  man)  is  a  unit  of  biological  dam- 
age making  it  possible  to  use  one  unit  to  measure  all  types  of 
nuclear  radiation.  5.18 

54 


RBE 

RBE  (relative  biological  effectiveness)  is  a  unit  which  con- 
verts rads  of  different  types  of  nuclear  radiation  into  rems.  This 
unit  is  necessary  since  a  rad  of  one  type  radiation  may  cause 
more  or  less  biological  damage  than  a  rad  of  another  type  of 
radiation.  5.19 

RADIATION  CONVERSION 

Many  authorities  believe  that  the  radiation  value  for  neutrons 
is  RBE  equals  1.0,  but  other  sources,  also  authoritative,  feel  that 
neutrons  should  be  assigned  a  higher  RBE  value.  There  is  also 
some  diverse  opinion  on  alpha  particles.  The  higher  value  in  each 
case  has  been  used  in  the  following  guide  5.20. 

RADIATION  CONVERSION  GUIDE 
Type  of  Radiation  Rads     X     RBE     =     Rems 


Gamma 

1 

1 

Beta 

1 

1 

Alpha 

20 

20 

Neutrons  (slow) 

5 

5 

Neutrons   (fast) 

10 

10 

Guide  5.20 

The  formula  is  rads  x  RBE  =  rems.  The  figures  in  guide  5.20 
for  alpha  particles  and  neutrons  may  vary  depending  on  the  nuclear 
radiation  energy  involved.  5.20 

INITIAL  NUCLEAR  RADIATION 

All  nuclear  radiation  that  occurs  during  the  first  minute  after 
a  nuclear  weapon  explosion  is  called  initial  nuclear  radiation.  All 
nuclear  radiation  occurring  more  than  one  minute  after  the  explo- 
sion is  called  residual  nuclear  radiation.  5.21 

Deep  underground  or  underwater  explosions  do  not  create 
initial  nuclear  radiation.  Air  and  ground  bursts  produce  four  dif- 
ferent nuclear  products  that  are  emitted  within  one  minute  after 
the  explosion.  They  are  neutrons,  gamma  rays,  alpha  and  beta 
particles.  Initial  nuclear  radiation  is  a  relatively  greater  menace 
with  a  low  yield  explosion  than  with  a  higher  yield  burst.  The 
greater  the  yield  the  higher  proportion  of  blast  and  thermal 
injuries.  5.22 

The  initial  nuclear  radiation  includes: 

1.  Nearly  all  the  neutrons.  These  neutrons,  which  include  the 

55 


"prompt"  neutrons  that  are  released  in  one  millionth  of  a 
second,  travel  a  shorter  distance  through  the  air  than 
the  initial  gamma  rays  before  being  attenuated  by  the 
same  factor.  The  attenuation  ratio  is  about  5  to  3.  Damp 
earth  and  water  have  very  high  efficiencies  as  barriers 
against  neutrons.  Neutrons  are  greatly  slowed  down  and 
captured  by  weapon  residues  or  by  the  air  through  which 
they  pass.  However,  enough  escape  to  become  a  hazard  at 
considerable  distances  from  the  burst.  This  is  also  true  of 
gamma  rays.  Near  the  explosion  center  the  neutron  dose 
is  greater  than  the  gamma  dose.  With  increasing  distance 
the  neutron  dose  decreases  more  rapidly  than  the  gamma 
dose,  and  beyond  a  certain  point  the  gamma  rays  predomi- 
nate. Ultimately  the  neutrons  become  a  negligable  factor 
in  comparison  to  gamma  radiation.  5.23 

2.  All  of  the  "prompt"  gamma  rays.  These  are  all  released 
in  the  first  second  after  a  nuclear  explosion.  They  are 
gamma  rays  that  have  been  produced  in  fission  and  as  a 
result  of  neutron  reactions.  Most  gamma  rays  accompany- 
ing the  fission  process  are  absorbed  by  weapon  materials 
and  converted  into  other  forms  of  energy.  Only  one  per- 
cent succeed  in  penetrating  any  great  distance  from  the 
explosion.  Gamma  radiation  decay  is  greatest  at  the  be- 
ginning. Gamma  rays  continuing  after  the  prompt  emission 
are  called  "delayed"  gamma  rays.  Both  prompt  and  delayed 
gamma  rays  are  a  part  of  the  total  initial  nuclear  radia- 
tion. Delayed  gamma  rays  suffer  little  absorption  by 
weapon  residues.  Delayed  gamma  rays,  and  those  resulting 
from  the  nitrogen  capture  of  neutrons  in  the  air,  contribute 
about  100  times  more  nuclear  radiation  than  the  prompt 
gamma  rays  to  the  total  nuclear  radiation  received  at  a 
distance  from  an  explosion  during  the  first  minute  after 
the  burst.  The  initial  gamma  radiation  dose  from  a  surface 
burst  is  about  two  thirds  that  from  an  air  burst  at  the  same 
distance.  5.24 

Gamma  rays,  in  a  vacuum,  move  in  a  straight  path  at  the 
speed  of  light  (186,000  miles  per  second).  In  the  atmosphere  these 
rays  are  scattered  by  interacting  with  oxygen  and  nitrogen.  They 
then  may  reach  their  target  from  all  directions.  Most  of  the  dose 
will  come  from  the  direction  of  the  explosion  but  a  considerable 
amount  will  come  from  other  directions.  This  effect  is  called  "sky- 
shine"  or  "scattering".  The  more  changes  in  direction  a  gamma 
ray  undergoes,  the  lower  its  energy.  5.25 

The  initial  nuclear  radiation  dose  measured  in  rems  for  var- 
ious ranges  from  the  ground  zero  of  an  air  burst  is  shown  in 
guide  5.26 

56 


INITIAL  NUCLEAR  RADIATION  DOSE  RANGE 
AIR  BURST 

Radiation  Dose  (rems)  1  MT  (miles  from  GZ)  10  MT  (miles  from  GZ) 

100  1.8  2.4 

500  1.5  2.1 

1000  1.4  2.0 

6000  GZ 

Guide  5.26 

A  one  megaton  air  burst  creates  an  initial  nuclear  radiation 
dose  of  35  rems  at  2  miles  from  ground  zero  and  only  one  rem  at 
3  miles  from  GZ.  A  ten  megaton  air  burst  produces  approximately 
a  3  rem  dose  at  3  miles  from  ground  zero.  5.26 

The  approximate  initial  gamma  radiation  range  for  various 
doses  from  one,  five  and  ten  megaton  explosions  is  shown  in 
guide  5.27. 

INITIAL  GAMMA  RADIATION  DOSE  RANGE 

DOSE  IN  ROENTGENS  RANGE  IN  MILES 

Yield  3000  r  lOOOr  lOOr  30  r 


1    MT 

1.3 

1.5 

1.8 

2.0 

5  MT 

1.6 

1.8 

2.3 

2.5 

10  MT 

1.8 

2.0 

2.3 

2.5 

Guide  5.27 

The  total  unshielded  initial  gamma  radiation  dose  for  a  5 
megaton  explosion  would  be  about  4500  roentgens  at  a  distance  of 
one  and  one-half  miles  from  ground  zero.  5.27 

The  percentage  of  the  5  megaton,  4500  roentgen  dose  (5.27) 
which  would  be  received  as  a  function  of  time  is  given  in  guide  5.28 
— percentage  of  radiation,  seconds  after  explosion. 

TIME  AND  PERCENTAGE  FOR  INITIAL 

GAMMA  RADIATION   RECEIVED 
5  MT  EXPLOSION  AT  1.5  MILES  FROM  GROUND  ZERO 

Seconds          1       1.5      2      2.5      3        4        5        6        7       8       10      15       20 
Percentage     5      10      17      20     30      42      50      60      76     80      90      98      100 

Guide  5.28 

It  is  apparent  from  guide  5.28  that  if  shelter  can  be  taken 
within  one  or  two  seconds  after  observing  the  explosion  flash  a 
person  can  avoid  a  big  percentage  of  the  initial  gamma  radiation. 
The  greater  the  energy  yield  of  the  explosion,  the  slower  the  rate 

57 


of  gamma  ray  release  and  the  better  your  chance  of  avoiding 
most  of  it.  Initial  gamma  radiation  has  much  more  energy  than  any 
other  gamma  radiation  except  that  which  occurs  in  the  very  ear- 
liest stages  of  fallout  radiation  decay.  Since  practically  all  neutrons 
are  released  in  the  first  second,  protective  action  taken  against 
initial  gamma  rays  (5.28)  would  be  useless  with  regard  to  neutron 
effect.  While  less  than  one  percent  of  the  total  nuclear  explosion 
energy  is  in  the  form  of  neutrons,  they  represent  much  more  of  a 
hazard  than  would  be  indicated  by  this  small  proportion.  5.28 

RESIDUAL  NUCLEAR  RADIATION 

All  radiation  occurring  more  than  one  minute  after  a  nuclear 
explosion  is  called  residual  nuclear  radiation.  It  consists  of  three 
separate  stages  of  contamination: 

1.  Induced  radioactivity  which  is  induced  at  the  crater  and 
directly  under  the  fireball  by  neutrons  driven  into  the  earth 
at  the  instant  of  explosion.  These  neutrons  are  captured 
by  various  elements  in  the  soil,  especially  sodium  and  man- 
ganese. This  radioactivity  decays  much  more  rapidly  than 
fallout  radiation.  It  extends  less  than  one  mile  from  ground 
zero. 

2.  Early  fallout  is  that  which  falls  to  earth  within  one  day 
after  the  explosion. 

3.  Delayed  fallout  is  that  which  falls  to  earth  more  than  one 
day  after  the  explosion.    5.29 

FALLOUT  PARTICLE  SIZE  AND  PERCENTAGE 
OF  RADIOACTIVITY  CARRIED 

Size  of  Fallout  Particles  Percentage  of  Radioactivity 

(microns)  Carried 

Less  than  20  microns  12% 

20  8 

25  10 

32.5  10 

37.5  18 

50  12 

62.5  8 

75  6 

87.5  4 

100  5 

125  3 

150  3 

200  1 
Guide  5.30 

58 


EARLY  FALLOUT 

Fallout  descends  in  particles  of  various  sizes.  Naturally  the 
heaviest  particles  fall  first.  These  particles  are  measured  in 
microns.  A  micron  is  one-millionth  part  of  a  meter  and  a  meter  is 
39.37  inches.  Particles  with  a  75  micron  diameter  fall  at  the  rate 
of  one  mile  per  hour.  Guide  5.30  shows  the  percentage  of  total 
fallout  radioactivity  carried  by  each  size  particle.  This  information 
is  useful  for  filter  system  planning.  5.30 

The  fallout  dose  from  a  20  megaton  ground  burst  has  been 
estimated  to  be  as  shown  in  guide  5.31  for  the  first  hour  after  an 
explosion.  5.31 

ESTIMATED  FALLOUT  DOSE  FROM  20  MT  GROUND  BURST 

Miles  From  Ground  Zero  Roentgens 

2   up   to      15   miles  10,000   r  down   to  1000   r 

15    up  to      75   miles  1,000   r  down   to  100   r 

75    up  to    120   miles  100   r  down   to  Or 

Guide  5.31 

An  estimated  statistical  contour  of  probable  early  fallout  be- 
havior has  been  developed  based  on  observation  and  partly  on 
computations.  The  reference  dose  rate  must  be  adjusted  propor- 
tionately for  known  dose  rates.  5.32 

EARLY  FALLOUT   PATTERN  FOR  1   MT  GROUND  BURST 
15  MPH  WIND 


Reference  Dose  Rate 
r/hr 

Downwind  Distance 
miles 

Maximum  Width 
miles 

3000 

23 

6 

1000 

42 

10 

300 

74 

12 

100 

120 

18 

30 

210 

30 

10 

300 

42 

3 

390 

50 

1 

440 

56 

0.3 

500 

60 

0.1 

530 

62 

Guide  5.32 

Fallout  particles  are  not  only  an  immediate  danger  to  exposed 
persons  but  they  can  contaminate  clothing,  rugs,  curtains  and 
upholstered  furniture  at  considerable  distances  from  ground  zero. 

59 


When  this  occurs  these  items  must  be  either  buried  or  stored  in  an 
isolated  location  pending  sufficient  radioactive  decay.  Laundering, 
dry  cleaning  or  vacuuming  or  a  combination  of  all  three  methods 
may  then  further  reduce  the  radioactivity.  5.33 

DECONTAMINATION  BY  EARTH  MOVING  TECHNIQUES 

There  are  several  protective  measures  that  may  be  taken  near 
a  survival  shelter  to  reduce  the  fallout  radioactivity.  Most  people 
will  not  have  the  necessary  equipment  available.  The  government 
may  have  the  equipment  but  probably  will  have  more  urgent  uses 
for  it.  This  is  what  must  be  faced.  About  50%  of  the  fallout  dose 
rate  at  a  shelter  will  come  from  within  a  radius  of  50  feet.  About 
75%  will  come  from  within  a  radius  of  200  feet.  These  figures  are 
based  on  a  dose  rate  measurement  three  feet  above  ground  in  the 
center  of  a  large,  flat,  uniformly  contaminated  area.  A  250  foot 
strip  when  decontaminated  will  reduce  the  radiation  dose  rate  by 
a  factor  of  ten — the  dose  rate  would  be  only  one  tenth  that  pre- 
vailing if  the  strip  was  not  decontaminated.  5.34 

One  method  that  could  be  used  to  decontaminate  the  area 
surrounding  a  shelter  would  be  to  scrape  off  or  otherwise  remove 
a  one  foot  layer  of  the  contaminated  soil.  It  must  then  be  buried 
or  dumped  at  a  safe  distance.  Another  method  would  be  to  cover 
the  ground  surrounding  the  shelter  area  with  a  one  foot  layer  of 
uncontaminated  earth.  Removing  earth  from  within  a  200  feet 
radius  reduces  nuclear  radiation  to  one  fourth.  5.35 

A  hole  three  feet  in  diameter  and  four  feet  deep  will  provide 
a  protection  factor  of  40  (6.08)  even  if  the  fallout  is  up  to  the 
edge.  If  a  radius  of  four  feet  from  the  hole  is  kept  clear  of  fallout 
a  protection  factor  of  100  will  be  effected.  5.36 


CONVERSION  OF  KNOWN    DOSE  RATE  TO  DOSE  RATE 
AT  ANY  OTHER  TIME 

The  rate  of  early  fallout  radioactive  decay  for  various  times 
from  one  hour  to  10,000  hours  is  shown  in  guide  5.37  based  on  a 
theoretical  reference  starting  dose  rate  of  1000  roentgens  per  hour 
measured  one  hour  after  the  explosion.  The  residual  radiation  per- 
centage of  the  total  radiation  that  has  been  and  will  be  received 
to  infinity  is  shown  in  the  two  right  hand  columns.  The  dose  rate 
for  any  given  time  up  to  1000  hours  can  be  determined  by  pro- 
portionment  if  the  actual  dose  rate  for  any  one  time  is  known. 
For  instance,  if  the  dose  rate  at  10  hours  after  the  explosion  is  21 
roentgens  per  hour;  what  would  be  the  dose  rate  100  hours  after 
the  burst?  Since  the  known  dose  rate  at  the  end  of  10  hours  is  21 
roentgens  per  hour  or  one  third  of  the  guide  5.37  dose  rate  which 

60 


is  63  roentgens  per  hour;  the  100  dose  rate  would  be  one  third  of 
the  guide  5.37  rate  (4  r/hr)  or  1.33  roentgens  per  hour.  Guide  5.37 
also  shows  that  88%  of  the  total  nuclear  radiation  to  infinity  would 
have  been  released  by  the  end  of  this  100  hour  period.  5.37 

RESIDUAL  RADIATION  DECAY* 


Residual  Radiation  Decay 
Time  After            Dose  Rate                          Percentage  to  Infinity 
Explosion             (Reference)                 Percent   Already        Percent  to 
Hours    or    Days            R/Hr                             Received              be  Received 

1 

1000 

55 

45 

l]/2 

610 

59 

41 

2 

440 

62 

38 

3 

230 

66 

34 

5 

130 

69 

31 

7 

100 

71 

29 

10 

63 

75 

25 

15 

40 

78 

22 

24 

1 

23 

80 

20 

36 

iy2 

15 

82 

18 

49 

2 

10 

83 

17 

72 

3 

6.2 

86 

14 

100 

4 

4 

88 

12 

200 

8 

1.7 

90 

10 

343 

14 

1.0** 

91 

9 

400 

16 

.70 

92 

8 

600 

25 

.42 

94 

6 

1000 

41 

.24 

95 

5 

2000 

83 

.13** 

97 

3 

10,000 

416 

.017** 

99 

1 

*Residual 

radiation  is 

nuclear  radiation 

emitted   more  than 

one  minute 

after  the 
**See  6.18 

explosion. 

Guide  5.37 

An  infinity  radiation  dose  is  the  amount  of  nuclear  radiation 
that  would  be  received  from  continuous  exposure  to  fallout  for  an 
infinite  time.  The  two  columns  in  guide  5.37  showing  these  "per- 
centage to  infinity"  figures  are  based  on  the  assumption  that  early 
fallout  is  complete  and  that,  except  for  normal  radioactive  decay, 
the  contamination  status  does  not  change.  By  using  guide  5.37  in 
conjunction  with  information  in  paragraph  6.20  it  is  possible  to 
compute  the  dose  which  would  be  received  for  any  given  time 
period.  It  is  only  necessary  to  know  the  dose  rate  at  any  one  time 
more  than  one  hour  after  the  explosion.  5.38 

If  all  the  early  fallout  from  a  nuclear  explosion  arrived  in  a 

61 


specific  locality  within  6  hours  after  the  burst,  the  total  dose  re- 
ceived would  be  about  as  shown  in  guide  5.39  assuming  that  the 
sixth  hour  dose  rate  was  100  roentgens  per  hour.  By  using  pro- 
portionment  the  total  dose  for  other  radiation  values  can  be 
computed. 

TOTAL  RADIATION  DOSE  RECEIVED  -  DOSE    RATE  100  R/HR 

6  HOURS  AFTER  BURST 
FALLOUT   COMPLETE  6  HOURS  AFTER  EXPLOSION 

At  End  Of  Total  Dose  Received 

1  Day  900   Roentgens 

2  Days  1200   Roentgens 
5   Days  1600    Roentgens 

Guide  5.39 

Though  the  dose  rate  would  be  decreasing  steadily,  the  total 
accumulated  dose  would  keep  increasing.  Since  the  first  few  days 
are  the  most  dangerous,  shelter  protection  is  most  urgently  re- 
quired during  this  time.  If  a  person  was  sheltered  for  just  the  first 
48  hours  after  the  completed  fallout,  he  would  avoid  most  of  the 
first  1200  roentgen  dose.  5.39 

Fallout  released  from  a  one  megaton  explosion  into  a  15  mile 
per  hour  wind  has  provided  some  interesting  information  about 
radiation  conditions  22  miles  downwind  (Guide  5.40)  and  100  miles 
(Guide  5.40A)  downwind  from  the  explosion.  5.40 

LONG  HALF  LIFE  RADIOISOTOPES 

Before  most  of  the  delayed  fallout  reaches  the  ground  the 
short  lived  radioisotopes  will  have  decayed  almost  completely. 
Those  having  long  half -lives  will  remain.  Two  of  these,  strontium  90 
with  a  half  life  of  27.7  years  and  cesium  137  with  a  half  life  of 
30.5  years,  have  great  biological  importance.  Cesium  137  is  a  prin- 
cipal hazard  from  delayed  fallout  because  it  is  a  gamma  ray  emitter 
even  more  than  one  year  after  a  nuclear  explosion.  These  two 
radioisotopes  make  a  negligable  contribution  to  the  external  radia- 
tion dose  when  compared  with  that  from  the  early  fallout.  Their 
importance  lies  in  the  possibility  that  they  may  get  into  the  body 
directly  by  way  of  fruits  and  vegetables  or  indirectly  by  eating 
meat  from  animals  who  have  eaten  contaminated  vegetation. 
Roughly  ten  percent  of  all  atoms  undergoing  fission  eventually 
form  strontium  90  or  cesium  137  atoms.  5.41 

FALLOUT  CANNOT  INDUCE  RADIOACTIVITY 

There  are  several  very  important  points  about  fallout  that 

62 


should  always  be  remembered.  Fallout  cannot  induce  radioactivity. 
Radioactivity  can  only  be  induced  by  neutrons  released  by  fission 
or  fusion.  This  only  occurs  within  about  one  mile  of  a  nuclear  ex- 
plosion and  in  the  first  second  after  the  burst.  Fallout  radiation 
causes  rearrangement  of  orbital  electrons  in  atoms  which  can  cause 
ionization  in  the  body.  This  ionization  can  result  in  complicated, 
dangerous  body  cell  changes.  Fallout  radiation  does  not  affect 
atomic  nuclei  and  therefore  cannot  induce  radioactivity.  For  this 
reason  water  and  food  are  not  spoiled  by  exposure  to  fallout.  Cans 
containing  food  should  be  washed  before  opening  and  consuming 
the  contents,  if  they  have  been  exposed  to  fallout  dust.  This  mini- 
mizes the  possibility  of  fallout  radiation  getting  into  the  body.  5.42 

FALLOUT  FROM  1  MT  BURST  -  22  MILES  DOWNWIND 
15  MPH  WIND 


Time  After 
Explosion 

Conditions 

Dose  Rate 

(r/hr) 

Total  Dose 

(r) 

1  hour 
1  to  2  hours 
6  hours 
18  hours 

Fallout  had  not  arrived 
Main  fallout  has  arrived 
Decay  has  started 

10 
1000 
300 
80 

Very  little 
1000 
3000 
4800 

Guide  5.40 


FALLOUT  FROM   1   MT  BURST  -  100  MILES  DOWNWIND 
15  MPH  WIND 


Time  After 
Explosion 

Dose  Rate 
Conditions                            (r/hr) 

Total  Dose 

(r) 

1  hour 

Fallout  had  not  arrived 

0 

0 

6  hours 
9  hours 
1  8  hours 

Fallout   begins  to   arrive 
Fallout  essentially  complete 
Fallout  decay  starts 

1 
5 

1 
80 

Guide  5.40A 

BIOLOGICAL  EFFECTS  OF  NUCLEAR  RADIATION 

In  most  cases  the  biological  effects  of  a  given  total  radiation 
dose  decreases  as  the  rate  of  exposure  decreases.  1000  rems  in  a 
single  whole  body  dose  would  be  fatal.  The  same  dose,  if  absorbed 
over  a  period  of  thirty  years,  would  probably  not  have  any  notice- 
able external  effects  in  the  majority  of  people.  5.43 

IONIZATION 

The  main  cause  of  body  damage  by  neutrons  is  due  to  ioniza- 

63 


tion,  caused  by  interaction  of  fast  neutrons  with  hydrogen  and 
nitrogen  in  living  tissues.  Soil  and  rocks  contain  some  ionizing  ra- 
diation materials  that  occur  normally  in  nature;  potassium  40, 
uranium,  thorium  and  radium.  The  character  of  mutations  in  future 
generations  is  not  changed  by  ionizing  radiation.  It  is  the  frequency 
of  these  mutations  that  is  increased.  5.44 

SYMPTOMS 

The  shedding  of  hair  is  one  of  the  most  reliable  indications  of 
exposure  to  radiation.  Loss  of  hair  usually  occurs  two  weeks  after 
receiving  a  300  rem  dose.  If  the  hair  grows  back  it  is  a  sign  that 
the  patient  will  recover  from  most  of  the  immediate  effects  of 
radiation.  Conversely,  if  the  hair  fails  to  grow  back,  it  is  an  indi- 
cation of  serious  damage.  Usually  the  only  immediately  pefceptable 
reaction  to  a  large  radioactive  dose  is  an  itching  or  tingling  sen- 
sation. 5.45 


RADIATION  BY  INHALATION 

Inhalation  of  fallout  particles  would  probably  be  a  small  haz- 
ard. Almost  all  particles  over  10  microns  in  diameter  and  over 
90%  of  those  particles  more  than  5  microns  in  diameter  would  be 
prevented  from  entering  the  body  by  the  nose.  Most  early  fallout 
particles  having  the  greatest  radioactivity  will  be  considerably 
more  than  10  microns  in  diameter  (5.30).  However,  air  that  is 
suspected  of  containing  fallout  particles  should  not  be  directly 
inhaled.  A  dust  filter  type  respiratory  mask  should  be  used.  5.46 

Early  fallout  fission  products  are  mostly  oxides.  Many  of 
these  do  not  readily  dissolve  in  body  fluids.  This  is  fortunate  since 
the  amount  of  absorption  of  these  products  through  the  intestine 
walls  is  dependent  to  a  large  degree  on  the  solubility  of  par- 
ticles. 5.47 

The  oxides  of  strontium  and  barium  are  soluble.  They  enter 
the  bloodstream  more  readily  and  find  their  way  into  the  bones. 
Where  healthy  or  fully  developed  bones  are  involved  less  absorp- 
tion takes  place.  Iodine  is  also  present  in  soluble  form  and  soon 
enters  the  blood  and  is  concentrated  in  the  thyroid  gland.  Even 
under  these  conditions  only  about  ten  percent  of  the  strontium 
offered  to  the  body  is  absorbed  and  retained.  Actual  tests  made 
on  a  group,  after  an  accidental  exposure  resulting  from  a  nuclear 
test  explosion,  showed  only  iodine,  strontium,  barium  and  the  rare 
earth  group  in  the  body  in  appreciable  amounts.  5.48 

The  most  radiosensitive  parts  of  the  body  are  the  lymphoid 
tissue,  bone  marrow,  spleen,  reproductive  organs  and  the  gastro- 
intestinal tract.  The  moderately  sensitive  parts  are  the  skin,  lungs 

64 


and  liver.  The   least  radiosensitive  body  parts  are  the  muscles, 
nerves  and  adult  bones.     5.49 

The  shorter  the  radioisotope  half  life,  the  stronger,  more  in- 
tense is  its  radiation.  Therefore  the  isotopes  representing  the  great- 
est potential  internal  hazard  are  those  with  short  radioactive  half 
lives  and  long  biological  half  times.  The  biological  half  time  is  the 
time  required  for  an  element  in  the  body  to  decrease  to  one  half 
its  original  value  by  the  natural  biological  process  of  elimina- 
tion. 5.50 


NUCLEAR  RADIATION  SHELTER  TIME  GUIDES 

The  government  has  prepared  and  published*  two  guides  which 
can  provide  information  of  extreme  value  after  a  possible  nuclear 
attack.  Both  guides  are  tools  with  which  you  may  have  to  plan 
post  attack  survival.  Due  to  the  complexity  of  nuclear  weapon  be- 
havior and  the  many  variables  possible,  and  in  fact  almost  inevi- 
table, they  are  approximate  for  any  given  explosion.  Both  guides 
are  predicated  on  the  fact  that  two  factors  must  be  known.  First, 
the  elapsed  time  since  the  explosion  and  second,  the  dose  rate  at 
one  given  time  after  the  explosion.  These  guides  are  valid  only  if 
the  contamination  status  remains  unchanged,  except  for  normal 
radioactive  decay,  for  the  time  period  involved  and  if  the  fallout 
is  complete.  They  should  never  be  substituted  for  radiation 
instrument  measurement  of  both  dose  rate  and  total  accumulated 
dose.  5.51 


NUCLEAR  RADIATION  DOSE  RATE  -  TIME  GUIDE* 

Using  guide  5.52,  at  a  location  where  the  nuclear  radiation 
dose  rate  at  a  given  time  is  known,  the  approximate  dose  rate  at 
any  other  time  can  be  computed.  Assume  that  the  known  dose 
rate  is  35  roentgens  per  hour  two  hours  after  a  nuclear  weapon 
explosion.  The  information  required;  when  will  the  radiation  dose 
rate  have  decayed  to  5  roentgens  per  hour?  To  determine  the 
answer,  use  the  extreme  left  hand  column  and  find  the  two  hour 
figure.  Using  a  straight  edge  follow  the  two  hour  figure  horizon- 
tally until  the  figure  closest  to  35  is  found.  Follow  that  column 
vertically  down  to  the  figure  closest  to  five.  In  this  instance  the 
applicable  figure  is  5.1  and  the  further  use  of  a  straight  edge 
going  back  to  the  Time  column  at  the  left  shows  that  the  dose  rate 
will  reach  5  roentgens  per  hour  a  short  time  before  the  tenth  hour 
or  about  nine  hours  and  fifty  minutes  after  the  explosion.  5.52 

Providing  the  dose  rate  for  a  given  time  is  known,  the  radi- 
ation dose  rate  for  any  time  before  or  after  can  be  determined  by 
using  guide  5.52  again.  For  example,  the  known  dose  rate  is  35 

65 


roentgens  per  hour  at  2  hours  after  the  explosion.  First  find  the 
2  hour  figure,  follow  it  horizontally  to  the  35  r/hr  figure  and  read 
up  or  down  that  vertical  column.  By  going  back  horizontally  to  the 
time  column  from  the  chosen  roentgen  per  hour  figure  the  neces- 
sary time  and  dose  rate  will  be  shown.  Thus  it  will  be  seen  that 
the  dose  rate  was  182  r/hr  at  30  minutes  after  the  burst  and 
would  be  1.8  r/hr  one  day  after  the  explosion.  5.53 

NUCLEAR  RADIATION  ALLOWABLE  STAY  TIME  GUIDE* 

One  of  the  major  problems  of  sheltered  persons  may  be  that 
they  may  have  to  leave  the  shelter  to  spend  time  in  contaminated 
areas.  This  could  be  necessary  for  rescue  missions  or  for  moving 
to  more  protected  or  less  contaminated  areas.  Let  us  assume  that 
a  radiation  dose  radio  report  has  been  received.  By  referring  to 
guide  5.52  it  has  been  determined  that  a  person  may  be  exposed 
to  a  lethal  radiation  dose  if  he  stays  in  his  present  location.  He 
must  find  out  how  long  he  can  remain  outside  without  serious  ra- 
diation exposure.  First  he  would  verify  the  radiation  level  in  his 
immediate  vicinity  by  using  a  radiation  survey  instrument.  We 
will  further  assume  that  an  authority  has  advised  that  he  may 
receive  an  allowable  dose  (AD)  of  30  roentgens  without  danger. 
The  dose  rate  (DR),  at  the  time  of  entry  into  the  contaminated 
area,  is  50  roentgens  per  hour  ten  hours  after  the  explosion.  He 
wants  to  know  how  long  he  can  stay  in  the  area  without  absorbing 
more  than  30  roentgens.  If  he  knows  the  dose  rate  at  time  of  entry 
and  the  elapsed  time  since  the  burst,  he  can  use  guide  5.54  to 
figure  his  allowable  "stay  time".  Here's  how.  The  allowable  dose 
(AD)  of  30  roentgens  is  divided  by  the  dose  rate  (DR)  of  50  roent- 
gens per  hour  at  entry  time  to  provide  AD/DR  or  30/50  equals  .6 
— now  .6  is  found  in  the  first  column  and  followed  horizontally  to 
the  right  with  a  straight  edge  until  the  vertical  column  headed 
10  hours  is  reached.  The  allowable  stay  time  is  shown  as  37  min- 
utes. The  same  formula  may  be  used  to  determine  allowable  stay 
times  for  other  values.  5.54 


*Figures  used  in  guides  5.52  and  5.54  are  from  "Effects  of  Nuclear 
Weapons",  United  States  Department  of  Defense,  Atomic  Energy 
Commission  1962. 


66 


g 

0 

UJ 


UJ 

< 

tt 

UJ 

O 

Q 

O 

5 

o 
< 

at 
ot 
< 

UJ 

U 

z 


•*  ci  d  o 


00    CO    00    «    W 

t-:  «  -;  o  d 


CO    O>    -H    <N    "* 
1^    TT    CS    «'    O 


o  oo  05  r^  o»  w 


00    •*    35    CO    t^ 


00    00    CO    CO    O»    to 


co  os  es  o  c^«  r-  10 


s  2  £  g.  s  ^  2 


^^^ooc^ocTrcoiN-Jc'od 


g  —  ^joa«owN"dc'd     j 


-H    o    O    •*    00    ^    O 

ooor-oJo^c.i^^d 

O>OOO(NO5>CCO 

c^^oc-^coiN^ddd 

CO    CO    lO    O    5O    ^    CO        i 
t£t--<l5(N-i^ddd       ' 


Is 


c  a 

e  a 


67 


9 
O 

LJU 

I-- 

ft 


CO 

I 

i 


u 


3 
*         C 

i 


22S^^55S§2^2^^5 
Siiiiiiii  J,2«l,  A  Jt  I  J 


68 


CHAPTER  6 

Nuclear  Radiation  Protection  Shields 

There  are  two  distinct  types  of  nuclear  radiation.  Protection 
from  both  types  should  be  considered.  These  types  are: 

1.  Initial  radiation  includes  both  neutrons  and  prompt  gamma 
rays.  To  attenuate    (reduce)  this  type  radiation  requires 
especially  thick  barriers.  The  attenuation  of  initial  radia- 
tion is  further   improved  by  using  specially  mixed  con- 
crete (6.15). 

2.  Fallout  radiation  does  not  need  as  thick  a  barrier  as  that 
required  to  attenuate  initial  radiation. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  nuclear  radiation  is  only  one 
phase  of  the  protection  problem.  Thermal  radiation  and  blast 
protection  are  equally  urgent.  All  three  types  of  protection  can 
be  analyzed,  computed  and  planned.  However,  the  final  decision 
must  take  into  account  the  necessary  amount  of  barrier  to  protect 
from  the  worst  possible  condition.  This  depends  on  distance,  but 
would  be  either  blast  or  initial  radiation  for  an  underground 
shelter.  6.01 

There  are  three  forms  of  nuclear  radiation  protection.  Bar- 
rier shielding  which  consists  of  placing  a  barrier  between  the 
radiation  source  and  the  target.  Geometry  shielding  which  simply 
means  that  the  greater  the  distance  from  the  radiation,  the  less 
the  dose  received.  The  third  form  of  protection  is  entirely  auto- 
matic. Time  shielding  consists  of  time  and  the  natural  radioactive 
decay  that  is  always  working  in  our  favor.  Essentially  the  solu- 
tion to  the  survival  problem  is  to  put  as  much  mass,  distance  and 
time  as  possible  between  the  explosion  and  the  target.  6.02 

BARRIER  SHIELDING 

A  material  used  for  a  survival  shelter  has  a  different  value  as 
a  barrier  when  used  to  attenuate  initial  radiation  than  when  it  is 
used  to  reduce  the  lower  energy  fallout  radiation.  The  exact  guide 
headings  should  be  carefully  noted  when  the  guides  are  used.  6.03 
Different  materials  have  different  barrier  effects  in  stopping 
nuclear  radiation.  The  efficiency  of  any  material  is  the  product  of 
its  density  (mass)  and  its  thickness  (area).  In  addition,  where 
initial  radiation  is  involved,  the  constituent  elements  of  the  material 
are  a  big  factor.  The  more  dense  the  material,  the  more  it  will 
weigh  per  cubic  foot  and  the  greater  will  be  its  ability  to  stop 
nuclear  radiation.  6.04 

69 


HALF  VALUE  LAYER  THICKNESS 

One  method  of  relating  this  ability  to  stop  fallout  gamma 
radiation  among  different  materials  is  to  show  the  thickness  of 
each  material  that  is  needed  to  stop  one  half  the  gamma  rays 
emitted  by  a  specific  source.  This  factor  is  called  the  half  value 
layer  or  HVL.  Each  HVL  thickness  added  to  the  first  reduces  the 
gamma  ray  penetration  by  an  additional  one  half.  If  the  unshielded 
radiation  dose  is  lOOOr,  one  HVL  thickness  would  reduce  it  to 
500r;  the  second  HVL  would  reduce  it  to  250r  and  the  third  HVL 
to  125r,  etc.  6.05 

The  shielding  efficiencies  for  several  materials  are  shown  in 
Guide  6.06. 

MATERIAL  SHIELDING   EFFICIENCIES 

Material  HVL  (inches)          Pounds  per  Cubic  Foot 


Lead 

.3 

710 

Steel 

.7 

480 

Concrete 

2.2 

144 

Earth 

3.3 

TOO 

Cinder   block 

5.0 

66 

Water 

5.3 

62 

Guide  6.06 

EQUIVALENT  HVL  PROTECTION  FACTORS 


No.  of    Protection 
HVL's     Factor(PF) 

MATERIAL 

Radiation 
Reduction 
Factor 

FIGURES  IN  INCHES 

Cinder 
Steel  Concrete  Earth   Blocks 

Roentgens 
Per  Hour 

1 

2 

0.5 

.7 

2.2 

3.3 

5. 

500.0 

2 

4 

.25 

1.4 

4.4 

6.6 

10. 

250.0 

3 

8 

.125 

2.1 

6.6 

9.9 

15. 

125.0 

4 

16 

.0675 

2.8 

8.8 

13.2 

20. 

62.5 

5 

32 

.03375 

3.5 

11.0 

16.5 

25. 

31.25 

6 

64 

.01687 

4.2 

13.2 

19.8 

30. 

15.625 

7 

128 

.00843 

4.9 

15.4 

23.1 

35. 

7.8125 

8 

256 

.00421 

5.6 

17.6 

26.4 

40. 

3.9062 

9 

512 

.0021 

6.3 

19.8 

29.7 

45. 

1.9531 

10 

1,024 

.00105 

7.0 

22.0 

33.0 

50. 

.9765 

11 

2,048 

.00052 

7.7 

24.2 

36.3 

55. 

.4882 

12 

4,100 

.00026 

8.4 

26.4 

39.6 

60. 

.2441 

13 

8,200 

.00013 

9.1 

28.6 

42.9 

65. 

.1225 

14 

16,400 

.00006 

9.8 

30.8 

46.2 

70. 

.0612 

15 

32,800 

.00003 

10.5 

33.0 

49.5 

75. 

.0306 

16 

65,600 

.000015 

11.2 

35.2 

52.8 

80. 

.0153 

Guide  6.07 

70 

By  using  guide  6.07  it  is  possible  to  find  out  the  approximate 
degree  of  protection  provided  by  several  materials  which  might 
be  used  in  survival  shelters.  It  is  not  necessary  that  just  one  ma- 
terial be  used  for  shelter  construction  to  use  the  HVL  table.  Let 
us  assume  that  the  shelter  has  a  roof  and  walls  of  concrete  11 
inches  thick.  Further  assume  that  there  is  33  inches  of  earth  over 
and  around  the  shelter.  Eleven  inches  of  concrete  equals  5  HVL. 
Thirty-three  inches  of  earth  equals  10  HVL.  Adding  the  two  num- 
bers of  HVL — totals  15  HVL.  By  checking  in  the  left  hand  columns 
of  guide  6.07  it  will  be  seen  that  the  shelter  has  a  protection  factor 
of  32,800.  6.07 

PROTECTION  FACTOR 

The  protection  factor  or  PF  of  a  shelter  is  the  ratio  of  a  dose 
which  would  be  received  without  protection  to  the  dose  that  would 
be  received  by  a  person  in  a  sheltered  location.  For  example,  a 
protection  factor  of  10  means  that  you  would  receive  10  times 
more  radiation  if  you  were  unsheltered.  Conversely  you  are  re- 
ceiving only  one  tenth  the  radiation  in  the  shelter  compared  to  the 
radiation  outside.  Guide  6.08  shows  a  useful  system  for  relating  the 
total  mass  thickness  of  a  material  in  pounds  per  cubic  foot  directly 
to  the  protection  factor  required.  Providing  the  density  of  any  two 
or  more  materials  is  known,  they  may  be  combined  to  compute 
their  protection  factor.  6.08 

FALLOUT  PROTECTION  FACTOR  GUIDE  * 


Mass  Thickness 
Pounds  per  Cubic  Foot 

Protection 
Equals                   Factor  (PF) 

20 

5 

40 

10 

60 

20 

100 

50 

125 

100 

160 

200 

200 

500 

220 

1,000 

260 

2,000 

300 

5,000 

330 

10,000 

360 

20,000 

420 

40,000 

480 

80,000 

Guide  6.08 

NOTE:    *The  figures  shown   in  Guide  6.08  for  protection  factors  are 
approximate  due  to  the  many  variables  involved. 

71 


TENTH  VALUE  LAYER  THICKNESS 

Another  widely  used  method  of  judging  the  approximate 
ability  to  attenuate  fallout  gamma  rays  among  different  materials 
is  to  show  the  thickness  of  a  given  material  that  is  required  to 
attenuate  these  gamma  rays  by  a  factor  of  ten.  This  system  is 
much  like  the  HVL.  It  is  called  the  tenth  value  layer  thickness  or 
TVL.  Each  TVL  thickness  added  to  the  first  reduces  the  radiation 
penetration  by  an  additional  factor  of  ten.  The  first  TVL  reduces 
the  radiation  to  one  tenth,  a  second  TVL  added  reduces  it  to  one 
hundredth,  and  a  third  TVL  added  reduces  it  to  one  thousandth,  etc. 
The  accuracy  of  this  TVL  method  decreases  with  each  additional 
layer.  Here  are  the  shielding  efficiencies  for  concrete  and  earth 
expressed  in  terms  of  TVL  thickness.  6.09 

EQUIVALENT  TVL   PROTECTION   FACTORS 
CONCRETE   AND  EARTH 

FALLOUT  RADIATION 


Number  of  TVL 
Thicknesses 

Protection 
Factor 

Concrete 
(inches) 

Earth 
(inches) 

1 

10 

8 

12 

2 

100 

16 

24 

3 

1,000 

24 

36 

4 

10,000 

32 

48 

5 

1  00,000 

40 

60 

Guide   6.09 

Neutrons  and  prompt  gamma  rays  that  are  part  of  the  initial 
nuclear  radiation  have  a  much  higher  MEV  energy  (5.10)  than 
fallout  radiation.  They  require  much  more  shielding  to  be  attenu- 
ated to  the  same  degree.  The  amount  of  concrete  and  earth  neces- 
sary to  provide  equivalent  protection  factors  is  given  in  guide  6.10. 
A  person  would  be  comparatively  well  protected  from  the  initial 
nuclear  radiation  of  a  one  megaton  air  burst  one  mile  away  by 
being  sheltered  by  a  barrier  consisting  of  either  about  one  foot  of 
steel  or  four  feet  of  concrete.  However,  at  this  distance  of  one  mile 
from  the  explosion  the  shelter  must  be  of  a  special  blast  resistant 
design  to  survive  the  blast.  6.10 

Three  methods  of  computing  fallout  protection  have  been 
displayed;  half  value,  mass  thickness  in  pounds  per  cubic  foot 
(protection  factor)  and  tenth  value  layer.  Guide  6.11  shows  the 
relationship  between  these  three  methods,  using  concrete  as  a 
common  denominator.  While  the  figures  are  as  shown  in  the  three 

72 


tables  (6.07-6.08-6.09),  they  reflect  the  approximate  character  of 
the  basic  tables.  The  protection  factors  of  10  and  100  show  a 
lower  mass  thickness  than  is  indicated  by  the  HVL  and  TVL 
thicknesses.  However,  the  other  values  are  remarkably  close.  Al- 
ways use  the  most  conservative  figure.  6.11 

EQUIVALENT  TVL  PROTECTION  FACTORS 
CONCRETE  AND  EARTH 

INITIAL  RADIATION 


Number  of  TVL        Protection                    Concrete 
Thicknesses              Factor                        (inches) 

Earth 
(inches) 

1 
2 
3 
4 

10 

100 
1,000 
10,000 

Guide  6.10 

18 
36 
54 
72 

26 
52 
78 

104 

EQUIVALENT  PROTECTION  FACTORS  -  CONCRETE 

HVL  -  MASS  THICKNESS  -  TVL 

FALLOUT  RADIATION 


Protection 
Factor 

HVL  (inches) 
Thickness 

Mass 
Thickness  (PCF) 

TVL  (inches) 
Thickness 

10 
100 
1,000 
10,000 
100,000 

8 
15 
22 
30 
37 

40 
125 
220 
330 
480 

8 
16 
24 
32 
40 

Guide  6.11 


GEOMETRY  SHIELDING 

The  exposure  rate  for  a  single  small  area  of  high  radiation 
can  be  computed  if  the  dose  rate  at  the  source  is  known.  This 
can  be  done  taking  into  consideration  only  the  geometry  shielding 
effect  of  distance.  The  formula  used  to  do  this  is  called  the  "in- 
verse square  law".  To  determine  the  exposure  rate  at  a  given  point, 
square  the  distance  in  feet  from  the  radioactive  source  and  divide 
that  figure  into  the  known  source  roentgen  rate.  More  simply: 
When  the  distance  from  the  radiation  source  is  doubled,  the  ex- 
posure rate  is  quartered.  Here  is  an  example  of  a  practical  applica- 
tion of  this  information.  A  person  is  standing  10  feet  away  from 
a  radiation  source.  If  he  stays  there  for  one  hour  he  will  absorb 

73 


an  almost  certain  fatal  dose  of  1000  rems.  If  he  steps  back  just 
10  more  feet,  his  dose  in  the  same  time  would  be  250r — providing 
him  with  an  almost  certain  chance  to  recover.  The  main  problem 
with  using  geometry  shielding  computations  such  as  shown  in 
guide  6.12  is  that  they  are  not  accurate  for  dispersed  or  scattered 
radiation.  6.12 

GEOMETRY  SHIELDING  PROTECTION    EXAMPLES 
SINGLE  SOURCE 


Radiation  at  Source 
(Dosage  Rate  r/hr) 

Distance  From 
Source  (feet) 

Square  of 
Distance 

Exposure  Rate 

(r/hr) 

500 
1,000 
1  0,000 
1  00,000 
200,000 
200,000 
200,000 

20 
500 
1,000 
5,000 
50 
100 
200 

400 
25,000 
1,000,000 
25,000,000 
25,000 
10,000 
40,000 

1.25 
.04 
.01 
.004 
80. 
20. 
5. 

Guide  6.12 

Fallout  gamma  radiation  is  attenuated  by  a  factor  of  1000 
by  passage  through  one  half  mile  of  air  and  is  halved  by  passage 
through  only  25  feet  of  air.  6.13 

NEUTRON  BARRIERS 

Shielding  protection  from  neutrons  poses  several  special 
problems.  The  mass  density  that  attenuates  gamma  rays  so  readily, 
is  also  effective  for  reducing  neutron  radiation.  However,  to  really 
have  maximum  protection  from  neutrons  requires  different,  more 
difficult  shielding.  Elements  having  a  low  atomic  weight  such 
as  water  provide  the  best  neutron  shielding.  The  hydrogen  and 
oxygen  constituents  of  water  both  meet  this  requirement.  The 
interaction  between  neutrons,  hydrogen  and  oxygen  during  the 
attenuation  process  creates  gamma  rays.  Protection  from  this 
gamma  radiation  must  be  provided.  Concrete  and  damp  earth 
provide  good  protection  against  neutrons  and  gamma  rays.  This 
is  true  since  concrete  and  damp  earth  have  hydrogen  to  slow 
down  and  capture  neutrons  and  calcium,  silicon  and  oxygen  to 
absorb  gamma  rays.  6.14 

A  very  special  type  of  concrete  can  be  used  to  attenuate  neu- 
tron radiation.  It  is  called  "heavy"  concrete  and  includes  in  its 
mix  iron  (oxide)  ore  (limonite)  and  small  pieces  of  iron  scrap.  Seven 
inches  of  this  heavy  concrete  can  reduce  the  neutron  flux  by  a 
factor  of  ten.  Eighteen  inches  of  ordinary  concrete  would  be 

74 


needed  to  provide  the  same  degree  of  attenuation  (6.10).  Two  other 
effective  aids  to  neutron  attenuation  can  also  be  added.  They  are 
the  mineral  barytes  (a  compound  of  barium) ,  and  colemanite  which 
contains  a  high  proportion  of  boron.  Boron  has  an  unusual  prop- 
erty; it  absorbs  neutrons  without  becoming  radioactive.  Coleman- 
ite, incorporated  in  a  concrete  mix,  captures  slow  (low  energy) 
neutrons  readily  and  releases  low  intensity  gamma  rays  which 
are  fairly  easy  to  attenuate.  6.15 

TIME  SHIELDING 

Nuclear  radiation  is  a  mixture  of  many  different  radioisotopes, 
all  of  them  decaying  at  different  rates.  Some  of  them  have  a  half 
life  of  a  few  seconds,  others  a  half  life  of  hours,  still  others  have 
half  lives  of  days,  months  and  years.  Several  have  half  lives  of 
thousands  of  years,  up  to  about  one  million  years.  The  half  life  of 
a  radioisotope  is  the  time  needed  for  the  radioactivity  of  a  given 
isotope  to  decay  to  one  half  its  original  intensity.  The  mixture  of 
these  radioisotopes,  emanating  from  a  nuclear  explosion,  has  been 
calculated  to  decay  according  to  a  formula  (6.18).  6.16 

Fallout  radiation  will  decay  from  one  minute  after  a  nuclear 
explosion  to  one  day  after  the  burst  by  a  factor  of  3000.  At  the 
end  of  one  week  the  radiation  dose  rate  will  be  one  tenth  that  of 
the  rate  at  the  end  of  one  day.  The  total  decay  factor  from  one 
minute  after  the  explosion  to  one  week  after  it  will  be  30,000.  At 
three  months  after  an  explosion  the  radiation  intensity  will  fall  to 
about  0.01%  (one  ten-thousandth)  of  its  value  at  one  hour  after 
the  explosion.  6.17 

Nuclear  radiation  decreases  by  a  factor  of  ten  as  time  in- 
creases by  a  factor  of  seven.  A  radiation  dose  rate  of  1000  roent- 
gens  per  hour  at  one  hour  after  an  explosion  would  decay  in  seven 
hours  to  100  roentgens  per  hour.  Forty  nine  hours  after  the  explo- 
sion (7x7)  the  rate  would  be  10  r/hr  (factor  of  10).  This  10  r/hr 
would  decay  to  1  r/hr  by  343  hours  (7  x  49)  after  the  explosion. 
This  formula  can  be  inaccurate  by  as  much  as  25%  for  the  first 
two  weeks  and  50%  for  the  period  from  two  weeks  to  six  months. 
After  six  months  the  dose  rate  decreases  at  a  more  rapid  rate 
than  the  generally  applied  formula  given  here.  Other  examples  of 
the  use  of  this  rule  are:  at  14  hours  after  an  explosion  the  dose 
rate  will  be  one  tenth  that  prevailing  2  hours  after  the  burst;  at 
21  hours  the  dose  rate  will  be  one  tenth  that  at  3  hours,  etc.  6.18 

With  a  100,000  r/hr  dose  rate  outside,  a  shelter  with  a  pro- 
tection factor  of  10,000  would  reduce  it  to  10  r/hr  inside  the  shel- 
ter. Seven  hours  later  the  10  r/hr  dose  rate  would  decay  to  about 
1  r/hr  —  a  comparatively  safe  radiation  rate  which  would  still  be 
rapidly  decaying.  6.19 

75 


NUCLEAR  RADIATION  -  TIME  DECAY 


Time 
After  Explosion 

Reference  Dose  Rates 
Roentgens  Per  Hour 

1 

hour 

1000 

5000 

10,000 

7 

hours 

100 

500 

1,000 

49 
343 
2352 

hours  (2  days) 
hours  (2  weeks) 
hours  (14  weeks) 

10 

1 

0.1 

50 
5 
0.5 

100 
10 

1 

98 

weeks 

0.01 

0.05 

0. 

1 

Guide  6.18 

LIFETIME  NUCLEAR  RADIATION   COMPUTATION 

A  simple  method  of  computing  the  expected  lifetime  dose  to 
which  a  person  would  be  exposed  after  a  nuclear  explosion  has 
been  used  by  the  government.  It  is  based  on  the  assumption  that 
the  person  remains  in  the  same  location,  under  the  same  conditions 
for  the  rest  of  his  life.  Fallout  is  complete  and  the  only  change  is 
normal  radioactive  decay.  The  dose  rate  for  the  first  hour  in  the 
area  is  multiplied  by  the  elapsed  hours  since  the  explosion  and  the 
figure  obtained  is  multiplied  by  a  factor  of  five.  Any  dose  rate  be- 
tween about  100  r/hr  and  200  r/hr  during  the  first  hour  in  the  area 
would  indicate  a  possible  eventual  fatality  unless  the  exposed  per- 
son moved  to  a  more  protected  or  less  contaminated  location.  The 
situation  of  this  theoretical  person  would  become  more  dangerous 
if  the  100  r/hr  dose  rate  was  effective  more  than  one  hour  after 
the  explosion.  Whenever  different  methods  of  computing  lifetime 
doses  are  used,  the  maximum  figure  should  be  used  as  a  planning 
guide.  6.20 

LIFETIME  NUCLEAR  RADIATION  COMPUTATION   EXAMPLES 


Exposure  First      x 
Hour  in  Area 

Elapsed  Hours 
Since  Explosion 

x     Formula     _ 
Figure 

Total  Expected 
Lifetime  Dose  (r) 

50   r 

1 

5 

250 

6   r 

12 

5 

360 

10   r 

24 

5 

1,200 

3    r 

30 

5 

450 

0.5   r 

40 

5 

100 

0.1    r 

400 

5 

200 

0.025   r 

343 

5 

43 

Guide 

6.20 

There  are  several  ways  to  use  the  information  which  can  be 

76 


developed  by  computing  expected  lifetime  doses    (6.20).   Several 

typical  uses  follow: 

Example  1.  A  nuclear  attack  creates  a  dose  rate  of 
6000  r/hr  at  the  end  of  one  hour.  A  shelter  having  a 
protection  factor  of  10,000  is  occupied.  What  would 
be  the  expected  lifetime  dose  for  the  occupants  if 
they  remained  in  the  shelter  ?  The  exposure  dose  rate 
would  be  0.6  r/hr  in  the  shelter.  0.6  x  1  x  5  =  3  roent- 
gens  lifetime  dose.  Obviously  people  cannot  stay  in  a 
shelter  for  a  lifetime.  Assuming  that  the  occupants 
stay  in  the  shelter  for  two  weeks  and  then  emerge, 
what  will  be  their  radiation  status  ?  The  outside  radi- 
ation will  have  decayed  from  6000  r/hr  to  6  r/hr 
(6.18).  The  anticipated  outdoors  lifetime  dose  at  this 
point  is  6  x  343  x  5  =  10,290  roentgens.  The  shelter 
occupants  must  plan  to  move  to  a  less  contaminated 
area.  They  will  be  safe  enough  in  their  shelter 
while  they  make  plans;  that  is  if  the  food  and 
water  hold  out. 

Example  2.  These  people  are  fortunately  five  or  six 
miles  from  ground  zero.  The  outside  radiation  is  300 
r/hr  for  the  first  hour.  They  wait  two  weeks  (343 
hours)  then  emerge.  Their  anticipated  lifetime  dose 
will  be  .3  x  343  x  5  =  515  roentgens.  This  situation 
is  marginal.  They  can  go  back  into  the  shelter  or 
move  to  an  area  where  the  dose  rate  is  lower  i.e. 
further  away  from  ground  zero.  If  they  have  a  bull- 
dozer (and  fuel)  they  could  remove  a  one  foot  depth 
of  topsoil  from  a  250  foot  radius  of  the  shelter  and 
attenuate  the  radiation  by  geometry  shielding.  This  is 
most  unlikely  of  course.  Actually  their  plight  is  not 
critical.  They  could  spend  only  one  half  their  time  in 
the  shelter  and  still  absorb  less  than  300  roentgens 
in  a  lifetime.  Since  most  of  the  figures  for  practically 
all  of  the  tables  shown  are  approximate,  they  should 
be  used  as  a  guide  for  planning  purposes.  The  execu- 
tion of  all  plans  must  be  based  on  accurate  radiation 
survey  and  dosimeter  readings  if  they  are  avail- 
able. 6.21 

You  can  do  nothing  about  time  shielding  or  time.  You  cannot 
start  it.  You  cannot  stop  it.  If  you  are  alive,  it  will  help  you  after 
a  nuclear  attack ;  if  you  are  dead,  it  will  mean  nothing  to  you.  You 
can  do  nothing  about  geometry  shielding  before  or  during  a  nuclear 
attack.  You  cannot  pick  the  target  much  less  the  actual  ground  zero 
of  an  explosion.  Even  though  the  odds  are  fantastically  in  your 
favor  that  any  nuclear  weapon  explosion  would  be  more  than  two 
miles  from  you,  you  cannot  be  absolutely  certain.  The  only  possible 

77 


step  you  can  take  to  protect  yourself  is  to  build  or  have  available  an 
adequate  shelter.  Then  if  you  survive  the  acute,  sharp  jab  of  ini- 
tial radiation,  blast  and  heat  in  that  first  critical  minute  after  a 
burst,  you  may  take  advantage  of  geometry  and  time  shielding 
against  the  chronic,  nagging  attrition  of  fallout  radiation.  6.22 


78 


CHAPTER  7 

Nuclear  Explosion  Survival  Range 

It  is  possible  to  put  together  the  facts  that  have  been  assem- 
bled in  preceding  chapters  and  use  them  to  assess  the  chances  of 
nuclear  explosion  survival  in  a  BOSDEC  type  shelter.  7.01 

MINIMUM  SURVIVAL  DISTANCES  FROM  GROUND  ZERO 

GROUND  BURST 


Effect 

1  MT 

5MT 

10  MT 

20  MT 

Heat  (fireball  radius) 
Blast  (100  psi  overpressure) 
Initial  Radiation  (1000  rems) 
Crater  (observable—  radius) 
Crater  (rupture  zone—  radius) 
Crater  (plastic  zone—  radius) 

.8  miles 
1.0  miles 
1.5  miles 
650  ft. 
975  ft. 
1  625  ft. 

1.2  miles 
1.2  miles 
1.8  miles 
1100ft. 
1  650  ft. 
2750  ft. 

1.8  miles 
1.5  miles 
2.0  miles 
1  400  ft. 
2100ft. 
3500  ft. 

2 

1 
2 

1 

.3 
.8 
.2 
.3 
.5 
.7 

miles 
miles 
miles 
miles 
miles 
miles 

Guide  7.01 


THERMAL  RADIATION 

The  fireball  radius  of  a  20  megaton  weapon  is  about  2.3  miles. 
This  is  the  greatest  distance,  of  any  dangerous  effect,  from  the 
ground  zero  of  a  ground  burst.  All  other  effects  shown  in  Guide 
7.01  occur  less  than  2.3  miles  from  ground  zero.  It  has  been  estab- 
lished that  survival  is  possible,  in  a  well  designed  shelter,  under 
the  periphery  of  the  fireball.  We  will  assume,  however,  that  the 
shelter  is  just  outside  the  fireball  area.  The  heat  will  not  be  a 
problem  in  a  BOSDEC  type  shelter.  7.02 

BLAST 

The  blast  from  a  20  megaton  explosion  will  generate  an  over- 
pressure of  100  psi  at  1.8  miles  from  ground  zero.  The  BOSDEC 
shelter  will  provide  ample  protection  from  this  overpressure.  Ac- 
tually the  overpressure  would  be  only  60  psi  at  2.3  miles  from 
ground  zero  and  BOSDEC  can  withstand  more  than  double  that 
60  psi  overpressure.  Blast  will  not  be  a  problem.  7.03 

INITIAL  NUCLEAR  RADIATION 

Initial  nuclear  radiation  at  2.2  miles  from  a  20  megaton  ground 

79 


burst  would  be  about  1000  rems  per  hour  and  rapidly  decreasing. 
With  a  protection  factor  of  only  1000  (against  initial  radiation) 
the  shelter  occupants  would  see  a  dose  of  less  than  one  rem.  No 
problem  here.  7.04 

CRATER 

The  plastic  zone  would  extend  out  to  1.7  miles  from  ground 
zero.  Beyond  that  point  there  would  be  very  little  shock.  At  2.3 
miles  from  ground  zero  there  would  be  even  less.  Definitely  no 
great  danger  from  ground  shock.  7.05 


Summary:  About  the  only  conclusion  that  can  be  drawn  is  that 
survival  is  not  only  possible  in  a  BOSDEC  shelter  2.3  miles  from 
the  ground  zero  of  a  20  megaton  explosion,  it  is  practically  a  cer- 
tainty. Indeed,  an  occupant  of  such  a  shelter  would  have  an  excel- 
lent chance  of  survival  at  two  miles  from  the  explosion.  Using  the 
fireball  radius  as  a  limiting  factor,  survival  appears  probable  at 
1.8  miles  from  the  ground  zero  of  a  10  megaton  burst;  1.2  miles 
from  a  5  megaton  explosion  and  about  one  mile  from  a  one  megaton 
explosion.  These  figures  indicate  that  survival  is  probable  4.8  miles 
from  the  ground  zero  of  a  100  megaton  burst.  7.06 


SURVIVAL  PRECAUTIONS 

The  things  which  should  be  considered  are  these: 

1.  Be  certain  to  plan  a  shelter  to  provide  the  basic  pro- 
tective features. 

2.  If  you  must  use  the  shelter  be  sure  the  intake   and 
exhaust  ports  are  closed  and  secured. 

3.  If  you  are  in  an  area  where  firestorms  are  possible, 
stay  "buttoned  up"  for  12  to  18  hours.  BOSDEC  sys- 
tem provides  enough  air  and  the  firestorm  should  be 
past  its  peak  in  about  6  hours. 

4.  Do  not  leave  anything  loose  in  the  shelter.  The  over- 
pressure transmitted  into  and  through  the  ground  may 
turn  loose  articles  into  projectiles  inside  the  shelter 
even  though  the  shelter  itself  is  not  damaged.  This  is 
the  reason  for  the  admonition  —  no  glass  in  shelters. 
Bunks  should  be  securely  fastened  to  the  wall.  Auto- 
mobile seat  belts  may  be  utilized  for  a  short  time  if 
conditions  indicate  an  immediate  need.     7.07 

80 


SQUARE  AND  CUBE  ROOTS  -  SQUARES  AND  CUBES 

Since  computing  many  weapon  effects  involves  the  use  of 
square  and  cube  roots  and  inverse  square  roots,  these  figures  are 
given  below  for  ready  reference.  7.08 

Number  Square  Cube  Square  Root    Cube  Root 


1 

1.000 

1.000 

1.000 

1.000 

1.5 

2.250 

3.375 

1.225 

1.145 

2 

4.000 

8.000 

1.414 

1.260 

2.5 

6.250 

15.62 

1.581 

1.357 

3 

9.000 

27.00 

1.732 

1.442 

3.5 

12.25 

42.88 

1.871 

1.518 

4 

16.00 

64.00 

2.000 

1.587 

4.5 

20.25 

91.12 

2.121 

1.651 

5 

25.00 

125.00 

2.236 

1.710 

5.5 

30.25 

166.4 

2.345 

1.765 

6 

36.00 

216.0 

2.449 

1.817 

6.5 

42.25 

274.6 

2.550 

1.866 

7 

49.00 

343.0 

2.647 

1.913 

7.5 

56.25 

421.9 

2.739 

1.957 

8 

64.00 

512.0 

2.828 

2.000 

8.5 

72.50 

614.1 

2.915 

2.041 

9 

81.00 

729.0 

3.000 

2.080 

9.5 

90.25 

857.4 

3.082 

2.118 

10 

100.00 

1000.0 

3.162 

2.154 

20 

400.00 

8000.0 

4.472 

2.714 

50 

2,500.00 

125,000.0 

7.071 

3.684 

100 

10,000.00 

1,000,000.0 

10.000 

4.642 

Guide  7.08 


81 


CHAPTER  8 

Shelter  Building  Controversy 

There  has  been  so  much  printed  in  newspapers  and  magazines 
about  the  pros  and  cons  of  survival  shelters  that  an  examination 
of  the  controversy  seems  in  order.  The  problems  and  possible  ben- 
efits of  nuclear  power  will  be  with  us  for  eternity.  Yet,  the  whole 
question  of  what  to  do  about  it  has  been  treated  by  many  people 
as  something  that  can  be  handled  or  rather  ignored  by  using  a 
few  childish  stock  phrases.  8.01 

Consider  the  first  few  automobiles  that  appeared  on  the  dirt 
roads  of  America  a  comparatively  few  years  ago.  The  only  re- 
sponse of  many  people  was  "get  a  horse".  Had  someone  predicted 
that  within  a  short  time  vast  highway  systems  would  be  built  and 
the  whole  mode  of  American  life  changed,  he  would  have  been 
labeled  insane.  If  this  person  had  the  preception  to  predict  that 
someday  every  home  would  incorporate  a  garage,  that  big 
cities  would  have  huge  garages,  many  of  them  underground,  for 
the  sole  purpose  of  parking  these  automobiles,  they  would  have 
been  packed  off  to  a  psychiatrist  —  except  that  psychiatry  was 
largely  unknown  then.  The  point  was  and  is:  we  live  in  a  rapidly 
changing  world.  8.02 

Certainly  millions  of  Americans  must  have  enough  vision  and 
imagination  to  understand  that  the  nuclear  weapon  problem  can- 
not be  solved  by  sweeping  it  under  a  verbal  carpet  of  trite  cliches. 
Practically  all  the  comments  against  survival  shelters  follow  the 
same  general  pattern.  They  are  repeated  endlessly  by  persons  un- 
familiar with  nuclear  power,  shelter  theory  and  communist  ob- 
jectives in  the  cold  war.  8.03 

COMMUNIST  OBJECTIVES 

Communist  objectives  are  generally  agreed  to  be  these: 

(a)  To  force  America  to  capitulate  without  a  fight. 

(b)  To  promote  the  idea  that  communism  is  inevitable. 

(c)  To  set  Americans  against  Americans. 
Divide  and  conquer. 

(d)  To  force  America  into  spending  itself  into  bankruptcy. 

(e)  To  get  America  to  disarm  without  adequate  inspection. 

(f )  To  talk  America  out  of  building  survival  shelters. 
This  will  leave  us  a  fit  subject  for  nuclear  blackmail. 

This  is  an  easily  recognizable  pattern.  Everyone  must  agree 
that  if  these  communist  aims  are  achieved  we  will  lose  our  liberty 
without  a  missile  ever  being  launched  from  an  enemy  pad.  8.04 

83 


POPULAR  CLICHES 

Now  consider  the  popular  cliches  in  use,  always  bearing  in 
mind  the  communist  aims.  These  cliches  are  used  by  millions  of 
fine,  loyal  anti-communist  citizens  —  but  the  basic  conception  and 
impetus  is  supplied  and  fostered  by  many  misguided  people  who 
wittingly  or  unwittingly  play  into  the  hands  of  communists. 

(a)  I  don't  want  to  live  in  a  world  which  has  been  devas- 
tated by  blast,  firewinds,  radiation  and  hurtling  debris. 

(b)  If  everything  will  be  blown  down  or  burnt  within  30 
miles  of  a  nuclear  explosion,   why   should    I  try  to 
save  myself  ? 

(c)  Some  people  are  going  to  have  guns  in  their  shelters 
and  they  won't  be  shooting  communists.  They  will  be 
shooting  women,  children  and  neighbors. 

(d)  We  should  forget  about  shelters  and  spend  all  of  our 
effort  and  money  on  backward  nations  and   on  out- 
lawing nuclear  war. 

(e)  We  shouldn't  build  shelters  because  this  will  worry  the 
communists   and   they   may   attack   us   with   nuclear 
weapons. 

(f)  I  can't  afford  a  survival  shelter. 

These  remarks  with  variations  are  heard  everywhere.     8.05 

ANALYSIS  OF  POPULAR  CLICHES 

If  every  citizen  had  a  shelter  we  would  have  a  great  deterrent 
force.  Why?  Because  then  we  could  not  be  blackmailed  when  the 
moment  of  decision  arrived.  The  communists  respect  only  strength 
and  preparedness.  The  emergence  of  America  from  lethargy  will 
inspire  a  stepped  up  tirade  of  ridicule.  What  a  terrible  thing  it 
would  be  if  we  end  up  talked  out  of  the  precious  liberty  for  which 
Americans  have  fought  and  died.  8.06 

"I  DON'T  WANT  TO  LIVE  -" 

Of  course  the  people  saying  this  want  to  live.  In  fact  they  will 
probably  be  the  first  ones  trying  to  get  into  someone  else's  shelter. 
Ironically  the  choice  whether  or  not  they  want  to  live  is  not  theirs 
to  make.  The  enemy  will  decide  that  to  a  certain  degree.  One  won- 
ders whether  these  people  have  a  moral  right  to  say  in  effect,  that 
they  don't  want  to  live  and  that  therefore  their  wives  and  children 
must  die  too.  8.07 

Once  enough  of  this  type  people  think  that  they  are  resigned 
to  dying,  they  become  a  perfect  target  for  communist  propaganda. 

84 


They  do  not  have  to  die.  All  they  must  do  is  accept  capitulation  to 
communism  and  they  can  live.  That  is  why  this  cliche  is  so  vicious. 
These  people  seem  to  get  most  of  their  mental  exercise  jumping  at 
conclusions.  Have  they  ever  considered  that  every  American  has 
a  duty  to  protect  his  family,  himself,  his  country  and  the  free 
world?  8.08 


"IF  EVERYTHING  WILL  BE    BLOWN  DOWN  OR  BURNT  -" 

This  statement  ignores  one  basic  fact.  An  underground  shelter 
cannot  be  blown  down  or  burnt.  Potentially  dangerous  blast  and 
thermal  radiation  merely  pass  over  a  properly  designed  and  built 
shelter.  Heat  requires  time  for  destruction.  A  pan  of  water  can  be 
placed  over  a  fire  for  one  second  and  it  will  not  heat  the  water 
appreciably.  Thermal  radiation  from  a  nuclear  explosion  lasts  much 
less  than  one  minute.  8.09 


"SOME  PEOPLE  ARE  GOING  TO  HAVE  GUNS  -" 

This  type  of  trash  about  shooting  women  and  children  has 
been  quoted  by  a  high  churchman  and  also  a  reporter  for  a  national 
magazine.  Judge  for  yourself  how  sensible  and  responsible  these 
people  are  if  that  is  their  real  opinion  of  their  fellow  citizens.  This 
type  statement  usually  is  voiced  by  people  who  are  not  too  bright, 
who  are  merely  reflecting  their  own  probable  reactions  or  who,  for 
reasons  of  their  own,  are  trying  to  discredit  the  protection  con- 
cept. 8.10 

As  for  shooting  neighbors  trying  to  force  their  way  into  a 
shelter  —  what  kind  of  neighbors  are  these?  Are  these  the  people 
who  would  rather  die  than  come  out  into  a  devastated  world?  If 
a  person  built  a  five  person  survival  shelter  for  his  wife  and  three 
children,  and  someone  tried  to  force  his  way  in  by  throwing  out 
two  children  occupants  so  the  intruder  and  his  wife  could  move 
in  —  then  he  should  be  shot.  8.11 

If  someone  walked  into  the  minister's  or  reporter's  home  and 
took  over,  what  would  they  do?  Communism  constantly  strives  to 
stir  up  controversy,  sow  discord,  encourage  weakness  and  promote 
panic.  When  an  article  is  read  —  think !  What  is  the  author  trying 
to  do?  What  message  is  he  trying  to  get  across?  What  are  his 
reasons  and  his  logic?  Most  of  these  statements  will  be  found  to 
be  emotional  appeals  to  every  normal  person's  longing  for  peace 
and  security  and  revulsion  toward  the  use  of  force.  Even  though 
almost  everyone  recognizes  that  the  shooting  of  women  and  chil- 
dren is  far-fetched  and  unlikely,  it  does  promote  a  negative  re- 
action. That  is  all  it  is  meant  to  do.  8.12 

Police  protection  would,  of  necessity,  come  practically  to  a 

85 


standstill  during  a  nuclear  attack.  Each  person  must  then  take 
the  responsibility  for  protecting  his  family  and  home  from  criminal 
elements.  No  thinking  person  would  deny  that  he  had  the  right 
and  duty  to  keep  armed  hoodlums  out  of  his  home.  This  right  is 
guaranteed  to  all  Americans.  8.13 

There  is  no  reason,  moral  or  otherwise,  why  an  individual 
should  work,  plan,  save  and  build  a  shelter  for  his  family  and  then 
let  anyone  come  along  and  put  him  and  his  family  out  of  it.  In  the 
event  of  a  war  the  government  would  have  its  hands  full.  In  a 
land  of  present  plenty  all  can  plan  to  feed  and  protect  themselves 
if  they  are  foresighted.  There  are  certain  things  every  person  must 
do  for  his  family  and  himself.  8.14 


"WE  SHOULD  FORGET  ABOUT  SHELTERS  -" 

Since  when  can  peace  be  secured  by  unilateral  disarmament 
and  a  posture  of  weakness.  Lack  of  adequate  survival  shelters  for 
our  citizens  in  a  nuclear  world  is  a  real  weakness.  Have  we  learned 
nothing  from  our  dealings  with  Hitler?  Nothing  from  the  plight 
of  peaceful  India?  How  can  any  reasonably  intelligent  person  ex- 
pect a  proven  bully  to  change  his  ways  because  his  intended  victim 
refuses  to  protect  himself?  8.15 

One  may  as  well  try  to  eliminate  automobile  accidents  by 
cancelling  his  collision  insurance  and  donating  the  premiums  to  a 
school  for  poor  drivers,  as  to  insure  peace  by  donating  money  to 
backward  countries.  Yet  this  suggestion  has  cropped  up.  The  idea 
of  helping  backward  countries  may  have  some  merit  but  not  as  a 
means  of  insuring  peace,  and  certainly  not  as  a  substitute  for 
building  shelters.  8.16 


"BUILDING  SHELTERS  MAY  PRECIPITATE  A  NUCLEAR  ATTACK" 

Remember,  communists  respect  just  one  thing  —  strength. 
A  nation  protected  from  nuclear  attack  is  much  stronger  than  one 
whose  citizens  are  unsheltered.  Just  as  long  as  the  communists 
realize  that  they  will  not  gain  as  much  as  they  lose  —  they  will 
never  attack.  A  well  armed,  survival  sheltered  America  is  needed 
to  deter  a  nuclear  attack.  8.17 

A  government  believing  it  might  lose  80%  of  its  citizens  would 
be  far  more  compliant  than  one  that  knew  that  80%  of  its  citizens 
would  survive.  Communists  have  always  attacked  at  a  time  and 
place  of  their  own  choosing.  The  theory  that  a  shelter  program 
would  cause  them  to  change  their  timetable  can  be  discarded.  It 
will  deter  any  possible  attack.  8.18 

If  we  must  die  as  a  result  of  a  nuclear  attack,  let  us  at  least 
die  fighting  for  our  lives  and  freedom  and  not  just  lie  down  in 

86 


the  open  without  even  the  wits  to  dig  a  hole  into  which  to  retire 
for  protection.     8.19 

"I  CAN'T  AFFORD  A  SHELTER" 

Maybe  the  person  who  says  "I  can't  afford  a  shelter"  really 
means  it.  The  chances  are  that  this  is  just  a  quick  and  easy  way 
to  defer  or  brush  off  an  unpleasant  decision.  Millions  of  Americans 
live  in  apartment  houses  and  other  places  that  preclude  the  possi- 
bility of  building  individual  shelters.  They  have  a  very  special 
problem.  Let  us  hope  the  government  steps  in  and  makes  possible 
adequate  shelter  protection  for  them.  8.20 

For  the  majority  of  citizens  the  decision  must  be  a  personal 
one.  The  FHA  guarantees  loans  for  shelters,  payable  over  long 
periods  of  time.  A  good  shelter  program  is  financially  possible.  If 
a  person  can  afford  a  $4,000.00  car,  a  $20,000  home  or  a  recrea- 
tion room,  hi-fi  or  color  TV  set  and  wall-to-wall  carpeting  he  prob- 
ably can  afford  a  survival  shelter.  8.21 

Isn't  it  slightly  ridiculous  for  a  person  to  spend  thousands  of 
dollars  for  a  garage  to  protect  an  automobile  and  then  balk  at 
spending  an  equal  amount  to  protect  his  family  ?  A  survival  shelter 
in  normal  times  can  be  used  for  many  purposes ;  storage  space  for 
food,  clothing,  household  supplies  and  deepfreeze  which  otherwise 
would  take  up  valuable  present  space.  The  uses  to  which  a  shelter 
may  be  put  are  only  limited  by  a  person's  ingenuity.  8.22 


Summary:  Unless  the  decision  to  protect  your  family  is  made  on 
the  basis  of  common  sense  and  logic,  you  may  well  wake  up  some 
day  to  find  out,  along  with  all  other  citizens,  that  our  country  has 
been  talked  out  of  free  and  independent  existence  and  into  a  com- 
munist state ;  that  this  was  done  without  the  launching  of  a  single 
missile  from  a  communist  pad;  that  freedom  will  have  vanished 
and  that  we  all  can  then  say  —  and  really  mean  it,  "I  DON'T 
WANT  TO  LIVE  IN  A  WORLD  LIKE  THIS".  8.23 


87 


CHAPTER  9 

Getting  To  The  Shelter 

If  a  person  has  a  shelter,  the  big  question  is  whether  he  and 
his  family  will  have  time  to  get  into  it.  This  depends  on  many 
factors  that  cannot  be  foreseen;  such  as  geographical  location, 
time  of  attack,  proximity  to  the  shelter,  size  of  community  in  which 
he  lives  and  degree  of  warning.  There  are  two  types  of  warnings 
that  must  be  considered.  9.01 

STRATEGIC  WARNING 

A  typical  example  of  a  strategic  warning  occured  on  October 
22,  1962,  the  day  the  United  States  blockaded  Cuba.  All  Americans 
were  aware  that  there  was  a  possibility,  however  remote,  that  a 
nuclear  attack  could  follow  this  action.  A  strategic  warning  is 
signaled  by  events  which  in  themselves  are  not  sufficient  to  con- 
stitute a  war  threat  but  which  contain  an  element  of  dangerous 
consequences.  This  type  warning  concerns  interpretation  of  events 
and  could  provide  hours  or  even  days  of  warning.  9.02 

TACTICAL  WARNING 

A  tactical  warning  is  based  on  information  which  does  not 
require  interpretation.  In  the  event  of  a  nuclear  attack,  a  tactical 
warning  would  probably  come  from  our  outlying  early  warning  sys- 
tems. This  would  provide  up  to  fifteen  minutes  warning.  However, 
the  almost  inevitable  strategic  warning  coupled  with  the  tactical 
warning  would  be  of  tremendous  significance  if  intelligent  plans  for 
such  an  eventuality  had  been  made.  A  tactical  warning  is  not  con- 
cerned with  whether  or  not  there  is  an  attack,  but  solely  with  how 
much  time  is  available  before  the  explosions  may  be  expected.  9.03 


ENEMY  OBJECTIVES 

The  very  first  objective  of  any  enemy  attack  would  be  to 
knock  out  American  retaliatory  capabilities.  This  strategy  is  essen- 
tial. Missile  launching  sites  are  more  dangerous  to  attackers  than 
civilian  populations.  Our  Strategic  Air  Command  bases,  Polaris 
submarines,  hard,  soft  and  foreign  missile  pads  all  must  be  neutral- 
ized before  the  enemy  could  afford  the  comparatively  unrewarding 
luxury  of  bombing  American  cities.  9.04 

89 


POSSIBILITY  OF  A  COMPLETE  SURPRISE   ATTACK 

There  is  little  chance  that  any  aggressor  could  mount  a 
nuclear  attack  on  the  United  States  and  make  all  the  preparations 
necessary  to  brace  themselves  for  the  inevitable  devastating 
counter  attack  without  tipping  their  hand.  Here  is  why.  A  potential 
enemy  must  do  these  things: 

(a)  Move  all  their  naval  vessels  into  position. 

(b)  Deploy  military  forces  to  exploit  the  tactical  advan- 
tages resulting  from  a  surprise  attack. 

(c)  Reinforce  garrison  troops  in  presently  occupied  coun- 
tries or  face  uprisings  everywhere. 

(d)  Bolster  homeland  defenses  for  the  swift  disaster  that  is 
certain  to  be  visited  upon  them. 

(e)  Recall  all  high  government  officials  abroad  at  the  time. 

(f )  Prepare  all  missile  and  aircraft  bases  for  maximum  use. 
In  addition  for  the  next  few  years  a  potential  enemy  must 

use  aircraft  to  deliver  nuclear  weapons.  This  makes  impossible  the 
task  of  completely  concealing  an  attack.  All  weapon  carrying  air- 
craft must  be  dispatched  hours  ahead  of  the  missiles  so  that  the 
delivery  on  all  targets  would  be  coordinated.  These  targets  would 
include  hundreds  of  different  locations  scattered  in  Europe  and 
North  America.  9.05 

The  timing  of  such  an  attack  would  require  almost  unbeliev- 
able planning,  accuracy  and  good  luck  to  succeed  in  hiding  all 
the  preparation  activities  from  diplomats  and  other  information 
sources.  Our  modern  technology  is  such  that  it  would  require  a 
miracle  for  a  complete  surprise  to  be  achieved  even  if  all  other 
information  sources  failed.  9.06 

A  warning  time  of  many  hours  would  only  be  important  if  a 
person  already  had  a  shelter.  It  allows  time  to  use  a  shelter — not 
to  build  one.  9.07 

Vast  areas  of  America  are  so  geographically  situated  that 
even  hundreds  of  nuclear  weapons  would  not  knock  out  towns  in 
those  areas.  From  the  Mississippi  River  to  the  Pacific  coast  states 
and  almost  the  entire  mountainous  parts  of  southeastern  and 
northeastern  United  States  are  practically  invulnerable  to  a 
knockout  blow.  9.08 

DAY  TIME  ATTACK 

Throughout  the  country  a  high  percentage  of  housewives 
and  pre-school  children  would  be  at  home  or  close  to  it  at  any  given 
minute  of  the  day.  With  thirty  minutes  warning  it  might  be  pos- 
sible to  pick  up  school  children  very  close  by  and  get  them  into 
the  shelter.  Here,  again,  preplanning  and  a  thorough  knowledge 

90 


of  local  civil  defense  regulations  will  pay  off  in  the  event  of 
an  emergency.  9.09 

There  would  probably  be  fifteen  to  thirty  minutes  with  a 
tactical  warning.  For  people  employed  in  suburban  or  rural  areas 
who  work  within  several  miles  from  home,  there  is  an  excellent 
chance  of  getting  home  in  time.  9.10 

A  no-warning  day  light  attack  will  force  everyone  to  take 
whatever  cover  is  at  hand  wherever  they  may  be.  School  children 
will  be  in  the  care  of  their  teachers.  At  this  time  a  terrible  price 
may  be  paid  if  a  community  has  planned  and  built  schools  without 
adequate  shelters.  9.11 


NIGHT  ATTACK 

Depending  on  the  hour,  from  75%  to  95%  of  all  Americans 
would  be  home  if  an  attack  came  at  night.  Due  to  the  time  differen- 
tial between  the  United  States  and  the  Soviet  Union,  the  American 
night  time  is  the  Russian  day  time.  It  would  seem  logical  that  an 
enemy  attack  would  occur  early  in  the  evening  to  permit  them  to 
absorb  the  counterattack  during  their  daylight  hours.  9.12 

With  just  a  few  minutes  warning,  a  family  could  be  shepherded 
into  a  shelter  at  home.  With  no  warning,  even  in  a  target  area,  a 
person  observing  the  flash  of  an  explosion  twelve  miles  away  would 
have  one  minute  to  get  into  a  shelter,  before  the  blast 
wave  arrived.  9.13 


NEAR  PROJECT 

In  order  to  be  certain  that  even  sleeping  persons  can  be 
alerted,  your  government  has  perfected  a  device  which  plugs  into 
any  electric  outlet  serviced  by  a  public  utility.  This  box  emits  a 
very  distinctive  signal  when  our  warning  system  determines  that 
enemy  missiles  or  aircraft  are  on  their  way  for  an  attack.  It  will 
probably  sell  for  a  nominal  price.  The  system  is  called  the  NEAR 
project.  Some  power  stations  have  already  been  equipped  to  trigger 
the  signal.  Others  are  being  similarly  equipped  and  the  entire  sys- 
tem should  be  operational  in  the  near  future.  The  signal  device  is 
automatic  and  performs  the  function  of  a  nuclear  attack  alarm 
clock.  A  person's  chances  of  survival  are  enhanced  by  the  careful 
planning  and  preparation  which  will  enable  him  to  make  the  best 
possible  use  of  whatever  warning  time  is  available.  9.14 


PROTECTION  AT  WORK 

If  a  person  works  for  a  farsighted  employer  he  may  have  a 

91 


shelter  in  his  office  or  plant  in  which  he  can  spend  the  first  critical 
minute  after  a  nuclear  explosion.  He  may  then  be  able  to  get  home 
in  thirty  minutes  before  fallout  starts,  providing  he  has  a  planned 
route  which  does  not  conflict  with  Civil  Defense  regulations.  9.15 

PROTECTION    AWAY  FROM   SHELTER 

If  a  person  should  be  caught  far  from  home  in  strange  sur- 
roundings when  a  warning  signal  sounds,  there  are  several  things 
that  can  be  done  to  increase  chances  for  immediate  survival.  9.16 

Try  to  get  inside.  A  basement  corner  is  best  since  if  offers 
protection  from  building  collapse.  Lie  down,  curl  up  and  face  away 
from  glass  or  loose  objects.  Face  the  wall  if  in  a  corner  with  no 
windows.  Face  away  from  the  wall  if  not  in  a  corner  since  this  in- 
creases protection  to  face  and  eyes.  9.17 

If  in  the  country,  try  to  crawl  into  a  culvert  or  any  low  spot 
protected  by  the  terrain.  Get  under  one  end  of  a  bridge  or  into  a 
ditch.  As  a  last  resort  slide  under  a  car.  9.18 

Anyone  remembering  to  count  the  seconds  between  the  initial 
flash  and  the  arrival  of  the  blast  wave,  can  divide  that  figure  by 
five  and  the  result  will  provide  the  approximate  mileagp  from  the 
ground  zero  of  the  explosion.  9.19 


Summary:  Even  if  a  family  is  somewhere  else  when  an  attack 
occurs,  a  home  survival  shelter  is  a  worthwhile  haven,  a  meeting 
place  in  which  to  ride  out  the  storm  of  a  world  gone  crazy.  The 
peace  of  mind  that  goes  with  at  least  making  the  effort  to  protect 
a  family  makes  the  project  well  worthwhile.  That  is  the  pessimistic 
side  of  the  coin.  At  best  the  shelter  will  provide  protection  for 
members  of  a  family  who  are  home  or  close  to  home  in  the  event 
of  an  attack.  The  alternative  is  a  simple,  duck  under  the  kitchen 
table  and  pray  situation.  A  shelter  will  provide  a  family  with  as 
much  physical  security  as  can  be  obtained  in  a  nuclear  world.  9.20 


92 


CHAPTER  10 

Nuclear  Attack  Possibilities 

Building  a  nuclear  survival  shelter  is  something  like  buying 
insurance.  It's  a  good  idea  to  investigate  the  reason  for  the  policy, 
its  cost  and  the  extent  of  protection  or  coverage  that  can  be  ex- 
pected. On  the  basis  of  available  information,  certain  estimates 
can  be  made  about  the  form  an  initial  nuclear  attack  might  take 
and  the  general  outline  an  ensuing  nuclear  war  might  follow.  10.01 

ESTIMATES  OF  COMMUNIST  ATTACK  CAPABILITY 

An  Office  of  Civil  and  Defense  Mobilization  (now  called  the 
Office  of  Emergency  Planning)  study  in  1959  showed  an  attack 
pattern  presumed  to  involve  the  use  of  263  nuclear  weapons  by  an 
enemy.  The  study  assumed  each  bomb  to  be  20  megatons  or  smaller 
with  a  total  attack  force  of  about  3,000  megatons.  These  263  bombs 
would  be  aimed  at  224  targets.  10.02 

Other  United  States  government  sources  have  estimated  that 
the  communists  would  have  from  300  to  1,000  intercontinental  bal- 
listic missiles  (ICBM's)  by  mid  1962.  In  1961  another  government 
authority  thought  that  the  communist  arsenal  contained  35  to  50 
nuclear  tipped  ICBM's.  By  the  end  of  1962  the  nuclear  weapon 
stockpile  was  estimated  to  contain  80  nuclear  bombs  and  associated 
delivery  hardware  (ICBM's).  Intercontinental  ballistic  missiles 
are  not  in  themselves  a  threat.  They  are  the  means  of  delivering 
nuclear  warheads  on  target.  10.03 

NUCLEAR  ATTACK  WEAPON  SIZES 

The  effectiveness  of  a  nuclear  weapon  does  not  progress 
geometrically  according  to  size  or  yield.  A  50  megaton  bomb  is  not 
2]/2  times  as  devastating  as  a  20  megaton  bomb.  Therefore,  the 
chances  are  that  smaller  yield  bombs  would  be  used  in  an  attack. 
The  largest  to  be  expected ;  20  megatons.  10.04 

Twenty  megaton  bombs  are  less  expensive,  use  less  precious 
nuclear  material  and  are  easier  to  deliver  than  50  megaton  bombs. 
A  20  megaton  weapon  will  do  about  two  thirds  as  much  damage 
as  a  50  megaton  bomb.  10.05 

NUCLEAR  ATTACK  PATTERN 

An  estimate  that  appears  to  be  possible  for  the  next  few  years 
would  comprehend  the  delivery  of  between  300  and  500  nuclear 

93 


weapons  by  an  enemy.  These  would  be  delivered  in  a  mixture  of 
air  and  ground  bursts.  Each  bomb  would  be  20  megatons  or 
smaller.  They  would  be  aimed  at  about  300  target  areas.  These 
areas  would  include  all  missile  sites,  military  bases  and  probably 
basic  steel,  chemical  and  oil  industrial  complexes.  10.06 

POSSIBLE  METHODS  OF  BOMB  DELIVERY 

In  the  immediate  future  (until  1965)  these  weapons  would 
probably  be  delivered  about  40%  by  missiles  and  the  balance  by  a 
combination  of  aircraft  and  probably  some  seacraft.  After  1965 
the  percentage  of  bombs  delivered  by  missile  would  increase  fairly 
rapidly  until  practically  all  weapons  used  in  an  attack  would  be 
delivered  in  this  manner.  This  appraisal  of  the  delivery  technique 
possibilities  is  just  one  persons  opinion  based  on  information 
available  to  everyone.  10.07 

NUCLEAR  ATTACK  TIMETABLE 

It  would  seem  self  evident  that  in  the  event  of  a  nuclear  war 
a  big  percentage  of  an  enemy's  nuclear  weapons  would  be  launched 
immediately.  This  must  be  done  in  an  effort  to  achieve  a  knockout 
blow.  However,  if  all  the  weapons  were  fired  in  the  initial  attack 
and  something  went  wrong  the  assailant  would  be  a  sitting 
duck.  Therefore,  a  kind  of  balance  must  be  maintained  by  an 
aggressor.  10.08 

The  percentage  of  weapons  fired  in  the  first  hour  or  day  of 
a  surprise  attack  would  probably  run  about  50%  to  70%  of  the 
total  available  to  the  enemy.  These  weapons  would  be  used  for 
strategic  purposes.  The  balance  of  the  bombs  would  be  divided 
into  two  categories.  About  20%  to  40%  to  be  used  during  the  first 
30  days  of  the  war  for  tactical  purposes.  Tactical  targets  would 
include  targets  still  intact  after  the  initial  attack  and  other 
locations  which  posed  a  problem  to  the  attacker.  10.09 

The  approximately  10%  of  weapons  remaining  would  probably 
never  be  fired.  To  do  so  would  completely  denude  the  attacker 
militarily.  With  even  a  few  bombs  left  they  would  be  in  a  position 
to  use  nuclear  blackmail  even  if  almost  completely  wiped  out.  With 
these  bombs  they  might  try  to  place  America  in  the  same  position 
that  we  occupied  after  the  Korean  war.  You  will  remember  that 
we  then  achieved  the  almost  impossible — we  snatched  defeat  from 
the  jaws  of  victory.  10.10 

POSSIBILITY  OF  INVASION 

If  communist  agents  reported  that  enough  of  our  people  and 

94 


facilities  were  destroyed,  and  if  there  were  enough  enemy  sur- 
vivors, an  invasion  of  our  country  might  be  attempted.  This  must 
be  done  before  we  had  a  chance  to  bring  our  resources  to  bear  on 
the  problem  and  after  the  radiation  had  subsided  or  decayed  to  a 
reasonably  safe  level.  This  would  be  approximately  between  two 
weeks  and  six  weeks  after  the  initial  attack.  10.11 

There  are  other  invasion  risks  that  must  be  considered,  and 
which  could  form  the  basis  for  an  entire  book.  This  is  neither 
the  time  nor  place  to  go  into  detail  about  them.  However,  there 
are  so  called  neutrals  who  might  take  advantage  of  a  weakened, 
tormented  America  to  try  what  they  would  never  dream  about 
while  the  United  States  was  powerful  and  strong.  While  some  of 
these  neutrals  are  genuinely  friendly  to  us,  they  are  subject  to 
political  developments  which  could  change  their  attitude  prac- 
tically overnight.  Cuba  is  a  typical  example  of  this  type  of  change. 
We  cannot  afford  to  overlook  any  eventuality  when  our  very  life 
as  a  nation  may  hang  in  the  balance.  10.12 

TARGETS 

Every  attack  target  must  be  counted  on  to  receive  at  least 
one  bomb.  Many  of  them  may  receive  a  second  bomb  if  they  are 
extremely  dangerous  to  the  enemy.  The  absolute  limit  that  any 
target  would  be  likely  to  receive  would  be  three  bursts.  There 
would  be  few,  if  any,  of  these  areas.  In  a  suitable  shelter,  a  person 
will  be  safe  unless  he  is  less  than  about  two  miles  from  ground  zero 
of  one,  two,  or  at  most,  three  nuclear  bomb  explosions.  The  enemy 
is  more  noted  for  the  power  of  their  ICBM's  than  for  the  accuracy 
of  their  missile  guidance  systems.  10.13 

Out  of  a  total  of  between  224  to  300  target  areas,  the  enemy 
could  not  spare  more  than  one  or  two  weapons  for  any  one  target. 
Within  a  radius  of  30  miles  from  ground  zero  there  are  2,800  square 
miles.  The  area  in  which  there  would  be  almost  complete  devas- 
tation from  a  20  megaton  explosion  would  be  only  28  square  miles 
(3  mile  radius).  10.14 

CHANCE  OF  SURVIVAL 

A  majority  of  people  living  in  a  target  area  and  over  90%  of 
all  other  Americans  can  survive  a  nuclear  attack  if  they  are  in 
suitable  shelters.  Persons  protected  in  a  shelter  anywhere  within 
30  miles  of  a  target  would  have  a  100  to  1  chance  to  survive  one 
nuclear  burst.  Obviously  the  odds  decrease  the  closer  anyone  gets 
to  the  target  and  increase  further  away  from  the  target.  10.15 


95 


CHAPTER   11 

Essentials  For  Survival 

Air,  water,  food,  fire  (heat  energy),  clothing,  shelter  (from 
natural  elements),  tools,  utensils,  medicine  and  electricity  are 
essentials  for  survival.  These  are  generally  considered  to  be  neces- 
sary for  man's  survival  under  any  circumstances.  We  can 
exist  without  the  last  four  items  on  the  list.  Mere  existance 
is  not  enough  if  we  are  to  rise  up  after  an  attack  and  re- 
build our  civilization.  11.01 

The  first  three  essentials  (air,  water  and  food)  must  be 
available  in  order  to  remain  alive.  The  second  four  (fire,  clothing, 
shelter  and  tools)  are  almost  as  necessary.  But  it  is  conceivable 
that  we  could  survive  for  some  time  without  them.  The  last  two 
items  are  comparatively  new  to  our  civilization.  11.02 

A  survival  shelter  should  have  as  many  sources  as  possible 
for  each  of  the  first  four  necessities.  In  planning  survival  facilities, 
arrangements  must  be  made  for  adequate  supplies  of  each  neces- 
sity before  the  need  arises.  A  person  must  know  how  neces- 
sary they  are,  how  difficult  they  may  be  to  obtain  and  the 
estimated  time  before  they  may  become  available  to  citizens 
after  an  attack.  11.03 


AIR 

The  most  essential  element  of  life  is  air.  A  person  can  live  for 
only  about  five  to  eight  minutes  when  deprived  of  air.  11.04 

Air  is  abundant;  it  is  free,  it  is  everywhere.  It  does  not 
normally  need  processing.  It  does  not  need  to  be  grown,  trans- 
ported, cooked  or  purchased.  It  merely  requires  filtration  by  well 
known,  simple  methods  to  insure  its  availability  during  and  after 
a  nuclear  attack.  11.05 


OXYGEN  CONCENTRATION   IN  AIR 

A  minimum  oxygen  concentration  of  16%  in  air  is  necessary 
to  sustain  life.  An  oxygen  concentration  analyzer  is  available  which 
provides  oxygen  concentration  percentages.  It  is  simple  to  operate 
but  is  expensive.  11.06 


CARBON  DIOXIDE  CONCENTRATION   IN  AIR 

A  carbon  dioxide  concentration  in  excess  of  3%  in  air  can  be 
fatal.  A  carbon  dioxide  test  unit  is  available  to  provide  concentra- 

97 


tion  information.  It  is  inexpensive  but  complicated  to  use.     11.07 

AIR  SUPPLY  METHODS 

Survival  shelter  air  can  be  supplied  by  several  methods: 

(a)  A  blower  powered  by  public  utility  electricity. 

(b)  A  blower  powered  by  generator  electricity. 

(c)  A  blower  manually  operated  by  a  hand  crank. 

(d)  Emergency  oxygen  cylinders,  commercially  available. 
Oxygen  cylinders   contain  244  cubic  feet  of   99%   pure  oxygen. 
They  would  be  quite  expensive  for  shelter  storage  due  to   the 
cylinder  cost.     11.08 

CARBON  DIOXIDE  REMOVAL  BY  SODA  LIME 

It  is  possible  to  insure  a  supply  of  good  air  in  temporarily 
sealed  shelters  by  using  soda  lime  to  remove  excess  carbon  dioxide. 
This  technique  in  conjunction  with  the  use  of  makeup  oxygen  from 
cylinders  can  be  used  in  times  of  emergency.  Soda  lime  regenerates 
itself  continuously  by  chemical  reactions.  Eventually  it  becomes 
completely  saturated  and  can  no  longer  regenerate.  It  must  then 
be  discarded  and  replaced.  The  indicating  type  which  changes  color 
from  white  to  pink  when  it  is  becoming  saturated  should 
be  used.  11.09 

CARBON  DIOXIDE  REMOVAL  BY  ZEOLITE 

Another  system,  for  removing  waste  gases  from  a  sealed 
chamber  containing  three  people  (a  spacecraft),  has  been  de- 
veloped by  a  large  chemical  company.  During  a  period  of  720  hours 
(30  days)  more  than  210  pounds  of  carbon  dioxide  (1.1  pounds 
per  person  per  day)  can  be  trapped  by  a  substance  called  Zeolite, 
which  may  be  used  indefinitely.  The  carbon  dioxide  when  trapped 
may  be  expelled  from  the  chamber  or  shelter.  This  system,  if  it  is 
made  available  for  shelter  use,  could  solve  one  of  the  biggest  air 
purification  problems  when  used  in  conjunction  with  a  supply 
of  cylinder  oxygen.  11.10 

WATER 

Man  can  survive  only  a  few  days  without  water  or  substitute 
liquids.  Water  is  less  abundant  than  air.  It  is  normally  available 
in  a  potable  form  from  lakes,  rivers,  streams,  rainfall  and  from 
underground  reservoirs  called  water  tables  which  may  be  tapped 
by  wells.  11.11 

98 


WATER  AND  RADIOACTIVITY 

Water  shares  one  peculiarity,  among  others,  with  air.  In  a  pure 
state  neither  can  become  radioactive.  Only  impurities  consisting  of 
fallout  made  radioactive  by  the  nuclear  explosion  can  radioactively 
contaminate  air  and  water.  Dust  particles  in  air  and  solids  sus- 
pended in  water  can  and  do  become  radioactive  and  thereby 
transmitters  of  nuclear  radiation  when  they  have  been  directly 
charged  by  the  nuclear  explosion  products.  Fortunately  the  earth 
acts  as  a  gigantic  and  effective  filter.  Water  from  a  moderately 
deep  well  will  usually  be  free  from  radiation  and  can  be  safely  used 
due  to  its  underground  source.  11.12 

RESERVOIR  WATER 

If  reservoirs  are  a  persons  main  water  source  there  is  a  chance 
that  his  supply  may  become  contaminated.  Regular  normal  water 
treatment  including  coagulation,  sedimentation  and  filtration  tech- 
niques will  remove  contamination.  11.13 

When  reservoir  water  is  merely  chlorinated  it  may  be  unfit 
to  drink  for  several  days  after  an  attack.  Dilution  and  natural 
radioactive  decay  will  cause  the  contamination  to  decrease  with 
time.  11.14 

WARNING — Boiling  fallout  laden  water  is  of  absolutely  no 
value  in  removing  radioactivity.  11.15 

SHELTER  WATER  SOURCES 

Shelter  liquid  supplies  can  be  made  available  by  these  methods : 

(a)  A  550  gallon  or  smaller  water  storage  tank. 

(b)  Water  extracted  from  shelter  atmosphere  by  the  de- 
humidifier. 

(c)  Canned  water,  fruit  juices,  soft  drinks  and  broths. 

(d)  Contents  of  the  hot  water  heater  if  the  tank  was  shut 
off  from  the  usual  supply  before  the  nuclear  attack. 

(e)  A  well. 

Water  may  also  be  available  from  a  supply  previously  stored 
in  plastic  containers  shortly  before  an  emergency.  11.16 

FOOD 

All  food  must  be  grown.  This  takes  time.  It  is  not  possible  to 
speed  up  the  process  appreciably.  Much  that  we  eat  today  must  be 
dug  or  picked,  processed,  transported,  warehoused,  distributed 
and  purchased.  11.17 

In  a  normal  peacetime  economy  this  is   a  time  consuming 

99 


process.  Imagine  how  much  longer  it  would  take  to  do  all  these 
things  after  an  attack.  Then  the  whole  process  would  be  compli- 
cated by  special  soil  tests  and  preparation,  partially  destroyed 
processing  facilities,  crippled  transportation,  burned  out  ware- 
houses and  sharply  curtailed  distribution  facilities.  11.18 

Consider  these  examples.  It  takes  anywhere  from  3  months 
to  3  years  to  bring  meat  to  market.  Vegetables  spend  as  much  as 
6  months  in  transit  to  the  consumer.  This  is  the  situation  in  peace- 
time with  everyone  cooperating,  everything  going  smoothly  and  a 
surplus  of  food  in  almost  every  category.  11.19 

We  must  assume  that  most  of  our  foodstuffs  will  go  up  in 
nuclear  smoke  in  the  event  of  an  attack.  Some  will  be  burned,  some 
blasted  to  pieces  and  much  will  be  contaminated.  A  lot  will  just  rot 
for  lack  of  refrigeration,  transportation,  warehousing  or  people 
to  process  it.  11.20 

FOOD  WAREHOUSING 

Remember  that  almost  all  processed  food  is  stored  in  ware- 
houses located  close  to  large  population  centers  for  rapid  and  easy 
distribution.  Unfortunately  this  logical  peacetime  system  makes 
our  food  supply  extremely  vulnerable  in  the  event  of  a  nuclear 
attack.  11.21 

To  lessen  this  danger  to  our  vital  food  supply  the  government 
might  encourage  the  building  of  underground  warehouses.  Fast 
depreciation  tax  write  off  certificates  have  been  issued  to  business 
in  the  past  for  far  less  important  facilities.  11.22 

There  is  one  place  where  food,  already  admirably  packaged 
for  warehousing,  can  be  stored  safely,  conveniently  and  econom- 
ically— in  a  person's  own  home.  More  specifically  in  his  own 
survival  shelter.  11.23 

FOOD  SUPPLY  REQUIREMENTS 

As  an  absolute  minimum,  a  90  day  supply  of  food  is  rec- 
ommended. A  six  month  supply  is  more  realistic.  A  24  month  supply 
would  not  be  beyond  the  realm  of  common  sense.  This  does  not 
mean  that  a  person  and  his  family  would  spend  3,  6  or  24  months 
in  a  shelter,  but  they  will  need  food  from  their  own  supply  when 
they  do  emerge  from  the  shelter.  (See  Chapter  15  for  complete 
shelter  menus  and  shopping  lists.)  11.24 

By  sound  planning,  and  possibly  after  making  a  few  minor 
sacrifices,  anyone  can  gradually  build  up  a  reserve  supply  of  food. 
A  reserve  which  will  see  them  through  any  emergency  up  to  and 
including  a  nuclear  calamity.  11.25 

This  type  planning  should  give  a  person  great  peace  of  mind. 
It  will  also  ease  the  tremendous  burden  his  government  will  bear 

100 


in  feeding  others  who  could  not  or  would  not  prepare  for  a 
nuclear  emergency.  Again,  remember,  the  better  prepared  we  are — 
the  less  susceptible  our  government  will  be  to  nuclear  blackmail. 
Our  efforts  will  also  help  to  decentralize  and  disperse  food  sup- 
plies which  in  turn  will  aid  in  eliminating  wartime  distribution 
problems.  11.26 

FIRE  AND  HEAT  ENERGY 

Fire  or  heat  energy  consists  of  heat  energy  for  cooking,  for 
maintaining  a  comfortable  atmosphere  and  for  lighting.  Heat 
energy  for  these  three  purposes  is  not  as  abundant  as  air  or  water. 
It  is  more  abundant  than  food.  In  normal  times  there  are  many 
sources  of  heat  energy:  electricity,  propane  or  natural  gas,  wood, 
coal,  charcoal,  alcohol,  candles  and  kerosene.  These  possible  sources 
of  emergency  energy  are  reviewed  below.  11.27 

ELECTRICITY 

Electricity  is  useful  for  all  three  purposes  of  cooking,  heating 
and  lighting.  It  is  the  only  source  of  energy  that  meets  all  three 
requirements.  It  provides  the  best  illumination  and  shelter  cooking 
energy.  When  used  for  cooking  it  does  not  burn  valuable  oxygen. 
It  has  one  major  drawback;  it  cannot  be  conveniently  stored. 
There  are  two  possible  sources  of  readily  usable  electricity  in  a 
survival  shelter.  11.28 


PUBLIC  UTILITY  ELECTRICITY 

Public  service  utility  electricity  may,  and  probably  will,  be 
subject  to  frequent  interruption  if  not  outright  power  failure  in 
the  event  of  a  nuclear  attack.  Whenever  it  is  available  this  power 
should  be  used  for  lighting,  heating  and  cooking  in  a  shelter.  This 
source  should  be  first  choice  for  use  with  electrically  powered 
utensils  such  as  hot  plates,  frying  pans,  heating  pads  and 
coffee  makers.  11.29 


GENERATOR  ELECTRICITY 

Generator  electricity  is  an  excellent  replacement  for  public 
utility  electricity.  It  should  never  be  used  when  utility  power  is 
available  because  generator  power  can  be  stored  in  the  form  of  the 
fuel  oil  upon  which  the  generator  operates.  When  a  generator  is 
used  the  energy  expenditure  for  heating,  ventilation  and  cooking 
should  be  planned  so  it  runs  for  the  shortest  possible  time.  All 

101 


electrical  chores  should  be  arranged  and  charted  to  get  maximum 
power  usage  for  a  limited  time  each  day,  up  to  the  limit  of  the 
generator  capacity.  This  conserves  fuel.  All  electrical  needs  except 
lighting  may  be  taken  care  of  in  one  hour  a  day  or  in  a  short  time 
as  possible.  Care  must  be  taken  in  planning  generator  use  to  make 
certain  that  generator  capacity  is  not  exceeded.  11.30 


BATTERY  ELECTRICITY 

The  third  source  of  emergency  shelter  electricity  is  battery 
power.  It  should  be  used  mainly  for  emergency  lighting  and  for 
powering  portable  radios.  While  batteries  have  the  advantage  of 
being  storable,  they  are  not  long  lived  enough  to  count  on  for 
much  more  than  a  few  days  use  unless  they  are  used  for  occasional 
service.  Then  they  may  last  for  a  few  months.  They  are  useful  and 
necessary  but  they  also  have  serious  limitations.  There  are 
several  exceptions.  11.31 

Flashlights  that  can  be  recharged  by  plugging  into  an  elec- 
trical outlet  seem  to  be  a  more  dependable  source  of  emergency 
lighting.  Main  utility  or  generator  electricity  must  be  available 
often  enough  to  make  recharging  feasible  if  rechargable  flash- 
lights are  to  be  of  much  service.  11.32 

A  storage  battery  can  be  useful  for  radios,  emergency  lighting, 
generator  starting  and  other  light  or  intermittent  electrical  chores. 
A  storage  battery  may  be  kept  charged  by  plugging  it  into  an 
electrical  outlet  when  either  utility  or  generator  power  is  available. 
This  requires  a  battery  charger  unit.  Another  device  which  is 
pedaled  like  a  bicycle  is  on  the  market.  It  permits  charging  the 
storage  battery  solely  by  foot  power.  11.33 


PROPANE  AND  NATURAL  GAS 

Gas  is  useful  for  cooking  and  heating  under  normal  conditions. 
Natural  gas  cannot  be  stored.  Propane  can  be  stored  but  the  chance 
of  an  explosion  due  to  the  possible  heat  of  a  nuclear  burst  makes 
the  storing  of  gas  in  or  near  a  shelter  hazardous.  Gas  burns 
precious  oxygen  in  a  shelter.  The  use  of  gas  in  a  survival  shelter 
is  not  recommended.  11.34 


COAL 

Coal  has  just  one  advantage.  It  can  be  stored.  It  is  hard  to 
ignite,  control  and  extinguish  so  that  it  can  be  reignited.  It  burns 
precious  shelter  oxygen  and  gives  off  noxious  gases.  No  coal 
in  a  shelter.  11.35 

102 


WOOD 

Wood  is  abundant  and  excellent  for  cooking,  heating  and  in- 
cidental lighting.  It  can  be  stored.  It  burns  oxygen  and  requires  a 
flue.  Wood  may  be  useful  in  the  shelter  lock  (12.07)  for  post  attack 
use  when  radiation  levels  have  decayed  to  a  safe  level  but  before 
normal  organic  fuels  are  available.  Wood  cannot  be  used  in  the 
primary  shelter.  11.36 

CHARCOAL  BRIQUETS 

Charcoal  can  be  stored  and  contains  more  heat  energy  per 
cubic  foot  than  wood.  It  consumes  oxygen  and  in  a  shelter  gives  off 
noxious  gases.  While  it  would  be  excellent  for  post  shelter  use  it  is 
definitely  dangerous  for  shelter  cooking.  11.37 


ALCOHOL 

Alcohol  must  be  considered  the  first  choice  substitute  for 
electricity  for  use  in  cooking.  It  is  available  in  canned  solid  form 
in  stores  and  is  easily  and  conveniently  stored  in  small  containers 
which  are  easy  to  ignite,  extinguish  and  reignite.  It  does  burn 
oxygen.  Alcohol  may  be  used  for  emergency  shelter  cooking  when 
electrical  services  are  unavailable.  11.38 


CANDLES 

Candles  are  easily  stored.  They  are  useful  for  emergency 
lighting  and  for  heating  small  quantities  of  food.  They  burn  oxygen. 
Long  thin  candles  are  best  for  lighting  and  short  thick  candles  for 
heating  food.  They  may  be  used  in  a  shelter  in  the  absence  of 
anything  better.  11.39 


KEROSENE 

Kerosene  is  mainly  useful  for  lighting.  It  is  dangerous 
to  store,  burns  oxygen  and  can  create  smoke.  It  is  not  for 
shelters.  11.40 


CLOTHING 

Clothing  is  a  subject  to  which  much  thought  should  be  given. 
Not  only  for  the  comparatively  short  period  of  actual  attack  but 
for  the  intermediate  period  after  the  attacks  and  before  a  return 
to  nearly  normal  sources  of  clothing.  The  discussion  of  clothing 

103 


here  is  divided  into  three  groups;  adults,  teenagers  and  children. 
Generally  all  clothing  should  be  selected  for  its  warmth  and  du- 
rability— not  its  style  or  fashion.  11.41 


ADULTS 

Adults  should  not  be  too  much  of  a  problem.  Having  achieved 
their  full  growth,  most  adult  sizes  become  to  a  degree  static.  Most 
adult  outer  garments  are  discarded  for  esthetic  rather  than 
functional  reasons.  They  are  out  of  style  or  worn.  Very  seldom  do 
they  stop  being  a  protective  covering — shielding  the  wearer  from 
the  elements.  Most  adults  could  get  by  in  an  emergency  for  2  or  3 
years  with  the  clothes  they  have.  11.42 


MEN 

Men  should  have  on  hand  a  36  months  supply  of  the  following 
articles : 

Undershirts  Handkerchiefs  Belts 

Shorts  Sweaters  Scarves 

Socks  Shoes  Gloves 

Shirts  Overshoes  Raincoats 

Pajamas  Jackets  Slacks 

Hats  Overcoats 

11.43 


WOMEN 

Women  should  have  on  hand  a  36  months  supply  of  the  follow- 
ing articles: 

Scarves 

Sweaters 

Slacks 


11.44 


TEENAGERS 

Teenage  clothes  would  be  the  same  general  types  worn  by 
adults.  Denims  and  other  long  wearing,  inexpensive  and  easy  to 
maintain  materials  should  be  favored.  Teenagers  should  have  a 
36  months  supply  of  clothes  with  due  consideration  for  growth 
possibilities.  11.45 

104 


Panties 

Girdles 

Overcoats 

Brassieres 

Jackets 

Raincoats 

Blouses 

Shoes 

Skirts 

Stockings 
Slips 

Overshoes 
Handkerchiefs 

Gloves 
Night  clothes 

CHILDREN 

Children's  clothes  would  be  similar  in  types  to  adult  clothes. 
There  are  some  special  needs  of  infants  and  very  small  children. 
These  needs  are  listed  below: 

Diapers  Rubber  pants  Sweaters 

Shirts  Vests  Night  clothes 

Hose  Shoes  Hats 

Coats  Coveralls  Gloves 

Special  care  must  be  exercised  in  gauging  probable  child 
growth  over  a  36  months  period.  This  is  especially  true  of  these 
articles  for  children:  shoes,  socks,  underwear  and  trousers.  It  is 
much  better  to  store  clothes  on  the  large  side  since  oversize  gar- 
ments are  more  comfortable  than  undersize  ones.  Children  can 
always  grow  into  oversize  clothes.  11.46 

GENERAL  SHELTER  CLOTHING    SUGGESTIONS 

Shoes — Sneakers  or  comfortable  slippers  would  be  especially 
suitable  for  shelter  wear  for  the  entire  family.  Since  activity  would 
be  somewhat  restricted  (that's  the  understatement  of  the  year) 
the  usual  shoe  problem  of  normal  existence  should  be  less  acute. 
Preference  should  be  for  thick  soled,  long  wearing  shoes  for  pro- 
tection when  it  is  safe  to  leave  the  shelter.  These  shoes  definitely 
should  be  on  the  large  side  for  children.  They  may  then  be  worn 
over  slippers  or  padded  by  wearing  extra  socks  to  get  maximum 
use  from  them.  11.47 

White  Coveralls — These  coveralls  mentioned  elsewhere  (Guide 
16.03)  are  especially  suited  for  wear  outside  the  shelter.  Large, 
and  many  small,  particles  of  radioactive  dust  can  easily  be  seen 
on  them  and  brushed  off.  The  one  piece  type  construction  keeps 
out  much  fallout  laden  dust.  11.48 

Old  Suits  and  Overcoats  —  Men,  especially,  should  keep 
suits  and  overcoats  which  would  ordinarily  be  discarded.  Reason: 
It  may  be  necessary,  at  some  time  immediately  after  an  attack, 
to  leave  the  shelter  for  a  few  minutes  for  a  dire  emergency. 
Clothing  exposed  to  such  high  radiation  should  be  discarded  and 
not  brought  back  into  the  shelter.  An  old  suit  or  coat  will  provide 
as  much  protection  from  radiation  as  a  new  one.  11.49 

After  an  attack  we  do  not  know  what  we  will  find  when  we 
finally  leave  our  shelters.  Maybe  the  government  will  not  be  able 
to  provide  food,  medicine  and  clothing  for  some  time  after  an 
attack.  It  may  have  to  concentrate  on  defense  hardware.  It  will 
be  up  to  each  of  us  to  have  on  hand  the  dozens  of  small  items 
upon  which  we  depend  to  live,  but  which  we  take  so  much  for 
granted  in  our  normal  everyday  life.  11.50 

105 


HAND  TOOLS 

There  are  certain  hand  tools  that  are  inexpensive  and  prac- 
tically indispensable.  These  and  other  very  useful  tools  and  items 
of  equipment  are  listed  below  as  a  checklist.  These  tools  should 
enable  anyone  to  make  minor  repairs,  remove  debris  and  perform 
general  utility  chores.  The  12  foot  ladder  makes  an  excellent 
emergency  stretcher  and  a  good  bridge  if  one  is  needed.  11.51 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 


HAND  TOOLS 


hoe 

crowbar 

wrecking   bar 

sledgehammer 

pick  (point  &  chisel) 

coal  shovel 

axe 

hatchet 

block  &  tackle 

claw   hammer 

hacksaw  w/10  blades 
1    pair  wire  clippers 
1 -'50  ft.  length  Manila  rope 

C/2") 

1-12  ft.   ladder 

1  -50  ft.  water  hose 

1    ball  peen  hammer 

1-2  man  manual  wood   saw 

1    spade 

1  pr.  rubber  insulating  gloves 

2  steel  wedges 

1    soldering   (non-electric)  iron 
1    monkey  wrench 


23.  1    crescent  wrench 

24.  1    set  open  end  wrenches 

25.  1-6-ft.  carpenters  rule  (folding) 

26.  1    measuring  tape 

27.  3   assorted  screwdrivers 

(slotted) 

28.  1    carpenters  crosscut  saw 

29.  3   assorted  screwdrivers 

(Phillips  head) 

30.  1    hand  drill 

31.  1-1"  augur  bit 

32.  set  drills 

33.  set  wood  chisels 

34.  cold  chisel 

35.  adapter,  water  hose  to  basin 

36.  set  files 

37.  1-24"  stillson  wrench 

38.  1    pair  vise  grip  pliers 

39.  6   ft.  5000  Ib.  close   link   chain 

w/grab  hook  and  ring 

40.  1    putty  knife 

41.  6   brainard  tel-o-posts 

(telescopic  jack  posts) 


Guide  11.51 


MEDICINE 

There  are  certain  medical  supplies  so  basic  that  they  would  be 
found  in  almost  every  medicine  chest.  These  items  plus  others 
useful  for  handling  minor  aches,  pains,  cuts  and  bruises  are  listed 
as  a  reminder  for  persons  stocking  a  shelter.  Don't  forget  to  include 
special  medicines  presently  required  or  that  may  be  required  in 
the  foreseeable  future.  11.52 


106 


MEDICAL  SUPPLIES 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 


Sleeping  pills  (for  children)  24. 

Aspirin  25. 

Baking    soda  26. 

Boric  acid  27. 

Petroleum  jelly  28. 

Anti-acid  powder  29. 

Band  aids  30. 

Laxative  31. 

Hydrogen  peroxide  32. 

Burn    ointment  33. 

Toothache  drops  34. 

Milk  of  Magnesia  35. 
Non-habit  forming  pain  pills           36. 

Ammonium   ampoules  37. 

Styptic  pencil  38. 

Bandage  scissors  39. 

Rubber  gloves  40. 

Elastic  bandage  tape  41. 
Eye  drops  with  dropper 

Water  purification  tablets  42. 

Medicones  43. 

1    roll  gauze  bandage  44. 
4   triangle   bandages 


3    ace  bandages 

2    padded   splints 

1    tourniquet 

6-4  x  4  gauze  pads 

6-2  x  3  gauze  pads 

%"  wide  adhesive  tape 

Tongue  depressors 

Q-tips 

Baby   powder 

Baby  oil 

Sanitary  napkins 

Red  Cross  First  Aid  Book 

Home  medical  book 

Hot  water  bag 

Antiseptic  solution 

Salt  tablets 

Vitamins 

Medium    first    aid   dressings 

8"  x  7V2" 

1"  adhesive  compress 

Tweezers 

Assorted  tubular  bandages 


Guide  11.52 


SHELTER  FROM  THE  ELEMENTS 

Shelter  from  the  elements  refers  to  shelter  in  its  basic  pre- 
nuclear  meaning.  Shelter  from  rain,  cold,  snow,  sleet,  hail,  heat, 
tornados,  cyclones,  floods  and  hurricanes.  Fortunately  a  properly 
designed  survival  shelter  automatically  protects  against  almost 
all  the  natural  elements.  11.53 

There  can  be  problems  with  heat  and  cold  in  a  survival  shelter. 
Since  most  shelters  are  covered  by  considerable  earth  and  concrete, 
the  range  of  temperature  should  be  comparatively  narrow  due  to 
the  natural  insulating  qualities  of  these  two  barriers.  In  some 
deep  mines  the  temperature  seldom  varies  more  than  a  few  degrees 
from  75  °F  regardless  of  surface  temperatures.  In  a  shelter  without 
artificial  heating  or  cooling,  the  temperature  should  never  go  below 
50  °F  or  above  85  °F.  The  actual  range  of  temperature  in  a  BOSDEC 
type  shelter  is  estimated  to  be  between  a  low  of  60 °F  and  a  high 
of  about  80°F.  11.54 

The  shelter  should  have  a  wool  blanket  for  each  occupant. 


107 


While  shelter  temperatures  may  not  always  be  cozy  by  normal 
standards,  the  shelter  would  be  livable  without  any  artificial 
heating  or  cooling.  11.55 

The    exact    temperature    of    any    shelter    depends    on    many 
variables  including  the  following: 

(a)  Depth  of  shelter. 

(b)  Barrier  materials   used. 

(c)  Time  of  year. 

(d)  Size  of  shelter. 

(e)  Number  of  occupants. 

(f)  Amount  of  heat  generated  by  cooking,  etc. 

(g)  Part  of  country  in  which  the  shelter  is  located.     11.56 


108 


CHAPTER  12 

BOSDEC 


To  understand  this  new  shelter  concept  it  may  be  necessary 
to  discard  many  preconceived  notions  about  survival  shelters 
gleaned  from  other  sources.  There  is  no  such  thing  as  an  econom- 
ical bomb  shelter.  One  might  just  as  well  talk  about  an  economical 
war.  Neither  exist.  The  object  of  a  shelter  is  not  to  save  money. 
It  is  to  protect  and  save  lives.  This  does  not  mean  that  intelli- 
gent planning  must  be  abandoned  in  favor  of  thoughtless 
spending.  12.01 

Conditions  for  each  family,  each  home  will  differ  markedly. 
Terrain,  type  of  original  house  construction,  financial  resources, 
size  of  family  and  geographical  location  all  bear  directly  on  shelter 
requirements.  Perhaps  no  one  will  want  to  build  a  shelter 
and  equip  it  in  exactly  the  manner  described  here.  This  does 
not  matter.  12.02 


BOMB  SHELTER  IN  DEPTH  CONCEPT 

Instead  of  dogma  the  BOSDEC  or  bomb  shelter  in  depth  con- 
cept provides  building  block  units  of  safety  and  convenience.  How 
much  of  the  system  you  will  need  or  use  is  entirely  up  to  you. 
The  decision  is  yours  alone.  The  ultimate  responsibility  for  the 
safety  and  security  of  your  family  will  also  be  yours.  From 
BOSDEC  it  is  hoped  you  will  find  enough  information,  in  factual 
form  clearly  explained,  to  make  the  proper  decisions.  12.03 


BOSDEC  SYSTEM  PRINCIPLES 

BOSDEC  is  based  on  the  centuries  old  defense  in  depth 
principle  used  by  ancient  Roman  legions  and  modern  armies  alike. 
Basically  the  plan  places  a  shelter  within  a  shelter  and  provides 
dual  barriers  between  the  weapon  effects  (blast,  heat  and  fallout) 
and  the  shelter  occupants.  Maximum  application  of  this  principle 
will  protect  shelter  occupants  from  the  hazards  of  air  or  ground 
nuclear  bomb  bursts  created  by  a  20  megaton  weapon  at  any  point 
more  than  2.3  miles  from  the  shelter.  The  BOSDEC  shelter  will 
provide  complete  protection  even  closer  to  ground  zero  of  smaller 
yield  nuclear  bomb  bursts.  It  provides  both  geometry  and  barrier 
shielding.  BOSDEC  consists  of  three  sections  or  areas.  12.04 

109 


PRIMARY  SHELTER 

The  primary  shelter  is  the  center  or  heart  of  the  system.  It  is 
the  place  where  you  and  your  family  will  ride  out  the  effects  of  a 
bomb  explosion,  direct  nuclear  radiation,  thermal  radiation,  fire- 
winds,  blast  wave  and  early  fallout.  The  primary  shelter  occupants 
can  safely  stay  in  this  section  for  up  to  24  hours  with  all  ventilation 
intake  and  exhaust  ports  closed.  This  can  be  done  without  using 
supplemental  oxygen  supplies  and  without  the  necessity  of  carbon 
dioxide  absorption.  The  primary  shelter  is  sunk  five  feet  below 
the  surface  of  the  ground.  It  is  surrounded  on  three  sides  by 
earth.  The  fourth  side  opens  into  a  basement  room  called  the 
secondary  shelter.  12.05 


SECONDARY  SHELTER 

The  secondary  shelter  is  directly  below  the  home  and  has 
most  of  the  protective  features  of  the  primary  shelter.  One  main 
exception;  the  secondary  shelter  does  not  have  an  earth  cover. 
Both  the  primary  and  secondary  shelters  have  two  feet  thick  rein- 
forced concrete  ceilings.  But  the  primary  shelter  has  a  five  foot 
thick  earth  cover  over  the  concrete  ceiling.  A  one  foot  reinforced 
concrete  ceiling  plus  seven  feet  of  earth  cover  would  be  just  about 
as  effective  and  much  less  expensive.  The  secondary  shelter  has  a 
protection  factor  of  2000  (6.07)  and  could  be  occupied  as  soon  as  the 
outside  nuclear  radiation  level  has  decayed  enough.  Since  it  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  home,  it  could  be  occupied  in  normal  times  by 
a  member  of  the  family  as  a  self  contained  apartment.  The  sec- 
ondary shelter  is  connected  to  the  outside  by  another  basement 
room  called  the  shelter  lock.  12.06 


SHELTER  LOCK 

The  shelter  lock  is  the  third  section  or  area  of  the  BOSDEC 
system.  It  contains  a  fireplace  for  heat  and  cooking  after  safe 
radiation  levels  are  reached  but  before  complete  return  to  normal 
outside  conditions.  The  shelter  lock  may  also  be  stocked  with  a 
supply  of  firewood  to  service  the  fireplace.  Shelter  refuse,  well 
sealed  pending  permanent  disposal  by  burial  outside,  may  be 
placed  in  the  shelter  lock  temporarily.  The  shelter  lock  can  have 
any  type  ceiling  but  a  minimum  of  four  inches  of  reinforced  con- 
crete is  recommended.  12.07 

The  net  effect  of  these  three  sections  of  the  BOSDEC  system 

110 


is  to  provide  a  weather  tight  concrete  apartment  that  contains 
rooms  providing  varying  degrees  of  nuclear  explosion  protection 
in  event  of  attack  and  also  permits  near  normal  living  in  the  post 
attack  intermediate  period.  This  apartment  may  be  all  that  remains 
if  the  residence  overhead  is  destroyed.  12.08 

COLLATERAL  BOSDEC  ADVANTAGES 

There  are  certain  other  advantages  to  the  BOSDEC  principle. 
Ready  access  into  one's  basement  is  important  to  persons  with 
claustrophobic  tendencies.  Children  may  use  the  primary  shelter 
as  a  playroom  in  normal  times.  These  factors  are  especially  im- 
portant since  the  more  familiar  one  becomes  with  the  shelter,  the 
less  disturbed  he  will  be  when  the  need  arises  that  forces  him  to 
use  it  for  survival.  12.09 

BOSDEC  BASIC  REQUIREMENTS 

The  BOSDEC  system  requires  that  certain  criteria  be  met  if 
a  person  is  to  take  full  advantage  of  all  the  provisions  of  the 
maximum  features  designed  into  it.  To  use  a  presently  existing 
home  it  must  have  a  below  grade,  windowless  basement  surrounded 
on  at  least  three  sides  by  earth.  The  basement  should  be  at  least 
20  feet  by  30  feet,  preferably  larger.  The  ceiling  should  be  90  inches 
high  and  at  least  4  inches  thick  reinforced  concrete,  preferably 
thicker.  The  walls  must  be  concrete  or  concrete  block.  12.10 


PRIMARY  SHELTER  SPECIFICATIONS 

Ideally,  the  BOSDEC  shelter  system  should  be  built  into  a 
new  concrete  or  concrete  block  type  house  perched  on  a  hillside. 
The  basement  should  be  reinforced  poured  concrete.  The  basement 
layout  should  provide  adequate  space  for  the  secondary  shelter 
and  shelter  lock  and  the  necessary  construction  features  which 
BOSDEC  requires.  Shelter  walls  and  ceilings  could  be  incorporated 
in  the  foundation  construction  and  basement  planning.  The  excava- 
tion for  the  primary  shelter  could  be  accomplished  at  minimal 
expense  if  done  at  the  same  time.  The  primary  shelter  must  be  at 
least  a  few  feet  above  the  water  table.  Unfortunately  all  these  ideal 
conditions  will  not  exist  for  most  of  us.  Existing  homes  must  be 
analyzed  to  determine  what  parts  of  the  BOSDEC  principle  can  be 
used.  This  much  is  certain;  almost  every  home  can  use  some  of 
the  BOSDEC  features.  12.11 

111 


PRIMARY  SHELTtR  DESIGN  FEATURES 

The  primary  shelter  is  designed  to  provide : 

(a)  Sufficient  air  for  four  occupants  for  24  hours  or  for  six 
occupants  for  16  hours  without  outside  ventilation  or 
resort    to    mechanical    or    chemical    methods    of    air 
supplementation. 

(b)  Protection  from  an  overpressure  of  100  psi  (a  50  mega- 
ton burst  creates  80  psi  at  two  miles  from  ground  zero) . 

(c)  A  roentgen  reduction  or  protection  factor  of   10,000. 
Actually  the  maximum  BOSDEC  system  insures  a  pro- 
tection factor  of  several  times  10,000. 

(d)  600  cubic  feet  of  space  for  each  of  four  occupants. 

(e)  90  square  feet  of  space  for  each  of  four  occupants. 

(f )  15  cubic  feet  per  minute  of  fresh  air  for  each  of  four 
occupants.   This   air  to   be   supplied    by   an   electrical 
blower  with  a  manual    override  and  incorporating  a 
glass  filter  on  the  intake  port. 

(g)  One  gallon   of  stored  water  per  day  for  each  of  six 
occupants  for  ninety  days. 

(h)  Space  for  storing  a  ninety  day  supply  of  food  for  six 
occupants. 

(i)   An  alternate  escape  route  to  the  surface. 

(j)  A  baffled  entrance,  surrounded  by  an  18  inch  high  con- 
crete water  barrier  dam  to  keep  possible  water  from 
entering  primary  shelter  area  from  the  secondary 
shelter  area.  12.12 


PRIMARY  SHELTER   VENTILATION 

The  BOSDEC  system  is  designed  to  permit  complete  closing 
of  ventilation  intake  and  exhaust  ports  for  a  period  of  from  16  to 
24  hours  without  requiring  any  other  method  of  oxygen  supply. 
This  is  desirable  to  insure  protection  from  thermal  radiation,  fire- 
winds  and  the  positive  and  negative  stages  of  the  blast  wave  and 
its  accompanying  blast  winds.  12.13 

Automatic  check  valves  should  be  installed  on  all  external 
stacks  such  as  intake  and  exhaust  ports,  etc.  These  check  valves 
should  also  embody  provisions  for  closing  and  locking  them  closed 
manually  from  within  the  shelter.  12.14 

It  is  necessary  to  know  the  net  cubic  feet  of  space  required  to 
safely  permit  a  specified  number  of  occupants  to  stay  in  a  shelter 
for  24  hours  and  shorter  periods  without  outside  ventilation.  This 
information  is  given  in  guide  12.15 

112 


PRIMARY  SHELTER  AIR  CHANGES 


Occupants 

1  Air  Change 
Per  Day 

2  Air  Changes 
Per  Day 

3  Air  Changes 
Per  Day 

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 

1200  cubic  feet 
1800  cubic  feet 
2400  cubic  feet 
3000  cubic  feet 
3600  cubic  feet 

600  cubic  feet 
900  cubic  feet 
1200  cubic  feet 
1500  cubic  feet 
1800  cubic  feet 

400  cubic  feet 
600  cubic  feet 
800  cubic  feet 
1000  cubic  feet 
1200  cubic  feet 

Guide  12.15 


SHELTER  LOCK 


SECONDARY  SHELTER 


PRIMARY  SHELTER 


Cross  Section  of  BOSDEC  System 
Guide  12:16 


113 


CHAPTER  13 

How  To  Meet  BOSDEC  Specifications 

GENERAL  CONSTRUCTION 

The  best  nuclear  survival  shelter  is  provided  by  reinforced 
poured  concrete  heavily  framed  with  steel  and  designed  to  be 
earthquake  resistant.  It  is  better  able  to  withstand  blast  than 
brick  and  cinder  or  concrete  block.  Poured  concrete  produces  much 
less  flying  debris  than  either  brick  or  block  when  damaged.  Even 
an  aboveground  reinforced  poured  concrete  building  will  be  only 
moderately  damaged  by  overpressures  up  to  10  psi,  which  is  the 
overpressure  created  5  miles  from  ground  zero  of  a  20  megaton 
burst.  Good  building  factors  are  resilience  and  ductility  of  frame, 
strong  beam  and  column  connections  and  plenty  of  support  and 
diagonal  bracing.  All  concrete  should  have  a  compressive  strength 
of  3000  psi  or  more.  Concrete  construction  should  conform  to  the 
specifications  of  "Building  Code  Requirements  for  Reinforced  Con- 
crete (ACI  318-56)".  A  copy  of  this  publication  may  be  obtained 
from  "The  American  Concrete  Institute,  P.  O.  Box  4754,  Redford 
Station,  Detroit  19,  Michigan."  Price — one  dollar.  13.01 

Concrete  costs  about  $55.00  per  cubic  yard  including  cost 
of  forms  and  eight  pounds  of  reinforcing  steel  per  cubic  yard. 
If  cinder  blocks  are  used  for  survival  shelter  construction,  they 
should  be  filled  with  earth  for  greater  density  and  more  barrier 
shielding.  13.02 

PRIMARY  SHELTER  CONSTRUCTION 

The  two  foot  thick  roof  of  the  primary  shelter  can  be  built 
in  two  12-inch  layers.  The  first  layer  is  the  ceiling  of  the 
shelter  and  is  structural  and  should  be  reinforced.  The  second 
12-inch  layer  is  used  as  a  radiation  shield  only  and  need  not  be 
reinforced.  13.03 

The  top  of  the  shelter  roof  should  be  at  least  five  feet  below 
a  well  tamped  and  seeded  grade.  The  use  of  an  aerodynamic  mound 
contour  can  reduce  the  incidence  of  blast  reflection.  This  earth 
cover  serves  to  buttress  the  shelter.  The  roof,  outside  walls  and 
floor  of  the  primary  shelter  should  be  protected  by  a  vapor  barrier 
consisting  of  six  mil  black  polyethylene  insulating  plastic.  Inside 
and  outside  walls  should  be  further  protected  on  both  sides  by  a 
moisture  resistant  coating.  The  ground  above  the  shelter  should 
be  sloped  one  half  inch  in  each  foot  for  effective  drainage  unless 
an  aerodynamic  mound  contour  is  used.  The  walls  should  be  16-inch 

115 


and  the  floor  18-inch  reinforced  concrete.  The  hermetically  seal- 
ing entrance  door  should  be  reinforced  concrete  in  a  gasketed 
steel  frame.  13.04 

All  electrical  wiring  in  the  BOSDEC  shelter  should  be  installed 
through  conduits.  The  primary  shelter  should  have  a  baffled 
entrance  with  no  fewer  than  two  right  angle  turns.  This  is  im- 
portant since  radiation,  like  light,  has  a  tendency  to  travel  in  a 
straight  line.  A  floor  drain  or  sump  in  the  center  of  a  gently 
sloping  primary  shelter  entrance  area  may  be  useful  depending 
on  circumstances.  When  built  into  a  shelter,  the  drain  should  lead 
through  good  drain  pipe  to  a  dry  well  prepared  prior  to  building 
the  shelter.  13.05 

Under  certain  conditions  it  may  be  desirable  to  install  a  24-inch 
or  36-inch  thick  by  4-inch  square  shelter  observation  window. 
Properly  placed  it  would  allow  outside  observation  with  safety. 
The  window  is  also  an  effective  radiation  shield.  Gamma  ray 
absorbing,  special  windows  are  made  by  adding  a  large  percentage 
of  lead  oxide  to  the  glass.  This  can  increase  the  weight  of  the  glass 
to  390  pounds  per  cubic  foot  or  almost  the  weight  of  steel  (480pcf). 
Ordinary  glass  with  excellent  visual  characteristics  has  been  made 
up  to  141  inches  (11M>  feet)  thick.  13.06 


EMERGENCY  ESCAPE  HATCH 

There  is  always  a  possibility  during  a  nuclear  attack  that  the 
main  shelter  entrance  might  become  blocked  by  debris  from  a 
collapsing  house  or  other  material.  To  guard  against  such  a 
catastrophe  an  emergency  exit  should  be  incorporated  in  the  pri- 
mary shelter.  This  can  be  done  by  embedding  several  securely 
joined  sections  of  48-inch  diameter  reinforced  concrete  sewer  or 
water  supply  pipe  in  the  shelter  wall  or  ceiling.  The  type  with 
rungs  for  climbing  up  or  down  should  be  specified.  13.07 

This  pipe  should  extend  straight  up  or  outward  at  an  angle 
of  about  30  degrees  to  permit  easy  ascent  by  an  average  person. 
The  pipe  section  coming  to  grade  should  have  a  water  and  air  tight 
gasketed  metal  cover  which  covers  the  exit  end  of  the  pipe  about 
one  inch  below  the  outside  grade.  The  surrounding  grade  should 
be  sloped  one  half  inch  in  each  foot  for  drainage  and  should  be  well 
tamped  and  seeded.  A  gasketed  metal  cap  or  cover  should  be  placed 
at  the  inside  shelter  terminal  and  kept  in  place  by  suitable  stainless 
steel  bolts.  The  entire  length  of  pipe  can  then  be  filled  with  clean 
dry  sand  preferably  on  a  very  dry  day.  A  package  of  food  or  other 
vital  necessities  may  be  placed  in  a  sealed  plastic  container  and 
stored  in  the  sand  near  the  exit  end  of  the  pipe.  This  package 
could  always  be  reached  from  outside  the  shelter  in  the  event  the 
owner  could  not  get  into  the  shelter.  13.08 

116 


GENERATOR  AND  BLOWER  INSTRUCTIONS 

Complete  and  detailed  instructions  on  how  to  operate,  adjust 
and  make  minor  repairs  to  the  generator,  air  intake  motor  blower, 
filter  and  exhaust  systems  should  be  posted  in  the  primary  living 
quarters  and  also  in  the  generator  and  air  intake  rooms.  Special 
instructions  for  servicing  the  air  filters,  including  how  often  to 
change  them,  should  also  be  posted.  The  exact  location  of  replace- 
ment filters  and  spare  parts  should  also  be  listed.  This  can  be 
extremely  important.  13.09 

PRIMARY  SHELTER  COMPARTMENTS 

The  primary  shelter  should  be  divided  into  four  compartments 
or  rooms,  the  walls  of  which  should  be  load  bearing.  These  four 
rooms  are  the  living  quarters,  including  the  storage  section  for 
food,  tools  and  supplies;  the  air  intake  and  filter  area;  the  water 
tank  compartment;  and  the  generator  and  air  exhaust  room.  13.10 

PRIMARY  SHELTER  LIVING  QUARTERS 

The  primary  living  quarters  should  contain  the  following 
items.  Control  valves  and  switches  should  be  grouped  together  and 
clearly  marked  as  to  function : 

1.  Water  supply  control  valve  for  residence. 

2.  Water  supply  control  valve  for  shelter. 

3.  Electric  switch  for  main  utility  power  for  residence. 

4.  Electric  switch  for  controlling  generator. 

5.  Control  valve  for  fuel  supply  tank  to  oil  burner. 

6.  Control  valve  for  fuel  supply  tank  to  generator. 

7.  Control  valve  connecting  well  to  water  storage  tank. 

8.  Electric  switch  controlling  motor  driven  well  pump. 

9.  A  24  or  36-inch  thick  by  4-inch  square  observation 
window. 

10.  A  radiation  detection  and  survey  meter. 

11.  Two  dry  chemical  fire  extinguishers.- 

12.  A  1300  watt  electric  wall  heating  panel. 

13.  A  wash  basin  with  hot  and  cold  running  water. 

14.  Toilet  with  sewage  ejector. 

15.  Telephone  extension. 

16.  Two  foldaway  double  beds  with  mattresses  or  convert- 
ible sofas. 

17.  Four  chairs   (one  a  rocking  chair). 

18.  One  folding  table. 

19.  Deepfreeze. 

20.  100-gallon  electric  water  heater.  This  heater  normally 
supplies  the  residence  above. 

117 


21.  Electric  outlets  for: 

a.  Air  blower  for  generator  room 

b.  Cooking 

c.  Radio  (make  certain  it  works  in  a  sealed  shelter) 

d.  Lights 

e.  Spare  outlet 

f.  Television 

g.  Air  purifier 

h.   Hot  water  heater 

i.   Deepfreeze 

j.    Well  pump 
k.    Air  blower  for  living  quarters 

1.    Dehumidifier 
m.    Wall  heating  panel 
n.    Oil  "burner 
o.    Storage  battery  charger 

22.  Manual  crank  for  motor  driven  air  blower.  The  blower  is 
in  the  air  intake  and  filter  room. 

23.  Instruction  card  for  operating,  etc.  motor  blower,  gen- 
erator and  exhaust  and  filter  systems. 

24.  A  well  with  two  casings.  One  connected  to  a  motor 
driven  electric  pump  for  use  when  electricity  is  avail- 
able. The  other  connected  to  an  old  fashioned  manual 
pump  handle.  Both  pipes  to  be  connected  to  the  550 
gallon  emergency  water  storage  tank  for  replenishing 
water  supplies. 

25.  An  exhaust  port  to  atmosphere  from  the  primary  living 
quarters  should  be  installed  to  vent  stale  air.  A  positive 
pressure  of  one  quarter  to  one  half  inch  of  water  should 
be  maintained  in  the  living  quarters  to  facilitate  venting 
stale  air  and  to  keep  out  fallout.  This  pressure  is  built 
up  in  the  shelter  by  the  air  intake  blower  and  permits 
automatic  venting  without  a  mechanical  exhaust  system. 
The  intake  and  exhaust  openings  should  be  far  apart  to 
enhance  circulation  and  to  keep  exhaust  fumes  from 
being  drawn  back  into  the  shelter  by  the  intake. 

26.  A  dehumidifier.  In  a  shelter,  humidity  and  heat  may  be 
two  big  problems.  Most  people  can  only  stand  exposure 
to  high  humidity  and  95  °F  heat  for  about  ten  hours.  A 
healthy  persons  may  tolerate  high  humidity  and  90  °F 
heat  for  about  100  hours.     13.11 

PRIMARY  SHELTER  STORAGE  ROOM 
FOR  FOOD,  TOOLS  AND  SUPPLIES 

The  storage  section  for  food,  tools  and  supplies  is  actually  a 
part  of  the  living  quarters;  somewhat  like  a  closet.  The  physical 

118 


arrangement  of  this   storage  space  can  be  planned  individually 
according  to  that  part  of  the  BOSDEC  system  being  used.     13.12 


PRIMARY  SHELTER  FLOOR  PLAN 


MAIN  WATER  SUPPLY 


Guide  13.11 

119 


PRIMARY  SHELTER  AIR   INTAKE  AND   FILTER  COMPARTMENT 

The  air  intake  and  filter  compartment  is  the  part  of  BOSDEC 
which  draws  in  outside  air  by  a  motor  operated  blower,  removes 
fallout  laden  dust  particles  by  means  of  glass  filters  and  delivers 
clean  air  to  shelter  occupants.  Access  from  the  primary  shelter 
living  quarters  to  the  air  intake  compartment  should  be  through 
a  one  half  inch  gasketed,  air  tight  steel  door.  The  barrier  wall  be- 
tween the  two  rooms  should  have  a  mass  thickness  of  60  pounds 
per  cubic  foot.  13.13 


PRIMARY   SHELTER  VENTILATION  MOTOR  BLOWER 

Unfortunately  a  shelter  occupant  is  always  under  a  threat  of 
power  failure.  In  many  cases  this  possible  loss  is  not  critical.  When 
the  power  failure  affects  the  shelter  ventilation  the  matter  becomes 
serious.  Therefore,  a  motor  blower  with  a  manual  override  should 
always  be  selected  for  shelter  ventilation.  Since  this  one  piece  of 
equipment  is  so  important,  consideration  should  be  given  to  the 
purchase  of  two  blowers.  One  motor  operated  and  the  other  man- 
ually operated.  There  could  easily  be  circumstances  when  two 
blowers  would  be  very  useful.  For  example,  mechanical  failure  or 
temporary  shelter  overcrowding.  13.14 


CHEMICAL  VENTILATION 

During  a  nuclear  attack  it  would  be  extremely  dangerous  to 
have  any  outside  ventilation  ports  open.  The  risk  that  they  could 
not  be  closed  and  secured  in  time  to  avoid  the  vacuum  cleaner 
effect  of  the  negative  phase  of  a  blast  wave  is  great.  The  risk  run 
by  shelter  occupants  who  may  be  in  a  locality  where  firestorms  are 
possible  is  likewise  great.  They  may  find  that  superheated  air  is 
being  forced  into  the  shelter.  13.15 

The  only  logical  protection  from  these  two  hazards  can  be 
obtained  by  sealing  the  shelter  (closing  and  locking  the  ventilation 
ports).  In  a  BOSDEC  shelter  of  the  maximum  protection  type, 
ventilation  would  not  be  a  problem  for  16  to  24  hours.  Under  these 
conditions  chemical  ventilation  has  many  advantages.  13.16 

It  is  possible  for  six  or  even  more  people  to  live  in  the  primary 
shelter  for  days  without  outside  ventilation.  Six  people  need  seven 
cubic  feet  of  pure  oxygen  per  hour  if  the  carbon  dioxide  is  being 
removed  by  2.3  pounds  of  soda  lime  at  the  same  time.  1.2  pounds 
of  activated  charcoal  per  hour  will  absorb  the  pollutants  and  body 
odors  from  six  people  (guide  13.17).  Commercial  oxygen  that  is 
pure  enough  for  human  use  is  available  in  244-cubic  feet  cylinders 
and  soda  lime  in  25-pound  pails.  One  cylinder  will  suffice  for  six 

120 


people  for  about  40-hours  when  used  with  81  pounds  of  soda  lime 
for  carbon  dioxide  absorption.     13.17 


OXYGEN,  SODA  LIME  AND  CHARCOAL  REQUIRED 
FOR  SEALED  SHELTER 

People  in  Shelter 
2345 


Pure    Oxygen    (cubic    feet    per    hour) 

2.3 

3.5 

4.6 

5.8 

7.0 

Soda    Lime   (pounds   per   hour) 

.8 

1.2 

1.6 

2.0 

2.4 

Activated  Charcoal   (pounds  per  hour) 

.4 

.6 

.8 

1.0 

1.2 

Guide  13. 

17 

Obviously  this  method  is  cumbersome,  expensive  and  com- 
plicated but  it  does  permit  sealing  the  shelter  against  blast  and 
f irewinds  during  the  most  vulnerable  periods.  A  chemical  air  recon- 
ditioner  for  shelter  service  is  reputed  to  be  planned  by  a  company 
that  designed  a  portable  chamber  for  Astronauts.  (11.10)  13.18 

FILTERS 

There  are  three  general  types  of  filters  that  are  involved  in 
shelter  ventilation.  The  most  important  form  of  filtering  involves 
the  trapping  of  dust  particles.  This  minimizes  the  chance  of  fallout 
penetrating  the  shelter.  For  this  purpose  glass  filters  are  recom- 
mended because  of  the  danger,  however  remote,  that  paper  filters 
might  ignite-  as  a  direct  or  indirect  result  of  thermal  radiation. 
Wherever  filters  are  used  the  filtering  media  should  be  so  located 
as  to  make  servicing  easy.  13.19 

The  other  two  types  of  filters  are  in  a  sense  not  filters.  They 
are  activated  charcoal  which  absorbs  odors,  and  silica  gel  which 
absorbs  moisture.  Each  of  these  substances  is  useful  under  certain 
conditions  and  will  be  mentioned  later  in  this  chapter.  13.20 

PRECIPITATOR  ELECTRIC  FILTERS 

An  alternate  or  supplementary  method  of  filtering  is  available. 
It  is  done  by  precipitators  (electric  air  cleaners).  They  are  more 
than  92%  effective  in  preventing  passage  of  radioactive  particles 
down  to  a  size  of  .001  of  a  micron.  Dust  from  delayed  fallout 
averages  0.1  to  10  microns  in  diameter  and  early  fallout  is  much 
larger  and  consequently  much  easier  to  trap.  A  human  hair  is  75 
microns.  Precipitators  are  very  effective  against  germ  warfare  and 
are  used  in  atomic  and  military  installations.  Their  main  drawback 
is  that  they  require  electricity.  13.21 

121 


AIR  PURIFIER  FILTERS 

Recently  an  inexpensive  air  purifier  has  been  placed  on  the 
market.  The  specifications  of  the  unit  indicate  that  it  may  work 
very  well  in  a  small  shelter.  There  may  be  some  question  about  its 
capacity  for  use  in  larger  shelters.  It  weighs  20  pounds  and  is  7y2 
inches  high  by  2iy2  inches  wide  by  12  inches  deep.  It  uses  a  3/8 
inch  washable  foam  filter  to  catch  most  visible  dust  and  dirt  par- 
ticles. Smoke  and  particles  down  to  a  0.03  micron  size  are  then 
trapped  by  a  3/8  inch  glass  fiber  filter  with  an  efficiency  between 
90%  and  100%.  A  3/4  inch  thick  activated  carbon  bed  weighing 
2y2  pounds  removes  90%  to  100%  of  all  odors.  A  motor  and  5  inch 
diameter  air  blower  then  distribute  44  cubic  feet  of  clean  air  per 
minute  into  the  shelter  or  room  over  an  18  inch  ultraviolet  lamp. 
It  sells  for  less  than  $60.00  and  its  use  might  eliminate  the  need 
for  a  precipitator  or  even  a  separate  intake  blower  and  filter  under 
the  proper  conditions.  This  unit  requires  electricity  (100  watts). 
It  is  most  efficient  in  a  sealed  room  and  is  very  quiet  in  operation 
(54  DB).  Under  conditions  of  average  air  contamination  the  unit 
will  function  effectively  for  about  2000  hours  (roughly  12  weeks 
constant  use)  before  filters  need  replacement.  Dissembly  and 
assembly  are  simple  and  do  not  require  tools.  13.22 

PRIMARY  SHELTER  WATER  STORAGE 

A  550  gallon  stainless  steel  water  tank  should  be  placed  in 
the  water  tank  compartment.  If  outside  water  sources  fail,  this 
stored  water  would  probably  see  shelter  occupants  through  even 
prolonged  emergencies.  It  should  be  plumbed  into  the  normal  house 
water  supply  system  and  connected  to  the  well  for  emergency 
replenishment.  13.23 

To  insure  gravity  flow,  the  water  tank  could  be  raised  onto  a 
concrete  cradle.  A  plastic  water  level  indicator  should  be  located 
in  the  primary  shelter  living  quarters.  Sufficient  freeway  around 
the  tank  should  be  planned.  Since  the  house  water  system  would 
be  connected  through  this  emergency  water  tank,  all  plumbing 
connections  would  be  directly  to  the  hot  water  heater,  primary 
and  secondary  shelter  wash  basins  and  toilets,  and  the  secondary 
shelter  shower  stall  and  bath  tub.  13.24 


AIR  INTAKE  AND  FILTER  COMPARTMENT   EQUIPMENT 

The  air  intake  compartment  incorporates  a  plenum  chamber 
to  protect  the  filter  from  blast.  The  air  line  must  have  a  right 
angle  bend  in  the  plenum  since  radiation  would  travel  in  a  straight 
line  into  the  living  quarters  from  the  filter  trap  otherwise.  The  air 
intake  compartment  would  contain  two  principal  pieces  of  equip- 

122 


ment.  An  electric  blower,  with  a  manual  crank  for  use  in  event  of 
power  failure,  is  the  heart  of  the  ventilation  system.  It  should  have 
a  minimum  capacity  of  sixty  cubic  feet  per  minute.  The  hand  crank 
should  be  located  in  the  living  quarter  compartment.  If  this  is  not 
feasible  a  blower  must  be  placed  in  the  living  quarters.  13.25 

The  second,  equally  important,  item  is  an  absolute  type  filter 
system  with  a  capacity  of  sixty  cubic  feet  of  air  per  minute.  An 
absolute  type  filter  is  99.97  percent  efficient  when  tested  with 
particles  of  a  0.3  micron  diameter.  The  main  filtering  media  should 
be  fiber  glass.  The  system  can  incorporate  a  bed  of  activated  char- 
coal to  remove  odors  and  a  bed  of  silica  gel  to  control  or  at  least 
minimize  humidity.  The  use  of  activated  carbon  is  dependant  on 
whether  provisions,  such  as  a  supplementary  cylinder  oxygen 
supply,  for  "buttoning  up"  the  shelter  are  planned,  and  if  so,  to 
what  degree.  The  same  is  true  of  silica  gel.  The  filter  will  be  located 
between  the  air  intake  port  and  the  blower.  Particulate  filtering 
(fiber  glass)  will  always  be  necessary.  Activated  charcoal  and  silica 
gel  usage  will  be  selective.  Therefore  these  two  chemical  filters 
should  be  arranged  to  permit  bypassing  them  when  their  action  is 
not  needed.  Activated  charcoal  and  silica  gel  may  be  renewed  by 
heating.  The  silica  gel  then  regains  its  absorption  efficiency  and 
the  charcoal  is  reactivated.  When  there  is  no  noticeable  reduction 
in  the  odors  of  a  closed  room  for  a  period  of  from  12  to  24  hours, 
the  activated  charcoal  filter  is  probably  saturated  and  should  be 
reactivated  or  replaced.  Since  heating  the  charcoal  reactivates  it 
by  releasing  all  previously  absorbed  odors,  it  should  never  be  done 
in  a  closed,  unventilated  place.  Do  not  use  a  charcoal  filter  when 
cleaning  agent,  insecticide  or  grease  generated  odors  are  present. 
These  odors  will  quickly  saturate  the  charcoal  and  minimize  its 
usefulness  for  more  important  tasks.  13.26 

An  air  intake  line  connecting  the  outside  to  the  blower  through 
the  filtering  media  is  an  important  part  of  this  system.  The  inlet 
port  should  be  thick  walled,  three  inch  inside  diameter  stainless 
steel  pipe.  It  should  extend  at  least  one  foot  above  the  surface  to 
keep  water  out  and  be  bent  to  a  90°  angle  (radiation  has  a  tendency 
to  travel  in  a  straight  line).  An  automatically  closing  blast  check 
valve  with  provision  for  manual  closing  and  locking  the  port  from 
within  the  shelter  should  be  used.  The  inlet  port  opening  should  be 
screened  to  keep  out  insects  and  protected  by  a  guard  cage  to 
prevent  debris  from  damaging  it.  A  lead  from  the  radiation  survey 
meter  may  be  located  at  the  inlet  port.  By  subtracting  the  shelter 
radiation  reading  from  the  inlet  port  reading  the  efficiency  of  the 
filtering  system  can  be  readily  checked.  To  insure  a  safety 
double  check  on  radiation  levels,  another  lead  from  the  survey 
meter  can  be  placed  between  the  filter  and  the  blower,  if  one 
is  available.  13.27 

There  is  another  method  of  placing  survival  shelter  air  intake 
ports.  If  the  home  above  the  shelter  is  built  solidly  of  fire  resistant 

123 


materials,  the  inlet  may  be  located  inside  the  house  over  the  sec- 
ondary shelter.  The  air  coming  into  the  shelter  would  be  cooler 
in  summer,  warmer  in  winter,  less  contaminated  and  less  humid 
at  all  times.  13.28 

Retractable  intake  and  exhaust  ports  may  be  a  very  valuable 
ventilation  feature  since  they  eliminate  the  chance  of  blast  winds 
snapping  ventilation  stacks  off.  13.29 

PRIMARY  SHELTER  GENERATOR  AND 
AIR  EXHAUST  COMPARTMENT 

The  purpose  of  a  separate  compartment  for  generator  and  air 
exhaust  use,  within  the  primary  shelter,  can  be  stated  in  one  word 
— isolation.  A  generator  may  be  run  on  gasoline  or  fuel  oil.  If  gas- 
oline is  used  a  potentially  dangerous  fire  hazard  is  created.  To  a 
lesser  degree  fuel  oil  is  a  hazard.  Fuel  oil  can  also  be  used  in  normal 
times  with  an  oil  burner  for  residence  heating.  The  generator  and 
air  exhaust  compartment  serves  to  isolate  the  noise  and  noxious 
exhaust  fumes  of  the  generator  from  the  primary  shelter  living 
quarters.  The  generator  room  should  have  its  own  filtered 
air  intake..  13.30 

The  main  public  utility  electric  line  should  be  brought  into  the 
residence  above  the  shelter,  through  the  generator  compartment. 
A  relay  should  be  arranged  so  the  generator  will  start  when  the 
main  house  power  fails — and  will  shut  off  when  public  utility  power 
is  restored.  In  addition  a  separate  shut  off  switch  for  the  generator 
should  be  located  in  the  primary  shelter  living  quarters.  This  shut 
off  must  be  used  if  the  shelter  is  sealed.  The  generator  needs 
air  to  function.  13.31 

A  storage  battery  should  be  used  for  automatic  generator 
starts.  This  battery  can  also  provide  excellent  emergency  lighting 
for  short  periods.  This  battery  should  be  kept  in  the  generator 
room.  There  is  a  company  that  makes  a  "Shelter  Cycle"  which  will, 
when  peddled  one  hour  every  three  days,  keep  a  storage  battery 
charged.  The  battery  may  also  be  charged  through  a  battery 
charger  connected  to  main  utility  power  when  available  or  con- 
nected to  the  generator  when  public  power  fails.  13.32 

The  air  intake,  filter,  blower  and  exhaust  port  servicing  the 
generator  compartment  would  be  similar  to  that  used  for  the  pri- 
mary living  quarters.  Of  course  there  is  no  need  for  activated  car- 
bon or  silica  gel  in  the  generator  room  system.  13.33 

Access  to  the  generator  compartment  from  the  living  quarter 
should  be  through  a  one  half  inch  steel,  gasketed  air  tight  door. 
The  wall  separating  these  two  compartments  should  have  a  mass 
density  (protection  factor)  of  60  pounds  per  cubic  foot.  13.34 

The  information  given  in  guide  13.35  is  helpful  when  figuring 
generator  wattage  loads  to  prevent  overloading.  It  covers  the  power 

124 


draw  of  different  size  fractional  horsepower  motors.  Always  start 
the  largest  size  motor  first.     13.35 

FRACTIONAL  HORSEPOWER  MOTOR  CURRENT  DRAWS 


Motor  Size  (H.P.) 

Starting  (Watts) 

Running  (Watts) 

1/8  hp 

1/4  hp 
1/3  hp 
1/2  hp 
3/4  hp 

500 
1000 
1500 
2000 
2500 

300 
550 
700 
750 
1050 

Guide  13.35 

The  approximate  current  drain  for  some  common  electrical 
appliances  is  shown  in  guide  13.36.  This  permits  rapid  calculations 
insuring  more  efficient  use  of  generator  power.  The  wattage  shown 
is  averaged  for  equivalent  appliances  made  by  different  man- 
ufacturers. 13.36 


ELECTRIC  APPLIANCE  CURRENT  DRAWS 

Appliance  Watts  Appliance  Watts 


Hot  water  heater 

3000 

Dehumidifier 

240 

Rotisserie-  broiler 

1400 

Blanket 

200 

Radiant  heater 

1300 

Blower 

200 

Hot   plate 

1250 

Sump  pump 

130 

Frying  pan 

1250 

Radio-phonograph 

110 

Toaster 

1110 

Trickle  battery  charger 

100 

Coffee  maker 

850 

Air  purifier 

100 

Egg   cooker 

500 

Radio 

80 

Well  pump 

340 

Heating  pad 

60 

Deep  freeze 

300 

Precipitator 

60 

Television 

260 

Shaver 

15 

Oil  burner 

260 

Clock 

2 

Refrigerator 

250 

Electro-luminescent   light 

2 

Guide  13.36 


GENERATOR  AREA  EQUIPMENT 

A  3000  gallon  fuel  oil  tank  should  be  placed  about  three  feet 
underground  to  service  the  residence  oil  burner  in  normal  times 
and  the  generator  during  emergencies.  The  line  from  the  storage 
tank  to  the  oil  burner  and  generator  should  be  a  very  good  grade 
of  flexible  metal  tubing.  Ground  shock  affects  (4.21)  unyielding 
pipe  connections  even  though  storage  vessels  themselves  may  be 
unharmed.  The  fuel  storage  tank  must  supply  the  oil  burner  and 

125 


the  generator  by  gravity  flow  to  insure  availability  when  electricity 
for  pumping  is  unavailable.  Fill  and  vent  pipes  for  the  oil  tank 
must  be  laid  to  the  surface.  The  fill  pipe  must  be  capped  by  a 
screw-on  airtight  cap.  The  vent  pipe  should  extend  one  foot  above 
grade  to  keep  out  surface  water,  should  be  bent  to  a  90  degree 
angle  to  minimize  radiation  penetration,  screened  to  keep  out 
insects  and  protected  by  a  guard  cage  to  minimize  damage  by 
falling  trees  or  other  debris.  It  would  be  similar  to  the  primary 
shelter  living  quarter  air  intake  port.  It  should  have  a  damper  type 
automatic  check  valve  capable  of  being  closed  and  locked  in  the 
closed  position  manually  from  within  the  shelter.  13.37 

A  positive  pressure  of  one  quarter  to  one  half  inch  of  water 
should  be  maintained  in  the  generator  compartment  to  facilitate 
exhausting  stale  air  to  the  atmosphere  and  to  keep  out  fallout 
particles.  This  pressure  will  be  built  up  in  the  generator  room  by 
the  intake  blower.  It  permits  automatic  venting  without  a  mechan- 
ical exhaust  system.  The  intake  and  exhaust  ports  should  be  kept 
far  apart  to  enhance  circulation  and  to  prevent  exhaust  fumes 
from  re-entering  the  shelter.  13.38 

.     The  generator  and  air  exhaust  room  should  contain  the  follow- 
ing equipment: 

1.  A  4000  watt  (four  kilowatt)  diesel  generator.  This  should 
be  installed,  serviced  and  maintained  according  to  the 
manufacturers  instructions. 

2.  An  air  intake  system  that  supplies  all  necessary  air  for 
generator  operation.  This  includes  an  air  blower  with 
sufficient  capacity  to  supply  the  system. 

3.  A  filter  with  fiber  glass  filter  material. 

4.  An  exhaust  port  for  venting  exhaust  fumes  from  gen- 
erator to  atmosphere.  This  port  located  so  that  these 
fumes  will  not  be  drawn  back  into   any  part  of  the 
shelter.    The    outlet    at   the   surface    should   be   bent, 
screened  and  caged  for  reasons  mentioned  previously. 

5.  One  lead  from  the  shelter  radiation  survey  meter  should 
be  located  in  the  generator  room  to  double  check  any 
possibility  of  a  filtering  system  malfunction. 

6.  A  storage  battery  for  automatic  generator  starts  and 
emergency  lighting  should  be  placed  in  the  generator 
compartment.     13.39 

AUTOMATIC-ELECTRO   UTILITY   SYSTEM 

An  automatic-electro  utility  system  especially  designed  and 
built  for  shelter  service  is  commercially  available.  It  contains  the 
following  units: 

1.  Electric  generator— from  2000  to  6000  watts  for  fuel 
oil  use.  It  is  available  with  an  automatic  switch-over 

126 


when  utility  power  fails.  The  6000  watt  model  uses  0.7 
gallon  fuel  oil  per  hour. 

2.  Comfort  cabinet — contains  four  items. 

(a)  Air    conditioner — with    sealed    unit. 

(b)  Heater — radiant  type. 

(c)  Dehumidifier — provides  two   quarts  of  water 
per  person,  per  day  for  washing,  etc. 

(d)  Refrigerator 

3.  A  sump  pump  for  waste  water  ejection. 

4.  Fresh  water  supply  tank — connected  to  present  supply. 

5.  Multiple  fallout  air   separator  for  filtering  intake   air. 
Air  circulation  is  adjustable,  with  positive  exhaust  sys- 
tem. Manual  blower  override  supplied. 

This  system  may  be  placed  in  relay  with  house  electric  supply 
in  normal  times  to  provide  house  electricity  during  peacetime  power 
interruptions.  13.40 


ELECTRIC  SUPPLY  SCHEMATIC  GUIDE 


MAIN   UTILITY   LINE 


LINE  SWITCH 


LIGHT 


SWITCHES 


SECONDARY  SHELTER 


TV  -J 
WELL 
RADIO  -J 
LIGHTS  — ' 
HOT  PLATE  J 
DEEP-FREEZE  -J 

AIR  PURIFIER ' 

WALL  HEATER 
DEHUMIDIFIER 
SEWAGE  EJECTOR  — 

"NEAR"  OUTLET 

AUXILIARY  OUTLETS 


AIR  INTAKE  AREA 
PRIMARY  SHELTER 


WATER  TANK  AREA 
PRIMARY   SHELTER 


LIVING  AREA 
PRIMARY  SHELTER 


Guide      13.39 

127 


THE  SECONDARY  SHELTER 

The  secondary  shelter  of  the  BOSDEC  system  is  directly  under 
the  house.  It  is  on  a  different  level  than  the  primary  shelter,  closer 
to  the  surface.  Since  the  secondary  shelter  does  not  have  an  earth 
shield  it  cannot  provide  as  much  protection  as  the  primary  shelter. 
It  does  have  a  protection  factor  of  more  than  2000  plus  a  certain 
amount  of  barrier  and  geometry  shielding  contributed  by  the  roof 
and  walls  of  the  house  overhead.  13.41 


SECONDARY  SHELTER  FLOOR  PLAN 


SHELTER 
LOCK 


SHOWER 


WASH 
BASIN 


TOILET 

LIGHT 


CHAIR 


o 


TUB 


o 


LIGHT 


LIGHT 


o 


18"  HIGH  WATER  DAM  BARRIER 
CHARCOAL 
AND 
ELECTRIC 
BROILER      ELECTRIC  RANGE  REFRIGERATOR 


PRIMARY 
SHELTER 


O     O 
O    O 


FOOD  PREPARATION 

RADIO 
EXT.  |         | 


Guide  13.41 

128 


Since  the  secondary  shelter  does  not  contain  a  generator  and 
well  or  have  an  earth  cover,  it  lacks  the  convenience  and  10,000 
protection  factor  of  the  primary  shelter.  The  addition  of  an  air 
intake  blower,  exhaust  port  and  storage  space  would  convert  it 
into  a  primary  shelter  with  a  protection  factor  of  2000.  The  further 
addition  of  a  generator  and  well  would  provide  all  facilities  usually 
planned  for  a  primary  shelter.  The  secondary  shelter  is  furnished 
for  extensive  cooking  and  fairly  normal  living.  Millions  of  Ameri- 
cans live  in  localities  unlikely  to  be  targets.  They  could  have  fallout 
problems,  but  the  expense  of  the  complete  BOSDEC  system  or 
even  a  major  part  of  it  would  be  unwarranted.  They  must  weigh 
all  the  facts;  is  the  investment  for  the  10,000  protection  factor 
and  added  conveniences  worth  the  extra  cost?  13.42 


SECONDARY  SHELTER  SANITARY  FACILITIES 

The  secondary  shelter  has  a  bathtub  and  shower,  wash  basin 
and  a  toilet  located  near  its  entrance.  This  location  permits  rapid 
showering  for  fallout  removal,  after  essential  trips  outside  the 
shelter,  without  possibility  of  fallout  scattering  inside  the  shelter. 
Discarded  clothes  may  be  quickly  placed  in  the  shelter  lock  until 
radiation  decay  can  reduce  their  contamination  to  safer  levels  for 
clothes  laundering,  etc.  13.43 


SECONDARY  SHELTER  VENTILATION 

The  entrance  to  the  secondary  shelter  from  the  shelter  lock 
should  be  baffled  by  no  less  than  two  right  angle  turns  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  primary  shelter  entrance.  One  important  advantage 
of  using  the  complete  BOSDEC  system  should  be  noted.  When  out- 
side nuclear  radiation  has  been  reduced  to  one  tenth  the  first  hour 
level  (seven  hours  after  weapon  burst)  the  door  connecting  the 
primary  and  secondary  shelters  may  be  opened  to  permit  the  sec- 
ondary shelter  air  to  replenish  the  primary  shelter  atmosphere. 
This  extends  the  time  the  shelter  can  remain  sealed  against  possible 
firestorms,  etc.  After  the  fire  and  high  radiation  danger  has 
passed,  the  primary  shelter  ventilation  system  will  provide  air  for 
both  primary  and  secondary  shelters.  13.44 


SECONDARY  SHELTER    EQUIPMENT 

The  secondary  shelter  contains  the  following  items  of  equip- 
ment: 

1.  Wash  basin  connected  to  deep  dry  well. 

2.  A  bathtub  and  shower  connected  to  dry  well. 

129 


3.  Toilet  with  sewage  ejector  connected  to  deep  septic  tank. 
A  check  valve  should  be  placed  in  sewage  line. 

4.  Electric  range. 

5.  Refrigerator. 

6.  A  fire  brick  charcoal  pit,  waist  high  with  a  stainless 
steel  grill  rack  and  a  manually  and  electrically  operated 
spit. 

7.  Dry  chemical  fire  extinguisher. 

8.  Electric  outlets  for: 

(a)  Lights 

(b)  Range 

(c)  Refrigerator 

(d)  Radio 

(e)  General  utility 

(f)  Food  preparation  appliances 

These  items  will  vary  according  to  what  part  of  the  BOSDEC  sys- 
tem is  used.     13.45 

THE   SHELTER  LOCK 

The  shelter  lock  is  on  the  same  level  as  the  secondary  shelter 
and  is  part  of  the  house  basement.  The  shelter  lock  should  have  a 
four  inch  thick  reinforced  concrete  ceiling.  This  is  a  sufficient 
barrier  since  the  shelter  lock  will  not  be  occupied  while  outside 
radiation  levels  are  high.  It  is  the  connecting  room  or  link  between 
the  secondary  shelter  and  the  outside  world.  From  the  shelter  lock 
an  occupant  would  step  out  into  the  world  to  survey  the  results  of 
a  nuclear  attack  for  the  first  time.  13.46 

The  walls  between  the  shelter  lock  and  the  secondary  shelter 
should  be  sixteen  inch  thick  concrete.  The  door  into  the  secondary 
shelter  from  the  shelter  lock  should  be  one  half  inch  steel,  gasketed 
and  airtight.  13.47 

SHELTER  LOCK  EQUIPMENT 

The  equipment  and  contents  of  the  shelter  lock  are  a  matter 
for  personal  choice.  Certain  essentials  should  be  included  and  are 
listed  below: 

1.  A  fireplace  for  cooking  and  heating.  It  should  utilize 
a  "heatilator"  type  construction  with  built-in  air  intake 
and  heated  air  outlets  for  circulating  warm  air.  Old 
fashioned  iron  pivots  should  be  installed  in  the  fire- 
place to  provide  means  of  suspending  cooking  utensils. 
An  adequate  supply  of  firewood  should  be  stored  in  the 
shelter  lock.  The  fireplace  could  be  used  after  the  return 
to  near  normal  conditions  when  radiation  levels  were 
low  enough. 

130 


2.  A  wall  opening  should  be  provided  in  the  shelter  lock 
wall  which  faces  the  earth  surrounding  the  basement. 
This  opening  should  be  large  enough  to  accept  medium 
size  cartons.  It  should  have  a  heavy  metal  hinged  door 
leading  to  a  chute  which  ends  in  a  predug  pit  outside  the 
shelter  lock.  The  use  of  this  chute  permits  the  rapid 
disposal  of  cases  (14.14)  containing  sealed  cans,  which 
in  turn  contain  primary  shelter  refuse.  Use  of  this  dis- 
posal feature  eliminates  the  need  for  going  outside  the 
shelter  with  the  resultant  exposure  to  radioactivity. 
Disposal  can  be  accomplished  in  a  few  seconds  away 
from  the  primary  or  secondary  shelter.  This  is  important 
when  radiation  levels  are  high  outside.  Failure  to  incor- 
porate this  feature  in  the  shelter  lock  might  make 
necessary  valuable  time  consuming  trips  outside.  Holes 
at  least  one  foot  deep  must  be  dug  to  bury  waste,  radio- 
active or  otherwise.  Unless  this  is  done,  dogs,  other 
animals  or  rodents  might  find,  dig  up  and  eat  this  refuse, 
spreading  disease  far  and  wide.  13.48 


SHELTER  LOCK  FLOOR  PLAN 
Guide  13.47 


GARBAGE 

DISPOSAL 

(Radioactive) 


LIGHT 


CHUTE 


SECONDARY  SHELTER 


TO  RESIDENCE  OVERHEAD 


LIGHT 


o 


FIREPLACE 
PIVOT 


l_l 

8 


131 


SHELTER  PREPARATION  PROCEDURES 

It  must  be  assumed  that  a  family  having  a  BQSDEC  type 
shelter  will  keep  it  in  shape  to  be  used  at  a  moments  notice.  Any- 
thing less  than  complete  survival  preparedness  may  be  tempting 
fate.  The  generator,  air  intake  electric  motor  blowers,  filters  and 
other  equipment  should  be  checked  every  month  to  be  certain  they 
are  in  perfect  operating  condition.  Children  who  are  old  enough 
should,  take  turns  familiarizing  themselves  with  the  chores  they 
may  have  to  do  some  day.  13.49 

When  the  decision  to  go  to  the  shelter  has  been  made,  certain 
things  should  be  done  immediately.  The  necessary  controls  for 
these  actions  should  all  be  located  in  the  primary  shelter  living 
quarters,  so  that  it  will  not  be  necessary  to  tarry  upstairs. 
Basically  there  are  three  main  items  requiring  control;  water, 
electricity  and  air.  13.50 


WATER  SHUTOFF 

First  make  certain  that  the  shelter  water  storage  tank  and 
other  water  containers  are  full.  Then  shutoff  the  main  outside 
water  supply  valve  to  the  house  and  shelter,  and  drain  the  house 
water  lines.  If  the  house  was  designed  with  this  contingency  in  mind 
the  drain  problem  will  be  simple.  The  house  water  supply  lines 
would  be  at  their  lowest  point  in  the  secondary  shelter  in  the  base- 
ment. A  faucet  type  drain  valve  incorporated  in  the  line  at  its 

WATER  SUPPLY  SCHEMATIC  GUIDE 


STREET 
SECONDARY  SHELTER 


PRIMARY  SHELTER 


Shutoff  Valves 


lowest  point  would  permit  easy  drainage  and  when  drained,  rapid 
closure  of  the  valve  without  tools.  Drained  water  could  be  caught 
in  plastic  containers  and  saved  for  shelter  use.  Turn  off  the  water 
tank  and  heater  supply  to  the  residence.  The  next  step  may  be 
taken  when  convenient.  Turn  on  the  valve  connecting  the  shelter 
water  storage  tank  to  the  shelter  water  system.  13.51 

ELECTRICITY  SHUTOFF  TO  THE   HOUSE 

Switch  off  the  main  public  utility  electricity  to  the  house. 
Shutoff  the  fuel  oil  supply  to  the  oil  burner  and  make  certain  the 
fuel  supply  to  the  generator  is  assured.  Since  under  normal  con- 
ditions it  may  be  desirable  to  use  the  oil  burner  and  the  generator 
at  the  same  time,  the  control  valve  should  be  a  three-way  type.  The 
third  position  would  permit  fuel  supply  to  the  oil  burner  and  gen- 
erator simultaneously.  The  generator  should  be  wired  with  a  relay 
so  that  it  would  automatically  cut  in  when  outside  power  fails  and 
would  shut  off  when  public  utility  current  is  restored.  There  should 
be  a  separate  switch  for  shutting  down  the  generator  when  it  is 
not  needed.  All  switch  and  control  actions  should  be  practiced 
frequently  until  all  prospective  shelter  occupants  are  thoroughly 
familiar  with  them.  13.52 

AIR  SHUTOFF 

All  air  intake  and  exhaust  ports  should  be  kept  closed  and 
secured  at  all  times  before  actual  shelter  use,  except  when  par- 
ticipating in  shelter  use  drills.  This  eliminates  the  possibility  of 
forgetting  to  close  the  ports  during  an  actual  nuclear  attack.  The 
port  may  be  opened  at  any  time  after  an  attack  if  circumstances 
permit.  If  all  shelter  doors  are  kept  open  in  normal  times  there 
will  be  enough  fresh  air  circulating.  Leaving  the  doors  open  also 
allows  faster  entrance  to  the  shelter  in  an  emergency.  It  will  only 
be  necessary  to  close  the  doors  as  you  pass  into  the  shelters. 
Ample  air  for  many  hours  will  be  available  even  with  the  shelter 
' 'buttoned  up."  The  generator  needs  air  to  operate.  It  cannot  be 
used  with  inlet  and  exhaust  ports  closed.  There  will  probably  be 
utility  electricity  right  up  to  the  instant  of  nuclear  attack  and 
possibly  afterwards,  depending  on  geographical  location  and  other 
factors.  13.53 


GENERATOR  ELECTRIC   CURRENT  DRAW 

A  safety  margin  of  at  least  10  percent  of  the  capacity  should 
be  maintained  when  using  a  generator.  A  4000  watt  generator 
should  not  service  appliances  or  outlets  drawing  more  than  3600 

133 


watts.  The  available  or  useable  current  should  be  enough  to  cover 
all  appliances,  equipment  and  outlets  in  normal  use  plus  the  largest 
single  cooking  appliance.  Of  course  the  two  heaviest  current  users, 
the  radiant  wall  heater  and  the  water  heater  should  have  separate 
switches  and  should  be  turned  on  only  by  switch  when  enough  of 
the  other  appliances  are  not  in  use.  The  two  heaters  should  not  be 
on  automatic  (thermostatic)  control.  13.54 


PRIMARY  SHELTER  ELECTRIC  CONTROL  PANEL 

PRIMARY  SHELTER  SWITCHES 

LIVING  AREA-CONTINUOUSLY 

GENERATOR  AREA 

"ON" 

wra 

G    Battery  charger 

100* 

G   "NEAR"  ALARM                       10* 

G   Motor  blower 

200* 

G   Electro-luminescent  light        10* 

G    Light 

100 

G   Lights                                       300* 

G    Generator 

G   Deepfreeze                              300* 

G    Radio                                             80* 

AIR  INTAKE  AREA 

LIVING  AREA-INTERMITTENT 

"ON" 

G    Motor  blower 

200 

G    Light 

100 

G  TV                                             260 

G    Precipitator 

60 

G   Dehumidifier                           240 

G   Air   purifier                              100 

G   Sewage  ejector                       130 

WATER  TANK  AREA 

LIVING  AREA-OCCASIONALLY 

G    Light 

100 

"ON" 

G   Well   pump 

340 

G   Toaster                                     1110 

G    Hot  plate                               1250 

G    Fry  pan                                    1250 

G  Wall  radiant  heater 

1300 

G   Auxiliary   outlets 

G   Water  heater 

— 

SECONDARY    SHELTER    SWITCHES 

G    Radio                                             80      G    Range  (2  burners) 

2500 

G    Lights                                          200      G    Refrigeration 

250 

G    Food   preparation                      —      G   Rotisserie 

1250 

G   Auxiliary   outlet                          —      G   Auxiliary 

— 

G   SHELTER  LOCK  MASTER  SWITCH 

G   SECONDARY  SHELTER  MASTER  SWITCH 

G   PRIMARY  SHELTER  MASTER  SWITCH 

G   RESIDENCE  MASTER  SWITCH 

Guide      13.54 

134 


To  effectively  use  the  available  current,  a  chart  showing 
appliance  current  draw  may  be  used.  Such  a  chart  (or  control 
panel)  for  the  shelter  described  in  this  manual,  is  shown  in  Guide 
13.54.  The  appliances  or  equipment  marked  with  an  asterisk  (*) 
are  "on"  continuously  when  the  main  utility  or  generator  power 
is  available.  This  does  not  mean  that  they  will  necessarily  draw 
current  all  the  time.  For  example,  the  battery  charger  will  only 
draw  current  when  the  battery  needs  charging;  the  deepfreeze 
will  be  on  and  off  in  cycles.  Appliances  listed  on  the  chart  as  inter- 
mittent would  be  turned  on  frequently.  Other  appliances  would  be 
used  occasionally — at  most  once  or  twice  a  day.  13.55 

By  totaling  all  appliance  current  draws  shown  in  Guide  13.54, 
except  the  cooking  appliances  and  wall  and  water  heaters,  it  will 
be  noted  that  the  current  draw  totals  2630  watts.  This  2630  watt 
current  draw  plus  the  1250  watts  for  the  fry  pan  or  toaster  totals 
3880  watts  and  indicates  a  5000  watt  (5kw)  generator  since  it  is 
too  close  to  4000  watts  to  provide  an  adequate  safety  margin.  For 
practical  purposes  a  4000  watt  generator  would  be  satisfactory.  It 
would  be  most  unusual  for  lights  to  be  on  in  the  generator,  air 
intake  and  water  tank  areas  while  at  the  same  time  the  well  pump, 
motor  blower  and  both  precipitator  and  air  purifier  were  in  use. 
The  TV  would  probably  not  be  operating  after  a  nuclear  attack 
and  few  people  would  have  a  precipitator  and  an  air  purifier.  It 
would  be  a  simple  matter  to  arrange  power  use  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  make  the  simultaneous  use  of  these  units  practically  impos- 
sible. These  examples  are  shown  as  a  guide  to  the  type  of  planning 
necessary.  13.56 


135 


CHAPTER  14 

General  Food  Information 

There  will  be  many  problems  concerning  survival  shelter 
food.  Some  can  be  anticipated.  Others  are  unforeseeable.  They  will 
vary  from  one  family  to  another  and  from  one  location  to  another. 
The  food  that  will  be  stored  will  depend  largely  on  size  of  family, 
religion,  geographical  location,  eating  habits,  money  and  space 
available.  One  thing  is  certain,  there  are  at  least  three  staples 
which  will  not  be  available  during,  and  shortly  after,  a  nuclear 
attack.  14.01 

UNAVAILABLE  FOOD 

The  following  conditions  will  probably  prevail  in  the  event  of 
a  nuclear  attack  and  its  immediate  and  intermediate  (90  days  to  2 
years)  aftermath.  Fresh  milk  will  be  impossible  to  obtain  and 
either  canned  evaporated  or  dry  powdered  milk  must  be  substi- 
tuted. Fresh  eggs,  for  which  there  is  no  home  substitute  available, 
are  another  food  staple  that  will  be  scarce  in  most  parts  of  our 
country.  However,  chickens  have  a  great  tolerance  for  radiation 
and  fresh  eggs  will  probably  be  one  of  the  first  staples  available 
after  a  nuclear  attack.  The  third  staple  missing  from  our  diet  will 
be  butter.  There  is  no  easily  storable  substitute  for  butter  as  a 
spread.  For  cooking  purposes  vegetable  shortening  or  bacon  grease 
may  be  used.  14.02 

For  some  time  after  a  nuclear  attack  these  fresh  foods  will 
be  scarce  or  completely  unavailable:  meats,  fowl,  seafood,  vege- 
tables, fruits  and  eggs.  Since  most  of  these  may  be  obtained 
as  canned  foods,  no  insurmountable  problem  exists  in  this 
respect.  14.03 

SELECTING  FOOD 

There  are  several  useful  rules  to  keep  in  mind  when  shopping 
for  shelter  food  supplies.  Buy  only  foods  that  would  be  enjoyed 
under  normal  conditions  whenever  possible.  This  is  much  easier 
on  shelter  occupants  who  will  be  under  emotional  stress.  It  also 
enables  the  family  to  eat  the  food  regularly  and  thus  rotate  the 
more  perishable  foods  such  as  frozen  vegetables,  frozen  meats,  pack- 
aged sugar,  flour  and  crackers  as  well  as  the  canned  foods.  All  food 
bought  for  shelter  use  should  be  dated  when  purchased  to  simplify 
rotation.  Buy  the  same  quality  food  that  would  ordinarily  be  used. 

137 


In  a  shelter  under  attack  no  one  will  be  in  a  mood  to  experiment 
with  new,  economical  or  strange  foods.     14.04 

When  buying  shelter  food  select  the  proper  size  containers 
for  the  family  to  be  fed.  Careful  selection  will  help  eliminate  left- 
overs that  might  be  difficult  to  preserve.  For  example,  don't  buy 
large  cans  of  food  for  two  people  or  small  cans  for  a  family  of  six. 
Buy  foods  in  case  lots  for  convenient  storage  and  watch  the 
specials.  14.05 

FOOD  PREPARATION 

All  foods  to  be  prepared  and  eaten  in  the  primary  shelter 
should  require  no  more  than  plain  heating  or  at  most  heating  in 
water.  When  the  family  can  safely  go  into  the  secondary  shelter, 
broiling,  roasting  and  baking  may  be  attempted.  This  would  only 
be  feasible  in  the  absence  of  imminent  attack  when  electricity  or 
wood  and  suitable  food  and  additional  adequate  ventilation  were 
available.  14.06 


NEW  COMMERCIAL  FROZEN  FOOD  STORAGE   SYSTEM 

A  new  process  "Liquifreeze"  developed  for  use  by  transporta- 
tion companies,  keeps  "in  transit"  foods  such  as  frozen  meat,  vege- 
tables and  other  foods  safe  for  periods  up  to  thirty  days.  It  is  not 
presently  available  for  home  use.  Food  to  be  kept  frozen  is  sprayed 
with  liquid  nitrogen.  A  device  automatically  sprays  the  food  when 
the  temperature  approaches  a  preselected  point.  The  food  is  cooled 
to  one  hundred  twenty  degrees  below  zero  (f).  If  and  when  a  home 
unit  is  marketed,  frozen  foods  may  be  kept  really  deep  frozen  for 
a  month  or  more  without  electricity.  The  commercial  unit  is  so 
small  that  it  fits  on  top  of  a  highway  trailer  and  is  supplied  by 
cylinders  of  liquid  nitrogen.  Since  gaseous  nitrogen  is  inert,  and 
the  spray  device  works  within  a  closed  container,  it  should  be 
safe.  14.07 


SEQUENCE  OF  FOOD  USE 
FRESH  FOOD 

When  planning  menus  for  a  survival  shelter  it  is  sensible  to 
use  whatever  food  is  available  in  a  logical  order.  It  would  not  be 
wise  to  prepare  canned  foods  when  fresh  vegetables  were  available. 
All  fresh  vegetables,  fruits,  meats  arid  bread,  etc.,  would  be  served 
first.  If  this  is  not  done  they  may  spoil  or  become  stale.  Even  fresh 
fruits  and  vegetables  that  have  been  subjected  to  radioactivity  may 
be  eaten  if  properly  prepared.  They  should  be  well  scrubbed  and 

138 


peeled  to  remove  the  contaminated  outer  skin  or  leaves.  Absorbent 
type  foods  such  as  cauliflower  or  broccoli  cannot  be  decontami- 
nated in  this  manner.  They  must  be  discarded  by  burial.  14.08 

FOODS  IN  DEEPFREEZE 

All  food  in  the  deepfreeze  may  and  probably  will  be  subject 
to  interrupted  electrical  service.  If  the  deepfreeze  is  kept  tightly 
closed,  even  without  electricity,  most  of  the  food  can  be  cooked 
and  eaten  a  week  or  more  after  the  electricity  shut-off.  Thawed 
foods  may  be  prepared  in  advance  for  another  few  days.  Good  food 
management  could  permit  living  out  of  the  deepfreeze  for  about 
two  weeks  after  electric  supply  failure.  14.09 

CANNED  AND  LONG  SHELF   LIFE  FOODS 

Canned  and  dehydrated  foods,  bought  for  use  when  the 
dangers  of  nuclear  attack  and  resulting  radiation  have  passed,  are 
used  last.  This  food  would  be  eaten  in  the  intermediate  period  after 
the  attacks  but  before  normal  productivity  and  distribution  facili- 
ties are  available.  It  would  probably  be  prepared  in  the  secondary 
shelter.  14.10 


FOOD  PREPARATION  SUGGESTIONS 

It  is  unlikely  that  electricity  or  other  heat  energy  suitable  for 
food  preparation  will  be  abundant  in  a  survival  shelter  during  the 
first  crucial  few  days  after  an  attack.  It  should  be  conserved.  As 
much  food  as  necessary  should  be  prepared  as  quickly  as  possible 
for  any  one  meal.  If  and  when  electricity  is  available  heat  enough 
water  for  coffee,  tea  or  cocoa  and  soups  to  cover  needs  for  the 
entire  day's  menu.  Then  store  these  liquids  in  vacuum  bottles  or 
jugs  until  used.  A  small  night  light  should  be  kept  plugged  into  an 
easily  observable  electric  outlet.  It  uses  little  power  and  will  alert 
occupants  to  the  availability  of  electrical  power.  14.11 

UTILIZATION  OF  CANS  AND  CARTONS 

A  good  sturdy  wall  type  can  opener  should  be  used  to  open 
cans  with  a  clean  cut,  folded  under  edge.  Save  the  can  tops. 
Cans  may  be  used  in  emergencies  for  drinking  purposes;  water, 
coffee,  tea  or  soup.  Use  care  in  drying  them  thoroughly  after 
each  use.  14.12 

Empty  cans  may  be  filled  with  refuse.  The  refuse  laden  cans 
may  be  covered  by  the  original  lid  using  the  widest  size  masking 

139 


tape  available  (up  to  three  inch  width).  Place  the  can  top  first  on 
the  gummed  side  of  the  tape  then  place  the  lid  on  the  can  and  tape 
is  securely  in  place.  This  will  seal  in  odors.  14.13 

These  sealed  refuse  cans  should  then  be  repacked  into  their 
original  cartons  and  the  cartons  resealed  with  masking  tape.  They 
may  then  be  discarded  outside  the  shelter  (13.48)  as  soon  as  con- 
ditions permit.  Cartons  should  be  opened  with  care  to  permit  their 
use  in  this  manner.  14.14 


PRIMARY  SHELTER  FOOD 

Food  recommended  for  use  in  the  primary  shelter  was  selected 
because,  in  most  cases,  it  could  be  eaten  cold  in  an  emergency. 
Canned  ham,  canned  bread  and  chow  mein  are  good  examples  of 
this  planning.  14.15 


SECONDARY  SHELTER  FOOD 

Food  suggested  for  use  in  the  secondary  shelter  usually  re- 
quires more  preparation  and  more  involved  cooking.  For  instance, 
packaged  macaroni  and  spaghetti — both  requiring  cooking  in 
precious  water  and  the  use  of  sauces.  Obviously  they  would  not  be 
too  suitable  for  primary  shelter  use.  14.16 


SERVING  FOOD 

Heat  and  moisture  resistant  plastic  coated  paper  plates,  cups 
and  bowls  should  be  used  for  survival  shelter  food  service.  It  is  best 
to  try  out  the  type  which  may  be  used  in  the  shelter  before  buying 
a  supply.  Good  water  would  be  wasted  washing  dishes,  especially 
under  nuclear  attack  conditions.  Fresh  plates  may  be  required  for 
each  meal,  but  if  they  are  not  too  soiled  they  may  be  cleaned  and 
reused  several  times.  14.17 

Carefully  used  cups  may  be  reused  a  number  of  times.  Here's 
how.  After  draining  the  last  drop  of  coffee  or  tea,  drink  half  a  cup 
of  water.  This  will  help  satisfy  water  intake  requirements  and 
freshen  the  cup  for  further  use,  at  least  for  the  rest  of  the  day. 
When  a  cup  has  been  used  for  a  hot  liquid,  make  certain  it  is  still 
strong  enough  to  hold  another  hot  liquid.  If  not,  use  it  for  cold 
water  or  cereals.  To  insure  that  each  member  of  the  family  reuses 
the  same  cup,  plate  or  bowl,  buy  them  in  different  colors  or  designs 
and  assign  a  color  or  design  to  each  shelter  occupant.  14.18 

140 


KITCHEN  UTENSILS  FOR  SHELTER  USE 

There  are  certain  kitchen  utensils  and  other  items  of  kitchen 
equipment  that  are  absolutely  essential.  Other  utensils  are  very 
convenient.  All  are  listed  in  guide  14.19  as  a  reminder.  Unless 
otherwise  specified,  all  utensils  should  be  stainless  steel  if  possible. 
The  plastic  dishes  listed  are  for  use  after  the  attack  but  before  our 
country  returns  to  a  nearly  normal  status.  They  are  unbreakable 
and  therefore  safe.  14.19 


KITCHEN  UTENSILS 

Quantity              Item  Quantity 

1.  2   2  qt.  saucepans  22.  1 

2.  2   rubber  spatulas  23.  1 

3.  1    combination  bottle  opener  24.  2 

4.  1    salt  shaker  25.  1 

5.  1  pepper  shaker  26.  1 

6.  1  sugar  bowl  27.  1 

7.  1    8  inch  iron  skillet  28.  8 

8.  1    large  cooking  spoon  29.  8 

9.  1    large  kitchen  fork  30.  8 

10.  1    large  kitchen  knife  31.  16 

11.  1    small   kitchen  knife  32.  2 

12.  1    graduated   mixing  cup  33.  8 

13.  1    nest  mixing  bowls  34.  8 

14.  1    pressure  cooker  35.  8 

15.  1    stainless  steel  pitcher  36.  8 

16.  1    large  pr.  kitchen  tweezers  37.  8 

17.  1    grease  can  w/strainer  top  38.  2 

18.  1    candle  holder— for  heating  39.  1 

19.  1    can  opener  (wall  mounted) 

20.  1    can  opener  (hand  type)  40.  1 

21.  1    Hibachi  charcoal  grill 


Item 

carving  set 
pair  kitchen  scissors 
small  vacuum  bottles 
large  vacuum  jug 
funnel 

vegetable  peeler 
table  knives 
table  forks 
soup  spoons 
teaspoons 
serving  spoons 
salad  forks 
plastic  cups 
plastic  saucers 
plastic  dinner  plates 
plastic  soup  bowls 
plastic  serving  bowls 
large  plastic  garbage 
pail   w/cover 
large  old  fashioned 
iron  pot   w/handle 


Guide  14.19 


KITCHEN  SUPPLIES  FOR  SHELTER  USE 

While  the  kitchen  supplies  listed  in  guide  14.20  are  mostly  for 
use  in  the  primary  shelter,  many  of  these  or  similar  items  will  also 
be  needed  in  the  secondary  shelter  after  the  critical  nuclear  attack 
period.  This  becomes  a  matter  of  personal  decision.  The  items  listed 
represent  one  months  supply  for  a  family  of  two  or  three  as 
captioned.  14.20 


141 


KITCHEN  SUPPLIES  FOR  PRIMARY  SHELTER 

One  Month  Supply  Family  Size 

Item  &  Type  2  People     3  People 

1.  Paper  plates  plasticized— moisture  &  heat  resistant   120  180 

2.  Paper  cups  and  dispenser  (9oz)  moisture  &   heat 

resistant  120  180 

3.  Paper  bowls— moisture  &   heat   resistant  60  90 

4.  Paper  towels  (rolls)  2  3 

5.  Paper  napkins  180  270 

6.  Aluminum  foil  (rolls)  2  3 

7.  Sponges  1  2 

8.  Saran  wrap  1  2 

9.  Hot  pad  holders  1  2 

10.  Chore  boys  1  2 

11.  Detergent  (plastic  bottle)  1  2 

12.  Candles  (for  light)  30  30 

13.  Candles  (for  heat)  10  15 

14.  Dish  towels  (cotton)  2  3 

15.  Twine  (balls)  2  2 

16.  Cleanser  1  2 

17.  Solidified  alcohol  15  20 

Avoid   the  use  of  glass  containers  whenever  possible. 

Guide  14.20 


SECONDARY  SHELTER  FOODS 

Meat  &  Seafood  (canned)  Miscellaneous 

1.  Bacon  15.   Au  gratin  potatoes 

2.  Corned   beef   hash  16.   Spaghetti  (packaged) 

3.  Sausages  17.   Macaroni  (packaged) 

4.  Meat  balls  18.    Buckwheat  mix 

5.  Chili  con  carne  19.   Canned  cheese 

6.  Tamales  20.   Tomatoes 

7.  Chipped  beef  21.    Brown  bread 

8.  Salmon  steaks  22.    Flour 

9.  Crab  meat  23.    Relish 

10.  Shrimp  24.   Maple  syrup 

11.  Clams  25.   Oatmeal 

12.  Oysters  26.  Various  hot  cereals 

13.  Smoked  bologna  27.    Baby  foods  (as  indicated) 

14.  Country  cured   ham 

Guide  14.21 

142 


SECONDARY   SHELTER  FOODS 

There  are  many  delicious  canned  foods  on  the  market  which 
for  one  reason  or  another  are  not  deemed  suitable  for  the  limited 
facilities  of  a  primary  shelter.  However  in  the  period  between  the 
close,  mandatory  confinement  in  the  primary  shelter  and  before 
food  supplies  return  to  normal  there  will  be  occasions  when  the 
family  would  enjoy  a  change  of  diet.  The  foods  shown  in  guide  14.21 
can  be  stored,  prepared  and  served  in  the  secondary  shelter  with 
its  expanded  cooking  facilities.  The  amount  of  each  listed  food  to 
be  bought  is  left  to  one's  discretion.  Of  course,  all  food  listed  for 
primary  shelter  use  can  also  be  served  in  the  secondary  shelter. 
It  might  be  sensible  to  keep  a  few  packages  of  vegetable  seeds  in 
the  shelter  for  a  do-it-yourself  post  war  project.  14.21 


143 


CHAPTER  15 

Primary  Shelter  Menus 

CALORIE  INTAKE 


Shelter  occupants  need  a  well  balanced  diet  with  a  proper 
calorie  intake.  Equally  important  is  the  need  for  tasteful,  pleasant 
food.  For  this  reason  all  purpose  wafer  type  nutrition  has  been 
rejected  here  as  a  basis  for  shelter  feeding.  An  inactive  adult  can 
easily  live  on  1500  calories  per  day.  One  authority  states  that  an 
inactive  adult  can  live  on  half  of  that  or  10,000  calories  for  two 
weeks.  The  menus  in  this  section  of  the  manual  are  designed  to 
supply  a  well  balanced  diet  with  an  average  intake  of  2000  calories 
per  day.  15.01 


MEAL  TIME  CYCLES 

These  menus  are  planned  for  a  ten  day  cycle  with  different 
food  every  meal,  every  day  for  ten  days.  At  the  end  of  ten  days 
the  cycle  may  be  repeated.  These  are  suggested  menus  subject 
to  change  or  improvement  according  to  personal  tastes.  All  food 
stocks  have  been  figured  generously  so  that  the  food  supply  could 
be  stretched  considerably  without  starving  anyone.  The  shop- 
ping lists  are  based  on  the  theory  that  it  is  better  to  have  too 
much  than  too  little.  All  foods  should  be  stored  in  a  cool  dry 
location.  15.02 


SELECTION  OF  FOOD 

Foods  for  shelter  use  were  selected  not  only  on  the  basis  of 
nutrition  value  but  also  because  they  have  almost  universal  appeal 
to  the  American  appetite.  Other  foods  which  might  be  interesting 
to  fewer  families  were  listed  under  "Secondary  Shelter  Foods" 
(14.21).  All  foods  selected  for  either  shelter  have  one  thing  in 
common;  they  do  not  require  refrigeration.  Primary  shelter  foods 
were  limited  to  those  items  of  the  heat  and  eat  type.  One  point  to 
watch,  be  sure  to  get  the  two  pound  canned  ham  that  does  not 
require  refrigeration.  Some  canned  hams  do  need  refrigeration. 
Do  not  under  any  circumstances  discard  liquids  canned  with 
vegetables  or  fruits,  etc.  This  valuable  source  of  shelter  liquid 
could  safely  sustain  life  for  weeks  in  a  dire  emergency.  15.03 

145 


COST  OF  MEALS 

The  average  cost  of  all  food  on  the  following  menus  is  about 
35  cents  per  person  per  meal.  All  stored  foods  should  be  clearly 
dated  so  that  food  may  be  rotated  to  insure  a  fresh  supply  always 
available  in  the  shelter.  Place  all  packaged  foods  in  polyethylene 
bags  and  tape  or  heat  seal  them  for  protection  from  moisture,  etc. 
This  should  be  done  preferably  on  a  day  when  the  humidity  is  very 
low.  This  would  not  be  necessary  if  food  packers  would  can  several 
staple  food  items.  Some  of  the  main  staples  that  should  be  available 
canned  are:  sugar,  flour,  rice,  salt,  butter,  pancake  mix,  dry 
cereals,  au  gratin  potatoes  and  dehydrated  eggs.  The  menus  in  this 
section  provide  for  about  20  ounces  or  VA  pounds  of  food  per 
person  per  day.  It  is  easy  to  figure  the  total  weight  of  all  the  food 
to  be  stored  in  the  shelter;  1:4  pounds  x  occupants  x  days  supply 
of  food.  15.04 

BREAKFAST 

All  cereals  are  eaten  with  evaporated  milk  diluted  by  equal 
parts  of  water.  This  milk  is  also  used  with  coffee,  tea  and  cocoa, 
unless  instant  hot  chocolate  is  used.  Milk  for  drinking  is  prepared 
from  evaporated  milk  in  the  same  proportion.  Some  of  the  cereals 
listed  are  made  with  a  sugar  coating  and  do  not  need  additional 
sugar.  Breakfast  servings  allow  for  about  4  ounces  of  fruit 
juice,  2  ounces  of  cereal,  8  crackers  and  2  ounces  of  jam  or  jelly. 
Coffee,  tea,  milk,  cocoa  or  hot  chocolate  are  included  in  every 
breakfast.  15.05 

BREAKFAST  MENU 


Day 

Juice 

Cereal 

Supplement 

Jam  with 
Soda   Crackers 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 

Pineapple 
Orange  apricot 
Grapefruit 
Prune 
Orange 
Apricot  nectar 
Pear  nectar 
Grape  juice 
Apple   juice 
Tomato 

Cheerios 
Cornflakes 
Grapenuts 
Wheaties 
Shredded   wheat 
Grapenut  flakes 
Rice  Krispies 
Sugar  pops 
Frosted  flakes 
Raisin  bran 

Grape 
Elderberry 
Orange  marmalade 
Strawberry 
Peach 
Currant 
Plum 
Crabapple 
Raspberry 
Cherry 

Guide  15.05 

LUNCH 

Lunch  consists  of  hot  soup,  a  light  supplement  and  coffee,  tea, 

146 


milk,  cocoa  or  hot  chocolate.  Every  third  day,  or  oftener,  a  meat, 
chicken,  fish  supplement  or  spread  is  planned.  Lunch  servings  allow 
for  5  or  6  ounces  of  soup,  2  or  3  ounces  of  supplement  (depending 
on  type  of  supplement)  and  6  or  8  Ritz  type  crackers.  Deviled 
ham  or  boned  chicken  would  not  be  served  in  the  same  size  por- 
tion as,  for  instance,  applesauce.  15.06 

LUNCH  MENU 


Day 

Soup 

Supplement—  Ritz  Crackers  And: 

1 

Clam  chowder 

Apple  butter 

2 

Chicken  noodle 

Whole  cranberries 

3 

Bean  and  bacon 

Deviled  ham 

4 

Lentil 

Peanut  butter 

5 

Vegetable 

Applesauce 

6 

Mushroom 

Boned  chicken 

7 

Pea 

Jellied  cranberries 

8 

Minestrone 

Tuna  fish 

9 

Pepper   pot 

Cheddar  cheese  dip 

10 

Cream  of  chicken 

Sardines  (skinless  &  boneless) 

Guide  15.06 

DINNER 

Dinner,  of  course,  is  the  main  meal  in  the  shelter  as  it  is  in 
normal  everyday  life.  It  should  be  served  and  eaten  in  as  normal  a 
manner  as  possible.  The  pychological  effect  on  the  entire  family 
will  be  well  worth  the  trouble.  The  menus  may  be  switched  if  per- 
sonal religious  observances  are  better  served  by  so  doing.  Dinner 
servings  are  based  on  6  to  8  ounces  of  entree,  4  ounces  of  each 
vegetable  and  4  ounces  of  dessert.  Coffee,  tea,  milk,  cocoa  or  hot 
chocolate  are  also  served.  15.07 

DINNER  MENU 


Day          Entree 

Vegetables 

Dessert 

1    Chicken  a  la  king 

Rice                    Green  beans 

Peaches 

2   Ham  (canned) 

Mashed  pot      Corn 

Pineapple 

3    Beef  stew 

Small  pot          Carrots 

Vanilla  pudding 

4  Chicken  stew 

Rice                     Succotash 

Plums 

5   Salmon 

Mashed  pot      Peas 

Pears 

6    Meatballs 

Spaghetti           Asparagus 

Gelatin  (raspberry) 

7   Frankfurters 

Beets                    Baked  beans 

Apricots 

8   Chicken  chowmein 

Fried  noodles    Lima  beans 

Cherries 

9   Lamb  stew 

Spanish  rice      Spinach 

Chocolate  pudding 

10    Pork  loin 

Sweet  pot          Applesauce 

Fruit  cocktail 

Guide  15.07 

147 

SHOPPING  LIST  FOR  PRIMARY  SHELTER  MENUS 

To  implement  these  breakfast,  lunch  and  dinner  menus  it  is 
necessary  to  break  down  all  meals  into  components  and  then  calcu- 
late the  requirements  for  each  size  family.  This  has  been  done  and 
the  list  of  food  needed  is  shown  in  guides  15.08  and  15.08A.  The 
third  column  "ounces  per  portion"  gives  the  basic  food  allowance 
used.  The  fourth  and  fifth  columns  show  the  amount  of  each  item 
required  by  a  family  of  two  or  three  using  the  foregoing  menus 
for  one  month.  To  ascertain  the  amount  of  food  required  by  a 
family  of  four  just  double  the  amount  for  a  family  of  two.  To 
figure  the  needs  for  a  family  of  five,  add  the  amounts  for  a  family 
of  two  and  a  family  of  three,  etc.  To  find  the  amount  needed  by  a 
family  of  three  for  six  months,  multiply  the  one  month  supply  by 
six.  Several  items  such  as  rice,  instant  mashed  potatoes  and  apple- 
sauce are  listed  more  than  once  since  they  appear  on  the  ten  day 
menus  more  than  once.  15.08 


SHOPPING  LIST  FOR  PRIMARY  SHELTER  MENUS 


Item  No. 

Food 

Ounces 
Per  Portion 

Ounces  of  Food 
for  One  Month 
Family  of 
2                 3 

1 

Pineapple  juice 

4 

24 

36 

2 

Orange  apricot   juice 

4 

24 

36 

3 

Grapefruit   juice 

4 

24 

36 

4 

Prune  juice 

4 

24 

36 

5 

Orange   juice 

4 

24 

36 

6 

Apricot  nectar 

4 

24 

36 

7 

Pear   nectar 

4 

24 

36 

8 

Grape    juice 

4 

24 

36 

9 

Apple  juice 

4 

24 

36 

10 

Tomato  juice 

4 

24 

36 

11 

Cheerios 

2 

12 

18 

12 

Corn  flakes 

2 

12 

18 

13 

Grapenuts 

2 

12 

18 

14 

Wheaties 

2 

12 

18 

15 

Shredded  wheat 

2 

12 

18 

16 

Grapenut  flakes 

2 

12 

18 

17 

Rice   -Krispies 

2 

12 

18 

18 

Sugar  pops 

2 

12 

18 

19 

Frosted  flakes 

2 

12 

18 

20 

Raisin    bran 

2 

12 

18 

21 

Grape  jelly 

2 

12 

18 

22 

Elderberry   jelly 

2 

12 

18 

23 

Orange  marmalade 

2 

12 

18 

148 


24  Strawberry  jam  2  12  18 

25  Peach    preserves  2  12  18 

26  Currant   jelly  2  12  18 

27  Plum   preserves  2  12  18 

28  Crabapple  jelly  2  12  18 

29  Red  raspberry  jam  2  12  18 

30  Cherry  preserves  2  12  18 

31  Clam   chowder  6  36  54 

32  Chicken   noodle  soup  6  36  54 

33  Bean  &  Bacon  soup  6  36  54 

34  Lentil  soup  6  36  54 

35  Vegetable   soup  6  36  54 

36  Mushroom    soup  6  36  54 

37  Pea  soup  6  36  54 

38  Minestrone  soup  6  36  54 

39  Pepper  pot  soup  6  36  54 

40  Cream  of  chicken  soup  6  36  54 

41  Applebutter  3  18  27 

42  Whole   cranberries  3  1 8  27 

43  Deviled    ham  2  12  18 

44  Peanut   butter  2  12  18 

45  Applesauce  3  18  27 

46  Boned  chicken  2  12  18 

47  Jellied  cranberries  3  18  27 

48  Tuna   fish  2  12  18 

49  Instant  cheddar  dip  2  12  18 

50  Sardines  2  12  18 

51  Chicken  a   la   king  6  36  54 

52  Ham    (canned    whole)  6  36  54 

53  Beef  stew  6  36  54 

54  Chicken   stew  6  36  54 

55  Salmon  6  36  54 

56  Spaghetti  &  meat  balls  8  48  72 

57  Frankfurters  6  36  54 

58  Chicken  chow  mein  8  48  72 

59  Lamb  stew  6  36  54 

60  Pork  loin  6  36  54 

61  Minute  rice  2  12  18 

62  Instant  mashed  potatoes  4  24  36 

63  Whole   potatoes  4  24  36 

64  Minute   rice  2  12  18 

65  Instant    mashed    potatoes  4  24  36 

66  Beets  4  24  36 

67  Fried  noodles  2  12  18 

68  Spanish   rice  4  24  36 

69  Sweet  potatoes  4  24  36 

70  Green   beans  4  24  36 

149 


Item  No. 

Food 

Ounces 
Per  Portion 

Ounces  of  Food 
for  One  Month 
Family  of 
2                 3 

71 

Corn    (kernalettes) 

4 

24              36 

72 

Carrots 

4 

24              36 

73 

Succotash 

4 

24              36 

74 

Peas 

4 

24               36 

75 

Asparagus 

4 

24              36 

76 

Baked    beans 

4 

24              36 

77 

Lima  beans 

4 

24              36 

78 

Spinach  (chopped) 

4 

24              36 

79 

Applesauce 

4 

24              36 

80 

Peaches 

4 

24              36 

81 

Pineapple 

4 

24              36 

82 

Vanilla  pudding 

3 

18               27 

83 

Plums 

4 

24              36 

84 

Pears 

4 

24              36 

85 

Gelatin    (raspberry) 

3 

18               27 

86 

Apricots 

4 

24               36 

87 

Cherries 

4 

24               36 

88 

Chocolate    pudding 

3 

18               27 

89 

Fruit    cocktail 

4 

24               36 

Guide  15.08 

CONDIMENTS,  STAPLES,    COFFEE,  TEA,   ETC.    FOR  SHELTER 

Certain  foods  are  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  plan  for  on  a 
per  person  basis.  These  items  must  be  obtained  for  use  with  the 
menus  and  are  actually  a  continuation  of  the  "Shopping  List" 
(15.08).  There  are  probably  some  foods  which  your  family  likes 
that  are  not  on  this  list.  By  all  means  include  them  if  they  do  not 
require  refrigeration  or  extensive  preparation.  Vary  amounts  to 
suit  individual  tastes.  15.08A 

Ounces  of  Food  for  One  Month 

Family  of 
Item  No.  Food  2  3 


90 

Evaporated  milk 

240 

360 

91 

Sugar 

120 

180 

92 

Soda  crackers 

100 

150 

93 

Ritz  crackers 

100 

150 

94 

Salt 

16 

16 

95 

Pepper 

4 

4 

96 

Mustard 

6 

6 

97 

Ketchup 

28 

42 

98 

Coffee   (instant) 

48 

72 

99 

Tea 

24 

36 

150 


100  Hot  chocolate 

101  Mayonnaise 

102  Chocolate  syrup  (for  children) 

103  Canned  candy 

104  Canned  nuts 

105  Brown  bread 

106  Date  nut  bread 

107  Canned  bread  (white,  raisin,  rye,  etc.) 

Guide  15.08A 


16 


24 


EMERGENCY  TRAVEL  FOOD 

There  is  always  a  possibility  that  one  or  more  of  the  shelter 
occupants  must  leave  the  shelter  for  a  few  days  or  longer  due  to  a 
dire  emergency.  The  following  kit  is  planned  to  feed  one  person 
for  two  weeks  or  four  people  for  four  days.  It  is  not  intended  to 
do  more  than  sustain  life  until  the  traveler  can  return  to  the 
shelter.  All  of  the  food  may  be  eaten  hot  or  cold  while  on  the  go. 
The  entire  supply  can  be  packed  easily  into  one  medium  sized 
carton  and  sealed.  The  approximate  weight  is  25  pounds.  15.09 


EMERGENCY  TRAVEL  FOOD 


No.  Quantity        Item 


No.  Quantity       Item 


1 

1 

Small  saucepan 

17 

1 

1  Ib.  can  chicken  stew 

2 

1 

Sterno  stove 

18 

4 

3  oz.  cans  tuna  fish 

3 

3 

Cans  sterno 

19 

4 

6  oz.  cans  boned 

4 

15 

Books  matches 

chicken 

5 

10 

Plastic  spoons 

20 

1 

15oz.  can   frankfur- 

6 

10 

Plastic  forks 

ters 

7 

14 

Paper   cups 

21 

1 

13  oz.  can  chicken 

(plasticized) 

a  la  king 

8 

14 

Paper   plates 

22 

2 

7  oz.  cans  corn 

(plasticized) 

23 

2 

7  oz.  cans  peas 

9 

1 

Can  opener 

24 

2 

7  oz.  cans  string  beans 

10 

16 

Tea  bags 

25 

2 

7  oz.  cans  spinach 

11 

1 

Can  instant  coffee 

26 

2 

7  oz.  cans  baked 

12 

2 

Cans  evaporated 

beans 

milk  (small) 

27 

2 

7  oz.  cans  carrots 

13 

60 

Individual  sugar 

28 

2 

7  oz.  cans  lima  beans 

packs 

29 

3 

Packages   soda 

14 

1 

Salt  shaker 

crackers  or  saltines 

15 

2 

8  oz.  cans  beef  stew 

30 

6 

Packages  dehydrated 

16 

1 

Can  spaghetti  and 

chicken  soup 

meatballs 

Guide 

15.09 

151 

CHAPTER  16 

Shelter  Equipment  And  Supplies 


No  one  knows  just  what  the  condition  of  a  post  nuclear  war 
world  would  be.  Many  items  listed  here  and  elsewhere  in  this 
manual  may  seem  out  of  place.  They  would  be  if  shelter  occupants 
could  be  sure  that  they  would  spend  two  weeks  in  a  shelter  and 
then  come  out  to  find  their  home  and  its  contents  intact  and  un- 
damaged. Remember,  the  equipment  and  supplies  taken  into 
the  shelter  and  the  shelter  itself  may  be  the  only  material  posses- 
sions shelter  occupants  would  have  when  they  emerge  to  face 
the  future.  16.01 


PERSONAL  SANITARY  NEEDS 

There  are  certain  personal  sanitary  and  grooming  supplies 
that  everyone  uses;  tooth  brushes,  tooth  paste,  soap  and  toilet 
paper  are  examples.  Other  supplies  are  used  specifically  by  men 
or  women.  In  addition,  individuals  have  certain  items  which  they 
prefer  to  use.  Most  of  these  classes  of  needs  are  listed  in  guide  16.02 
which  list  may  be  expanded  by  adding  individual  specific  re- 
quirements. 16.02 


PERSONAL  SANITARY  NEEDS 


1. 

Toothbrushes 

16. 

Shaving  soap 

2. 

Toothpaste 

17. 

Shaving  brush 

3. 

Toilet  soap 

18. 

Nail  clippers 

4. 

Dental   tape 

19. 

Bobby  pins 

5. 

Combs 

20. 

Hair  nets 

6. 

Hair  brushes 

21. 

Hair  combs 

7. 

Whisk    broom 

22. 

Hair   pins 

8. 

Hand   brushes 

23. 

Cold    cream 

9. 

Shampoo 

24. 

Face   lotion 

10. 

Deodorants 

25. 

Lipstick 

11. 

Hair  oil 

26. 

Pumice   stone 

12. 

Pair    manual    hair   clippers 

27. 

Waterless  soap 

13. 

Nail  files 

28. 

Toilet  paper 

14. 

Safety   razor 

29. 

Kleenex 

15. 

Razor  blades 

30. 

Sponges 

Guide  16.02 

153 

SHELTER  HOUSEKEEPING  SUPPLIES 

A  list  of  essential  supplies,  including  some  items  that  are  just 
plain  handy  to  have  on  hand,  is  appended  (16.03)  for  use  as  a 
checklist.  The  family  must  decide  which  of  these  items  to  stock 
and  how  many  of  each.  No  one  can  do  more  than  make  suggestions. 
If  an  encyclopedia  is  available,  it  would  be  a  very  interesting  and 
informative  asset  in  the  shelter.  16.03 

SHELTER  HOUSEKEEPING  SUPPLIES 

1.  Masking  tape  22.  1    mop 

2.  Scotch  tape  23.  Sheets 

3.  Rubber    bands  24.  Towels 

4.  Button  assortment  25.  Pillow   cases 

5.  Book  matches  26.  Face  cloths 

6.  1    mirror  27.  Soap  powder 

7.  1    calendar  28.  3   assorted  zippers 

8.  4   dozen   pencils  29.  Thimble 

9.  Writing  paper  30.  Pillows 

10.  Heat  applied  patch  assortment      31.    Chairs 

11.  Household  oil  32.    Dust  pan 

12.  Sewing  needles  33.    Blankets 

13.  Thread  34.    Playing   cards 

14.  2    lighters  35.   Glue 

15.  6  cans  lighter  fluid  36.   Disinfectant 

16.  6   spare  light  bulbs  37.   Old  newspapers  (for  wrapping) 

17.  1    spare  night  light  bulb                  38.  Old  magazines  (for  reading) 

18.  Old  fashioned  iron                              39.  White  coveralls  for  each 

19.  Straight    pins  occupant 

20.  Safety   pins  40.  Chess  set  and  board 

21.  1    broom  41.  Checkers 

Guide   16.03 


HARDWARE  SUPPLIES 

A  suggested  list  of  hand  tools  for  equipping  a  shelter  is  in- 
cluded in  guide  11.55  under  the  chapter  heading  "Essentials  for 
Survival."  Most  of  the  hardware  supplies  listed  below  have  obvious 
uses.  For  instance,  putty  and  sealing  graphite  for  plugging  cracks 
or  holes  and  nails  or  screws  for  making  minor  repairs.  Two  items 
listed  are  very  important ;  yellow  and  red  lumber  marking  crayons. 
When  searching  through  the  debris  of  collapsed  houses,  etc.  a  red 
X  mark  means  there  is  danger  of  further  collapse.  A  yellow  X 
means  "this  location  has  been  searched."  For  some  obscure  reason 
it  is  called  a  "giraffe  mark."  16.04 

154 


HARDWARE  SUPPLIES 


1.  Nails  11.   Manufacturers   recommended   spare 

2.  Wood  screws  parts  for  generator 

3.  Sheet  metal  screws  12.   Manufacturers   recommended   spare 

4.  Nuts  and  bolts  parts  for  blower 

5.  Concrete  rawl   plugs  13.   Manufacturers   recommended   spare 

6.  Electric  insulating  tape  parts  for  chain  saw 

7.  Fuses  for  electrical  system  14.   Yellow     and     red     lumber     marking 

8.  Sealing  graphite  crayons 

9.  100    empty    burlap    bags  ]5     Solder  and  flux 
for   sandbagging    (60    Ib. 

bags)  16'   Wood   Putfy 

10.   Sakcrete  17.   Glaziers   putty 

Guide   16.04 


PORTABLE  MECHANICAL  AND  ELECTRICAL 
EQUIPMENT 

Most  of  the  fixed  type  mechanical  equipment,  such  as  the 
motor  blower,  etc.,  to  be  used  in  the  shelter  is  listed  in  Chapter  13. 
There  are  six  items,  necessary  or  useful,  that  should  be  in  the 
shelter.  Four  are  mechanical  and  two  electrical.  The  mechanical 
items  are: 

1.  A  20  ton  hydraulic  jack  for  moving  heavy  debris. 

2.  A  5  ton  screw  jack  for  moving  debris. 

3.  A  bicycle  for  rapid  emergency  transportation. 

4.  A  liquid  fueled  power  chain  saw  and  a  fuel  supply. 
The  chain  saw  would  be  extremely  useful  for  felling  trees  and 

sawing  firewood  when  outside  radioactivity  has  decayed  suffi- 
ciently. The  fuel  supply,  in  a  safe  container,  should  be  either  buried 
outside  the  shelter  or  possibly  stored  in  the  shelter  lock.  16.05 

The  two  electrical  items  are  the  electric  dehumidifier  and  the 
storage  battery  charger  that  were  described  in  Chapter  13.  Both 
pieces  of  equipment  are  extremely  important  and  relatively  inex- 
pensive. It  should  be  noted  once  again  that  humidity  can  be  one 
of  the  most  annoying  hazards  in  a  shelter.  16.06 

GENERAL  PURPOSE  EQUIPMENT 
AND  SUPPLIES 

There  are  many  items  that  should  be  placed  in  a  shelter.  Some 
of  these  are  difficult  to  classify.  They  are  grouped  here  under 
the  heading  "General  Purpose  Equipment."  All  items  listed  have 
obvious  uses.  16.07 

155 


GENERAL  PURPOSE  EQUIPMENT  AND  SUPPLIES 


1.  Flashlights 

2.  Flashlight  batteries 

3.  Portable   radio 

4.  Radio  batteries 

5.  Radiation    detector 

6.  Batteries  for  detector 

7.  Citizens  band   radio  or  walkie 
talkie 

8.  Batteries   for    radio   or   walkie 
talkie 

9.  3  chemical   fire  extinguishers 

10.  4—244    cubic    ft.    oxygen    cyl- 
inders 

11.  12— 25  Ib.  pails  indicating  soda 
lime 

12.  Pencil   sharpener 

13.  2—3  way  electric  sockets 

1 4.  2   extension   cords 

15.  1    stapler 

16.  3   boxes  refills  for  stapler 

17.  12   air  intake  filters 


18.  1    penknife 

19.  1    hunting   knife 

20.  Fishing   line 

21.  Fish    hooks 

22.  1    waste   basket 

23.  1    hunting   rifle 

24.  Ammunition  for  rifle 

25.  Storage  battery 

26.  A  clock 

27.  Identification     tags     for     each 
family  member 

28.  1    canteen 

29.  1    adjustable  plastic  hat 

30.  A  supply  of  clean  rags 

31.  1    Martindale   mask 

32.  1    thermometer 

33.  1    Bible 

34.  Pair    of    dosimeters    for    each 
shelter  occupant 

35.  1      reading     device     for    dosi- 
meters 


Guide  16.07 


156 


CHAPTER  17 

General  Radiation  Information 

RADIATION  DETECTORS 

Radiation  measurement  devices  may  be  divided  into  two 
general  types;  survey  meters  and  dosimeters.  Survey  meters  are 
calibrated  in  roentgens  per  hour  (r/hr)  and  dosimeters  in 
roentgens  (r).  The  term  roentgen  relates  to  the  effect  of  radiation 
on  air.  The  equivalent  term  relating  to  the  effect  of  radiation  on 
human  tissue  is  the  "rem"  or  roentgen  equivalent  man.  Since  there 
is  a  nearly  constant  relationship  between  the  energy  absorbed  per 
gram  of  air  and  the  energy  absorbed  per  gram  of  tissue  over  a 
wide  range,  the  term  or  unit  of  roentgen  is  used  to  measure  radia- 
tion damage  to  tissue.  Alpha  radiation  is  not  included  in  overall 
roentgen  readings.  Beta  and  gamma  types  of  nuclear  radiation  are 
included.  17.01 

SURVEY  METERS 

Survey  meters  detect  and  measure  radiation  dose  rate.  When 
survey  meters  are  used  to  measure  contamination  of  people,  food, 
water,  equipment  and  living  quarters  they  must  be  capable  of  in- 
dicating very  small  amounts  of  radiation.  Therefore,  survey  meters 
with  a  range  of  0  to  50  roentgens  per  hour  should  be  used  for 
this  type  of  survey.  17.02 

If  a  survey  meter  is  used  to  measure  external  radiation,  read- 
ings up  to  500  roentgens  per  hour  may  be  necessary  and  a  meter 
with  a  range  of  0  to  500  r/hr  should  be  used.  Even  a  survey  meter 
calibrated  for  this  range  should  be  capable  of  giving  indications  of 
higher  dose  rates,  otherwise  there  might  not  be  any  way  to  become 
aware  of  doses  exceeding  500  r/hr.  17.03 

Certain  radiation  measurement  instruments  are  designed  to 
be  used  in  shelters,  but  to  provide  dose  rate  information  from  points 
outside  by  means  of  cables  extending  to  the  outside.  These  meters 
should  indicate  gamma  dose  rates  up  to  1000  r/hr.  One  such  device 
has  provisions  for  four  cables  which  will  show  outside  (or  inside) 
radiation  levels  at  four  different  points  (five  including  the  meter). 
The  value  of  such  an  instrument  can  scarcely  be  overestimated. 
Several  possible  locations  for  these  remote  cables  in  a  BOSDEC 
type  shelter  are  mentioned  in  Chapter  13  (13.27).  Other  possible 
locations  could  include  the  secondary  shelter,  shelter  lock  and 
the  house  overhead.  17.04 

157 


DOSIMETERS 

Dosimeters  detect,  measure  and  register  total  accumulated 
gamma  dose.  Some  direct  reading  types  indicate  radiation  accumu- 
lations by  color  changes.  Other  types  consist  of  film  badges  with 
a  piece  of  X-ray  film  in  a  metal  holder.  This  film  is  sensitive  to 
radiation  and  when  developed  by  standard  methods,  film  is  dark- 
ened in  proportion  to  amount  of  radiation  received.  The  film  is 
compared  with  various  control  films  from  the  same  lot  of  film 
that  have  been  exposed  to  a  known  amount  of  radiation.  The  film 
badge  must  be  worn  at  all  times  by  the  person  to  whom  it  is 
assigned.  No  one  else  may  wear  it.  It  must  be  developed  before  it 
can  be  read.  While  the  total  accumulated  dose  is  not  known  imme- 
diately, the  record  is  permanent.  17.05 

There  is  another  type  dosimeter  which  records  radiation  when 
electrically  charged,  starting  with  zero.  Some  of  these  can  be  read 
by  holding  them  up  to  the  light.  Others  must  be  read  in  a  reading 
device  designed  for  this  purpose.  The  electrical  type  could  give 
false  readings  due  to  electrical  leakage  caused  by  dropping  or  other 
damage.  They  are  usually  worn  in  pairs.  Neither  film  badge 
nor  electrical  pocket  dosimeters  will  register  alpha  radiation. 
This  is  not  important  since  external  alpha  exposures  are  not 
a  hazard.  17.06 

NORMAL  RADIATION  EXPOSURES 

The  average  person  receives  about  15  roentgens  of  nuclear 
radiation  in  a  lifetime  from  natural  sources  plus  small  amounts 
from  medical  and  dental  X-rays.  A  tiny  amount  may  even  be  ab- 
sorbed from  wrist  watches.  The  main  sources  of  this  radiation  are 
in  order  of  magnitude;  medical  procedures,  natural  causes,  cosmic 
radiation,  fallout  from  nuclear  tests,  TV  tubes  and  watch  dials,  etc. 
and  industrial  exposures.  17.07 

RADIATION  DOSES  AND  RECOVERY  TIMES 

The  human  body  can  absorb  up  to  100  roentgens  in  a  short 
time  without  any  probable  immediate  ill  effects.  It  can  take  some 
radiation  damage  and  repair  it  without  serious  permanent  effect. 
Radiation  sickness  is  not  contagious.  Occasionally  people  under 
very  severe  strain  may  appear  to  have  the  same  symptoms.  17.08 

The  absorption  of  100  to  200  roentgens  would  cause  some 
slight  ill  effect  in  most  people.  The  recovery  time  would  be  about 
two  weeks.  However,  a  dose  of  200  to  600  roentgens  would  cause 
severe  illness  or  death  within  five  to  seven  weeks.  If  not  fatal, 
recovery  time  from  most  of  the  apparent  illness  would  be  about 
ten  to  sixteen  weeks.  A  whole  body  dose  of  over  600  roentgens 

158 


received  in  a  short  time  would  probably  be  fatal.  However,  these 
same  dosages  would  not  be  as  dangerous  if  absorbed  over  a  long 
period.  17.09 


SAFE  ROENTGEN  DOSAGES  UNDER  EMERGENCY  CONDITIONS 

There  are  four  possible  ways  that  radioactive  materials  can 
get  into  the  body;  by  breathing,  swallowing,  breaks  in  the  skin 
and  absorption  through  the  skin.  Certain  radiation  exposure  dos- 
ages would  be  unthinkable  under  normal  circumstances  and  the 
risk  considered  unacceptable.  However,  under  emergency  con- 
ditions these  following  dosages  would  be  tolerable  as  a  maximal 
limit ;  less  than  300  roentgens  in  a  lifetime,  less  than  100  roentgens 
in  a  month,  less  than  25  roentgens  in  one  day  and  less  than  10 
roentgens  in  an  hour.  17.10 

EMERGENCY  EXCURSIONS  FROM  SHELTER 

LEAVING  SHELTER 

If  it  ever  becomes  necessary  to  leave  the  shelter  under  con- 
ditions of  substantial  but  comparatively  safe  radioactivity,  the 
following  procedure  should  be  used.  First  check  outside  radiation 
dose  rate  and  time. 

1.  Dress  in  old  clothes.  Put  on  white  coveralls  over 
the   clothes,    overshoes,    plastic   hat,    gloves   and 
Martindale  mask. 

2.  Put  the  following  articles  in  the  coverall  pockets 
for  emergency  use: 

(a)  Matches 

(b)  Pocketknife 

(c)  Bandaids 

(d)  Soap 

(e)  String 

(f )  Safety  pins 

(g)  Tissues 
(h)   Clean  rags 

3.  Take  a  canteen  of  water. 

4.  Seal  coveralls  as  follows: 

(a)  Place  rubber  bands  at  wrists  and  ankles. 

(b)  Seal  wrists  and  ankles  with  masking  tape. 

(c)  Seal  pockets  with  masking  tape. 

(d)  Seal  zipper  with  masking  tape. 

(e )  Wrap  rags  around  shoes  and  secure  with 
heavy  rubber  bands.     17.11 

159 


RETURNING  TO  SHELTER 

When  returning  from  emergency  excursions  outside  shelter, 
check  carefully  elapsed  time  since  leaving  and  outside  radiation 
dose  rate.  It  is  especially  important  to  use  great  care  in  undressing 
in  the  "Shelter  Lock,"  washing  and  removing  the  Martindale  mask. 

1.  Before  undressing  or  removing  the  mask,  brush 
off  thoroughly  or  wash  down  if  necessary  or  pos- 
sible in  the  shelter  lock  or  outside.  This  removes 
most  of  the  contamination. 

2.  Remove  coveralls,  outer  clothing,  hat,  boots  and 
shoes. 

(a)  Keep  mask  and  gloves  on  while  doing  this. 

(b)  Clothes  should  be  left  in  "Shelter  Lock"  for  con- 
tamination check  later. 

(c)  Hold  breath  and  remove  mask  and  then  gloves. 
Leave  mask  and  gloves  in  "Shelter  Lock". 

(d)  Wash  hands  thoroughly  in  cold  water  paying 
special  attention  to  finger  nails. 

(e)  Take  a  cold  shower — not  a  bath,  using  plenty  of 
soap.  Put  on  clean  clothes.     17.12 


160 


CHAPTER  18 

Emergency  Shelter  First  Aid 

Every  home  and  shelter  should  have  a  late  edition  of  the  Red 
Cross  First  Aid  Manual.  A  few  simple  suggestions,  in  outline  form, 
are  listed  here  for  quick  reference  when  a  First  Aid  manual  is  not 
available.  Immediate  emergency  measures  for  handling  bleeding, 
breathing  problems,  burns  and  fractures  are  outlined.  It  would  be 
worthwhile  to  memorize  these  basic  first  aid  procedures.  18.01 

BLEEDING 

To  stop  bleeding  apply  pressure  at  once — hard  and  fast. 

1.  Use  hands,  bandage  or  clean  cloth. 

2.  Do  not  stop  to  wash  wound. 

3.  Bring  edges  of  wound  together. 

4.  Apply  pressure  for  30  minutes  if  necessary. 

5.  Use  tourniquet  as  last  resort  unless  skilled, 
in  its  use.     18.02 

BREATHING  PROBLEMS 

Remove  mucous,  debris,  food,  dentures,  any  obstruction  or 
foreign  material  from  mouth. 

1.  If  breathing,  place  head  to  one  side  to  keep  blood  or  fluids 
from  flowing  into  air  passages. 

2.  If  not  breathing,  apply  mouth  to  mouth  insufflation. 

(a)  Tilt    head    to    sword    swallower    position    using 
pillow  or  blanket  under  the  shoulder. 

(b)  Pinch  patient's  nose  shut. 

(c)  Place  your  open  mouth  over  patient's  mouth. 

(d)  Inhale  through  nose. 

(e)  Exhale  into  patient's  mouth  12  to  16  times  per 
minute  for  adult,  20  times  per  minute  for  child. 

(f )  Keep  this  up  for  two  hours  or  more. 

(g)  Upon  revival  adjust  your  breathing  rhythm 
to  patient's  efforts.     18.03 

BURNS 

Light  burns  (reddening  of  skin)  leave  uncovered. 
1.  Treat  pain  with  pain  relievers  or  leave  alone. 
Deeper  burns  (blisters  and  skin  destruction)  cover  with  clean 

161 


dressing  without  ointments  or  salves. 

1.  Don't  puncture  blisters  unless  likely  to  break. 

(a)   If  necessary  make  small  sterile  incision 

at  blister  edge. 

Severe  burns  should  be  handled  same  as  deeper  burns. 
1.  Patient  should  drink  solution  of  one  teaspoon  salt 
in  one  quart  water.  One  gallon  of  this  solution  may 
be  drunk  in  first  24  hours.     18.04 

FRACTURES 

Splint  fractures  without  moving  patient. 

1.  Firmly  support  broken  limb. 

2.  Simple  fractures  can  be  recognized  by  tenderness 
to  touch. 

(a)  Also  by  unnatural  shape  of  part. 

(b)  By  swelling. 

(c)  By  change  in  color  of  skin. 

3.  Compound  fractures  are  indicated  by  broken  skin 
and/ or  protruding  bone.     18.05 

PREGNANCY 

Married  couples  who  are  or  may  become  expectant  parents 
should  have  some  basic  instruction  on  how  to  handle  an  emergency 
delivery.  A  visit  with  the  family  physician  or  members  of  a  local 
first  aid  squad  should  provide  much  useful  information.  18.06 

IDENTIFICATION  TAGS 

Each  member  of  a  family  should  have  a  stainless  steel  tag  to 
be  worn  at  all  times  for  identification  purposes.  This  information 
should  be  inscribed  (preferably  engraved)  on  it 

1.  Name 

2.  Address 

3.  Phone  Number 

4.  Birth  Date 

5.  Blood  Type 

6.  Allergies 

7.  Religion 

8.  Alternate  Address 

9.  Social  Security  No. 

The  alternate  address  would  probably  be  that  of  a  close 
relative.  18.07 


162 


CHAPTER  19 

Basic  Nuclear  Physics 

ELEMENTAL  STRUCTURE 

Practically  all  materials  in  our  world  consist  of  elements  or 
combinations  of  elements  called  compounds. 

1.  An  element  is  a  substance  all  of  whose  atoms  have  the 
same  atomic  number  but  not  necessarily  the  same  atomic 
weight. 

Examples  are: 

a.  Lead 

b.  Gold 

c.  Hydrogen 

2.  An  element  cannot  be  decomposed  by  ordinary  chemical 
means.  A  compound  can  be  decomposed.  Examples  of 
compounds : 

a.  Water— H2O 

b.  Salt— NAC-L          19.01 

ELEMENTS 

An  element  is  formed  when  a  large  number  of  identical  atoms 
are  bound  together.  When  atoms  are  grouped  together  in  certain 
numbers  and  combinations  they  form  molecules.  Many  molecules 
consisting  of  identical  atoms  form  an  element — if  different  atoms, 
they  form  compounds.  19.02 

ATOMS 

All  atoms  contain  a  nucleus  with  a  heavy  dense  core  sur- 
rounded at  a  relatively  great  distance  by  electrons  which  orbit 
around  the  nucleus  at  high  speed.  These  electrons  are  small,  almost 
weightless  and  have  a  negative  electrical  charge.  19.03 

NUCLEUS 

Nuclei  consist  of  balls  of  matter  larger  and  heavier  than  elec- 
trons. These  balls  are  called: 

1.  Protons — have  a  positive  electrical  charge. 

2.  Neutrons — do  not  have  an  electrical  charge. 

3.  The  atomic  weight  of  a  substance  is  the  sum  total  of  the 
number  of  protons  and  neutrons  in  the  nucleus. 

163 


When  you  weigh  yourself  you  are  actually  ascertaining  the 
sum  of  the  weight  of  all  the  nuclei  in  your  body. 

The  nucleus  of  each  atom  is  held  together  by  a  force  called 
binding  energy. 

1.  Some  of  this  energy  is  released  when  a  nucleus  is 
split  in  two  by  fission. 

a.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  it  takes  less  binding 
energy  to  hold  together  the  two  fragments  result- 
ing from  the  split  than  to  hold  the  original  nucleus 
together  before  fission. 

If  a  mothball  was   made   of  nuclei  it  would  weigh   almost 
30,000,000  tons.  That  is  how  heavy  a  nucleus  is  for  its  size.     19.04 


PROTONS 

For  each  proton  in  a  nucleus  there  is  one  negatively  charged 
electron  in  orbit  around  the  nucleus.  A  proton  is  approximately 
equal  in  weight  and  size  to  a  neutron. 

1.  The  number  of  protons  in  the  nucleus  determines  the 
number  of  electrons  in  orbit. 

2.  The  number  of  protons  also  determines  the  nature  of  the 
element  and  its  atomic  number. 

3.  Proton's  positive  electrical  charge  equals  the  negative 
charge  of  the  electron. 

Natural  elements  exist  with  the  number  of  protons  ranging 
from  1  (hydrogen)  to  92  (uranium). 

1.  Whenever  the  number  of  protons  change,  a  differ- 
ent element  is  formed. 

Certain  elements  not  existing  in  nature  have  been  created  by 
man. 

1.  Their  atomic  numbers  range  from  93  to  102. 

2.  Since  uranium  is  92,  these  manmade  elements  are  called 
transuranic  elements. 

a.  They  are  all  radioactive. 

b.  Plutonium  (94)  used  for  nuclear  weapons  is  very 
important.     19.05 


NEUTRONS 

Neutrons  are  the  balls  of  matter  in  the  atomic  nucleus  which 
do  not  have  an  electrical  charge.  They  are  about  1800  times  heavier 
than  electrons.  The  number  of  neutrons  in  a  nucleus  ranges  from  0 
to  about  150.  In  certain  elements  different  atoms  of  the  same 
element  have  the  same  number  of  protons  but  vary  in  number 
of  neutrons. 

164 


1.  Since  chemistry  is  concerned  with  orbital  electrons,  these 
are  chemically  the  same  element. 

a.  Since  all  these  atoms  have  the  same  number  of  pro- 
tons, they  will  have  an  equal  number  of  electrons 
in  orbit. 

b.  Since  they  have  a  different  number  of  neutrons 
in  the  nucleus,  the  various  atoms  of  the  same  ele- 
ment will  not  all  weigh  the  same. 

2.  Nuclear  physicists  and  physical  chemists  view  these  as 
different  substances  of  the  same  chemical  form. 

a.  They  vary  in  atomic  weight. 

b.  They  are  called  isotopes.     19.06 

ISOTOPES 

Most  isotopes  are  unstable,  therefore  radioactive.  Some  are 
stable  and  not  radioactive.  The  first  element  hydrogen  has  3  iso- 
topes, and  tin  the  fiftieth  element  has  25  isotopes.  There  are  more 
than  1200  known  isotopes. 

1.  Two  isotopes  of  the  same  element  will  have  the  same 

atomic  number  but  different  atomic  weights. 
An  example  of  how  materials  become  radioactive  isotopes  in 
a  reactor,  using  cobalt  as  an  illustration,  is  shown.  The  ordinary 
cobalt  is  inserted  into  an  opening  in  the  reactor. 

1.  Natural  cobalt  has  27  protons  and  32  neutrons. 

a.  A  rod  of  cobalt  is  inserted  into  the  reactor. 

b.  Billions  of  cobalt  atoms  are  bombarded  by  billions 
of  neutrons. 

I.  This  flow  of  neutrons  is  called  the  "neu- 
tron flux." 

c.  A  few  of  the  cobalt  atoms,  possibly  one  in  a  billion, 
captures  a  neutron  and  then  has  27  protons  and  33 
neutrons. 

I.  These  atoms  have  changed  from  cobalt  59 
to  radioactive  cobalt  60  which  gives  off 
strong  gamma  and  some  beta  radiation. 

II.  Cobalt  60  has  a  half  life  of  5.3  years. 

III.  It  was  made  radioactive  by   a   process 
called  "neutron  capture". 

IV.  Substances  are  made  radioactive  only  by 
"neutron  capture".         19.07 


FISSION 

Fissionable  refers  to  those  atoms  which  can  be  split  apart  by 
nuclear  bombardment  releasing  large  amounts  of  energy  in  the 

165 


process.  It  means  that  the  material  must  be  capable  of  sustaining 
and  multiplying  the  chain  reaction  process  so  that  a  large  number 
of  fissions  can  be  made  to  take  place  in  a  very  short  time.  The 
terms  fissionable  and  radioactive  are  not  equivalent. 

1.  Only  two  readily  available  materials  are  capable  of  sus- 
taining and  multiplying  a  chain  reaction. 

a.  Uranium  235 — used  as  fuel  for  atomic  reactors. 

b.  Plutonium — a   man   made   element   created   by   a 
nuclear  reaction  in  an  atomic  reactor,  used  mainly 
for  nuclear  weapons. 

These  fissionable  materials  bring  about  a  chain  reaction  in  the 
following  manner: 

1.  They  emit  bits  of  elementary  matter — neutrons. 

a.  These  neutrons  strike  other  atoms  of  the  same 
material   causing  them   to   break   open,    emitting 
more   neutrons    and    releasing    binding    (fission) 
energy.  Neutrons  produced  in  fission  process  are 
mostly  high  energy  or  fast  neutrons. 

I.  For  a  neutron  to  penetrate  an  atom  to 
cause  fission  it  must  be  slowed  down. 
Slowed  down  neutrons  are  called  "thermal 
neutrons".  They  are  most  liable  to  nitro- 
gen capture  and  removal  from  nuclear 
radiation.   This   capture   usually  creates 
gamma  radiation  which  is  easier  to  at- 
tenuate. 

II.  Water,  graphite  and  other  materials  will 
slow   down   neutrons   so   as  to   produce 
fissioning.    These    are    called    "Neutron 
Moderators". 

b.  Regrouping  of  split  atomic  material  creates  new 
atoms  called  fission  products. 

I.  Many  of  these  are  radioactive. 

II.  Energy  and  new  atoms  result. 

III.  This  is  a  chain  reaction. 

c.  The  quantity  of  a  fissionable  material  which  will 
provide  a  self  sustaining  chain  reaction  is  called  a 
critical  mass.  It  is  necessary  to  have  a  small  sur- 
face area  in  relation  to  mass  to  be  critical,  other- 
wise more  neutrons  would  escape  by  the  surface 
than  would  be  produced  in  the  mass. 

I.  The  quantity  of  a  fissionable  material  not 
sufficient  to  do  so  is  called  a  subcritical 
mass. 

II.  As  soon  as  one  more  neutron  is  being 
made  than  is  being  lost,  the  mass  is 
critical.  At  this  point  the  multiplication 

166 


of  the  chain  reaction  starts  to  increase  at 
a  fantastic  rate. 

d.  Controlled  fissionable  energy  is  produced  by  atomic 
reactors. 

e.  Uncontrolled  fissionable  energy  results  from  the 
explosion  of  nuclear  weapons.     19.08 

IONIZATION 

All  radioactive  materials  emit  ionizing  radiation.  Ionizing  is  a 
term  used  covering  forms  of  radiation  which  cause  rearrangement 
of  orbital  electrons  in  the  atoms  of  a  substance  through  which  the 
radiation  passes.  The  end  result  being  formation  of  ion  positive 
and  negative  pairs.  In  living  tissue  these  can  cause  biological 
damage.  There  are  many  nonionizing  forms  of  radiation: 

1.  Heat  3.  Radar 

2.  Light          4.  Radio 

These  do  not  have  enough  energy  to  affect  orbital  electrons 
and  damage  from  these  forms  of  radiation  is  usually  confined  to 
the  outer  layers  of  the  body. 

1.  Damage  is  usually  apparent  and  protective  measures  can 
be  taken  such  as  in  the  case  of  sunburn. 

2.  This  is  not  true  of  ionizing  radiation  since  electron  re- 
arrangement in  the  body  cannot  be  felt. 

a.  Biological  damage  is  not  apparent  until  it  may 
be  too  late.  19.09 

IONIZING  RADIATION 

There  are  three  types  of  ionizing  radiation: 

1.  Gamma — short  electromagnetic  pure  energy  rays  having 
no  mass  or  weight. 

a.  Gamma  radiation  originates  when  the  discharge  of 
one  of  these  alpha  or  beta  particles  from  a  nucleus 
doesn't  take  enough  energy  along  with  it  to  leave 
the  nucleus  in  quite  a  contented  state. 

I.  If  the  particle  leaving  the  nucleus  doesn't 
take  with  it  all  the  energy  that  the  atom 
wants  to  get  rid  of,  it  throws  off  some  of 
the  energy  in  the  form  of  gamma  radia- 
tion. 

(a)   Therefore,   gamma  radiation  can 

be  given  off  by  many  radioactive 

materials  in  addition  to  giving  off 

alpha  or  beta  radiation. 

II.  Gamma  radiation  is  stopped  by  electrons. 

167 


2.  Beta — elementary  particles  carrying  negative  electrical 
charges  identical  with  an  electron. 

3.  Alpha — relatively  heavy  atomic  particles. 

a.  Each  particle  contains  2  protons  and  2  neutrons 
bound  together. 

b.  They  are  identical  with  the  nucleus  of  a  helium 
atom.     19.10 


RADIATION 

Radiation  is  a  common  expression  for  energy  emitted  in  both 
wave  and  particle  form.  Actually  it  should  apply  only  to  the  trans- 
mission of  electromagnetic  waves.  Small  amounts  are  emitted 
naturally  by  many  radioactive  materials  by  means  of  the  decay 
process.  Radiation  cannot  be  detected  by  the  human  senses,  there- 
fore, radiation  detection  and  measurement  instruments  must  be 
used. 

Materials  cannot  be  made  radioactive  by  being  subjected  to 
radiation.  They  are  only  made  radioactive  by  being  subjected  to  an 
intense  "neutron  flux"  which  results  in  "neutron  capture".  19.11 

RADIOACTIVE  ATOMS 

The  nuclei  of  radioactive  atoms  contain  excess  energy  and  are 
referred  to  as  being  in  an  "excited"  state. 

1.  They  rid  themselves  of  this  excitation  by  emitting  the 
excess  energy  in  the  form  of  radiation. 

a.  All  nuclear  radiation  falls  into  two  general  classes. 
I.  Rays 
II.  Particles — of  subatomic  bits  of  matter. 

2.  The  more  electrons  in  a  material,  the  more  gamma  radia- 
tion will  be  stopped. 

a.   A  heavy  element  must  be  used  to  stop  neutrons. 
I.  Hydrogen 
II.  Paraffin 
III.  Water 

3.  The  process  of  getting  rid  of  excess  energy  is  called 
radioactive  decay. 

a.  Some  radioisotopes  decay  directly  to  a  stable  state 
in  one  step. 

b.  Others  decay  through  a  series  of  steps  or  chains 
forming     different     radioactive     elements     called 
"daughter    products"    before    finally    reaching    a 
stable  state. 

I.  They  emit  radiation  during  each  step  of 
the  process. 

168 


II.  The  type   of   radiation   can   vary   during 
each  step.     19.12 


BIOLOGICAL  NUCLEAR  EFFECTS 

The  body  consists  of  mostly  empty  space.  To  us  it  seems  fairly 
solid  but  considering  that  one  drop  of  water  contains  6  sextillion 
(a  6  with  21  zeros  after  it)  atoms  it  must  be  realized  that  all  things 
that  seem  solid  are  actually  porous.  The  rays  that  pass  through  a 
body  without  hitting  anything  are  the  means  of  registering  X-rays 
on  film.  Each  ray  penetrates  to  a  different  depth  before  finding  its 
target  and  producing  its  effect  on  the  body.  19.13 

The  rays  from  radioactive  materials  do  not  hit  the  nucleus  in 
large  numbers.  Few  of  them  have  enough  energy  to  penetrate  or 
change  the  nucleus.  They  hit  the  electrons  orbiting  the  nucleus  and 
the  energy  of  the  ray  is  spent.  The  energy  from  the  rays  is  trans- 
ferred to  the  electrons  ejected  from  the  atoms.  This  is  the  process 
called  ionization.  19.14 

Atoms  in  their  normal  state  are  electrically  neutral — they 
contain  the  same  number  of  electrically  negative  electrons  in  orbit 
as  they  contain  electrically  positive  protons  in  their  nucleus.  When 
radiation  causes  displacement  and  rearrangement  of  these  elec- 
trons, positive  and  negative  ions  are  created.  These  ion  pairs  in 
sufficient  quantities  can  cause  complex  changes  in  body  chemistry 
which  result  in  degrees  of  sickness  or  death  depending  on  amount 
of  ionization  caused.  The  radiation  effect  goes  on  all  the  time. 
Bodies  are  constantly  being  bombarded  by  cosmic  rays  and  rays 
from  radioactive  materials  in  the  structure  of  our  life.  19.15 

When  an  electron  is  knocked  off  an  atom,  the  cell  of  which 
the  atom  is  a  part  is  damaged.  The  body  repair  mechanism  repairs 
the  cell.  This  radiation  may  be  bad  or  it  may  be  good.  No  one  really 
knows.  We  have  learned  to  live  with  it  since  the  beginning  of 
man.  19.16 


INTERNAL  RADIOACTIVE  POISONING 

There  are  two  radiation  problems ;  external  radiation  exposure 
and  internal  radioactive  poisoning.  This  section  will  take  up  the 
ingestion  of  radioactive  particles.  The  body  is  actually  a  chemical 
processing  plant.  It  normally  processes  food  and  air,  converting 
them  into  energy,  body  tissue,  bone  and  other  body  requirements. 
It  absorbs  most  things  through  breathing  and  swallowing.  Since 
many  of  the  body  needs  are  chemical  in  form  it  has  a  problem 
when  radioactive  substances  are  introduced  into  it.  For  instance, 
the  bones  use  calcium.  Radium  is  chemically  very  much  like  cal- 
cium. Therefore,  when  radium  is  taken  into  the  body  the  bones 

169 


have  a  tendency  to  accept  it  and  radium  is  deposited  in  the  bone. 

1.  Much  that  is  inhaled  is  immediately  exhaled. 

2.  Materials   which   are   not   soluble   when   swallowed   are 
rapidly  excreted  through  the  feces. 

a.   Soluble  materials  go  into  the  bloodstream. 

I.  The  bloodstream  carries  them  to  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  body  in  accordance 
with  its  usual  procedure  of  supplying 
body  needs. 

(a)  Each  part  of  the  body  responds 
chemically  to  the  material  offered 
and  accepts  it  because  it  is  similar 
to  materials  it  ordinarily  uses  or 
rejects  it. 

(b)  If  radioactive  iodine  is  offered  the 
thyroid  gland  will  pick  it  up. 

3.  Sodium,  hydrogen  and  potassium  are  widely  used  in  the 
body  and  these  elements  are  widely  distributed  through- 
out the  body  and  picked  up  whether  radioactive  or  not. 

a.  The  body  reacts  to  substances  chemically  whether 
or  not  they  are  radioactive. 

b.  If  none  of  the  organs  accept  the  substance  it  passes 
on  to  the  kidneys  and  then  out  of  the  body. 

I.  A  very  healthy  body  with  no  calcium  or 
other  deficiencies  may  not  accept  as  much 
radioactive  substances. 

The  biological  half  life  of  a  radioactive  element  is  the  period 
of  time  which  it  takes  for  one  half  of  it  to  be  excreted  from  the 
body  by  natural  processes.  Combining  the  radiological  half  life  with 
the  biological  half  life  gives  the  effective  half  life  of  the  material 
in  the  body.  19.17 


170 


CHAPTER  20 

America  After  A  Nuclear  Attack 

One  can  only  guess  at  the  way  of  life  of  Americans  in  a  period 
immediately  following  a  nuclear  attack  and  war.  Obviously  we 
could  expect  no  mercy  whatsoever  from  the  communists  in  the 
unlikely  event  that  they  were  victorious.  We  would  then  sink  into 
a  dull,  zombie  like  existence — with  all  the  well  described  frustra- 
tions of  a  police  state.  We  would  probably  face  a  small  fascist  con- 
trolling group  with  a  rubber  stamp  legislature  of  fellow  travelers 
operating  under  the  guise  of  phony  democracy.  If  America  is 
resolute  and  strong — well  armed  and  well  protected  we  will  not 
come  out  second  best.  It's  useless  to  talk  of  winning  a  nuclear  war. 
There  will  not  be  a  winner.  20.01 

ABSORBED  RADIATION 

After  the  bombs  have  dropped  and  the  debris  of  war  has  been 
cleared  away  there  will  still  remain  one  big  unavoidable  problem. 
Radiation  and  people  who  have  absorbed  radiation.  Let  us  assume 
that  1000  nuclear  bombs  have  been  delivered  on  American  targets. 
The  majority  of  these  will  have  fallen  on  three  main  types  of  tar- 
gets; military  installations,  cities  and  critical  industrial  areas. 

Assume  further  that  no  two  bombs  have  fallen  in  the  same 
total  destruction  area.  This  means  that  no  bomb  has  fallen  within, 
let  us  say,  three  miles  of  another  bomb.  Since  the  total  destruction 
area  of  a  nuclear  weapon  of  large  size  is  about  30  square  miles,  we 
will  have  1000  bombs  times  30  square  miles  or  30,000  square  miles 
of  total  destruction  and  of  dangerous  initial  (neutron  induced) 
radiation  ground  radioactivity.  20.02 

AREAS  OF  INTENSE  RADIATION 

This  means  that  out  of  the  3,000,000  square  miles  in  the 
continental  United  States,  30,000  or  roughly  1%  of  the  country  will 
be  intensely  radioactive  for  long  periods  of  time — possibly  a  life- 
time for  many  of  us.  Included  in  the  1%  will  be  cities  containing 
miniscule  proportions  of  total  area  but  large  percentages  of  total 
population.  People  living  in  these  city  targets  must  be  relocated — 
and  quickly.  All  the  industrial  capacity  in  the  world  will  mean 
nothing  without  people  to  run  the  machines  and  use  that  capacity. 
Military  targets  will  not  necessarily  face  loss  of  life  and  human 
damage  comparable  to  big  city  losses.  The  surrounding  ground  will 
be  just  as  deadly  radioactive  and  must  be  evacuated  perhaps  for  a 

171 


period  of  up  to  50  years.  The  same  is  true  of  the  huge  metropolitan 
centers.  These  three  classes  of  territory  must  be  evacuated.  New 
housing  for  the  people  evacuated  must  be  built  in  relatively  radia- 
tion free  parts  of  the  country.  20.03 

No  one  can  say  how  long  it  would  be  until  people  could  return 
to  prewar  homes,  military  bases  and  factories.  It  is  thought  by 
many  authorities  that  present  methods  of  long  range  radiation 
decay  computation  are  pessimistic  and  that  radioactive  decay  pro- 
ceeds at  faster  rates  than  indicated  by  formulas  presently  used. 
More  data  on  this  subject  would  be  obtained  over  the  post  attack 
years  by  actual  surveys  of  bombed  areas.  20.04 

RADIATION  WEATHERING  EFFECT 

The  weathering  effect  of  rain  and  snow,  when  better  under- 
stood, may  indicate  huge  carry  offs  of  radioactive  surface  mate- 
rials by  rivers,  streams,  sewers  and  other  means.  When  emptied 
ultimately  into  the  ocean,  the  vast  dilution  of  such  dangerous 
materials  might  speed  the  habitability  of  otherwise  dangerous 
areas.  20.05 

New  techniques,  to  neutralize  fallout  radiation,  by  plowing 
under  one  foot  of  top  soil  in  critical  radioactive  areas  and  the 
gathering  and  burying  of  contaminated  debris — all  may  mean 
speedier  returns  to  pre- attack  locations  than  would  be  indicated 
by  present  methods  and  calculations.  20.06 

RECONSTRUCTION  AND  RELOCATION  PROGRAMS 

All  this  relocation  and  rebuilding  must  be  done  under  adverse 
conditions  with  equipment  shortages,  in  radioactive  atmospheres. 
Obviously  a  completely  unique  and  dynamic  program  must  be 
planned.  It  may  well  be  that  reconstruction  will  be  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  Army  Corps  of  Engineers.  Unfortunately,  all  Ameri- 
cans are  not  shining  knights  and  even  as  it  is  in  peacetime,  so  will 
there  be  looting,  thievery  and  other  crimes  committed.  Since  local 
and  possibly  even  regional  police  protection  will  be  spotty  at  best, 
the  military  probably  will  have  to  maintain  order  throughout  the 
country. 

This  type  of  activity  gives  rise  to  the  often  heard  complaint 
that  we  will  come  out  of  a  nuclear  war  with  a  fascist  police  state 
run  by  the  military.  This  is  said  with  the  implication  that  this 
would  be  worse  than  turning  into  a  communist  state.  20.07 

MILITARY  LEADERSHIP 

The  military  leadership  of  our  country  has  always  had  the 

172 


unpleasant  task  of  providing  protection,  always  in  time  of  danger, 
to  our  citizens.  This  requires  firmness  and  disciplines  that  are 
necessary  to  get  the  job  done  in  wartime  emergencies.  It  is  nat- 
urally repugnant  to  freedom  loving  peoples.  It  will  be  necessary, 
during  and  after  a  nuclear  war,  to  impose  many  restrictions  and 
regulations  upon  the  citizenry  for  not  only  their  own  protection 
but  also  for  the  benefit  of  the  country  as  a  whole  and  the  majority 
of  the  population.  This  is  inevitable.  20.08 

Army,  navy  and  airforce  officers  by  their  training,  heritage 
and  customs,  represent  one  of  the  best  types  of  American  citizen. 
If  we  must  have  regimentation,  how  much  better  it  will  be  to  have 
a  temporary,  American  directed  effort  under  civilian  control  than 
to  have  a  permanent  one  directed  by  commissars  solely  interested 
in  alien  philosophies  and  problems.  20.09 

REGISTRATION 

One  of  the  first  post  war  projects  must  be  a  complete  registra- 
tion of  all  citizens.  Time  will  be  short  and  speed  absolutely  essen- 
tial. Registration  will  be  on  a  basis  of  radiation  exposure  and  age. 
There  will  emerge  from  this  registration  a  new  class  system  — 
not  one  as  we  now  think  of  it,  but  classes  divided  according  to 
radiation  absorbed.  20.10 


AREA  CERTIFICATIONS 

The  country  must  be  radiation  surveyed  and  divided  into  zones 
or  areas  according  to  radioactivity  remaining  in  each  zone.  With 
these  two  compilations  completed  an  immense  program  to  relocate 
all  people  with  high  radiation  absorbed  doses  in  low  radiation  areas 
must  be  undertaken.  At  this  point  the  question  of  age  becomes  all 
important.  Young  people  with  high  radiation  absorbed  doses  must 
be  given  an  emergency  expedited  status  and  rushed  to  the  lowest 
radiation  areas.  Old  people  with  high  radiation  absorbed  doses  will 
not  be  in  quite  as  precarious  a  position  for  reasons  to  be  covered 
later.  20.11 


RADIATION  BANKING  CONCEPT 

To  properly  assign  all  people  to  classes  according  to  radiation 
dose  absorbed  will  require  a  formula.  No  doubt  the  ' 'banking" 
formula  or  a  variation  of  it  will  be  employed.  This  formula  is  based 
on  the  fact  that  as  we  go  through  life  we  can  absorb  a  certain 
amount  of  radiation  each  year  and  not  suffer  any  immediate  ill 
effects.  This  amount  is  credited  to  an  individual's  "radiation  bank 
account"  each  year.  As  radiation  is  absorbed  by  the  same  person, 

173 


his  radiation  bank  account  is  debited.  The  balance  in  his  bank  ac- 
count is  the  total  radiation  that  he  can  absorb  or  withdraw  without 
any  immediate  ill  effects.  The  exact  value  of  the  deposit  each  year 
and  the  withdrawals  are  a  matter  of  question  at  this  time.  Author- 
itative sources  differ  on  these  values.  Further,  these  values  differ 
according  to  whether  normal  peacetime  industrial  radiation  prob- 
lems are  at  issue  or  whether  emergency  wartime  life  or  death 
conditions  are  considered.  20.12 


DEPOSITS  AND  WITHDRAWALS 


For  the  sake  of  discussion  we  will  say  that  the  amount  of 
radiation  that  could  be  credited  to  a  person's  account  each  year 
would  be  8  roentgens  or  640  roentgens  for  an  80  year  life  span. 
The  allowable  bank  withdrawal  may  be  5  roentgens  per  year  within 
certain  limitations  which  result  from  the  fact  that  some  deposits 
are  "time  .deposits"  which  may  not  be  withdrawn  ahead  of  time. 
The  time  limitations  might  be  these  maximums.  Not  more  than  10 
roentgens  may  be  withdrawn  in  any  one  hour,  or  more  than  25r  in 
any  one  day.  The  limit  for  one  month  would  be  lOOr  and  for  a 
lifetime  300  roentgens.  (17.10).  20.13 

The  one  big  drawback  to  the  use  of  a  commonsense  system  of 
citizen  conservation  is  that  very  few  people  have  dosimeters,  let 
alone  shelters.  Therefore,  estimates  must  be  made  in  a  post  war 
period.  The  only  possible  way  to  eliminate  guesswork  will  be  to 
develop  a  method  of  testing  designed  to  show  total  absorbed 
dose,  possibly  by  rate  of  cell  mitosis  (cell  growth)  or  ionization 
counters.  20.14 

As  an  example  let  us  take  a  man  40  years  old.  He  has  a  "bank 
account"  of  320r  and  has  received  a  total  accumulated  dose  of  120r. 
His  bank  balance  is  200r  and  deposits  will  be  made  at  the  rate  of  8r 
per  year  for  the  rest  of  his  life.  Assume  that  he  will  live  to  be  80 
years  old.  His  maximum  bank  account  in  his  eightieth  year  will  be 
520r.  He  may  be  assigned  to  an  area  where  the  average  yearly  dose 
rate  for  the  next  40  years,  will  be  13  roentgens  per  year.  Since  this 
is  the  average  rate  over  a  40  year  period,  the  starting  dose  rate 
at  his  time  of  entrance  to  his  assigned  area  might  be  considerably 
higher  than  13r  per  year.  These  and  other  figures  and  examples 
are  not  necessarily  based  on  facts.  They  are  intended  to  convey  an 
idea  of  what  type  of  system  might  be  used.  The  principle  must  be 
to  make  assignments  to  areas  by  age  and  absorbed  dose.  Otherwise 
the  wasteful  practice  of  assigning  someone  60  years  old,  with  no 
appreciable  absorbed  dose,  to  an  area  where  the  dose  rate  is  2r  per 
year  could  occur,  while  a  person  30  years  old  with  an  absorbed 
dose  of  240r  might  end  up  in  an  average  20r  per  year  area.  20.15 

174 


A  certification  of  age  and  absorbed  dose  for  each  person  would 
be  almost  mandatory  in  a  post  war  world.  A  complete  continuous 
record  for  each  person  will  be  maintained  in  order  to  make  area 
assignments  intelligently.  20.16 

OLDER  PEOPLE 

In  previous  history  it  has  almost  always  been  the  young  men 
of  America  who  died  for  their  country  in  perilous  times.  We  may 
see  the  position  reversed.  Older  people  with  small  absorbed  dose 
certifications  will  be  able  to  go  into  higher  radioactive  areas  and 
operate  the  bulldozers  and  other  decontamination  equipment  with 
the  least  harm  to  themselves,  and  the  most  benefit  to  their  country. 
Time  will  run  out  for  many  older  citizens.  That  is,  they  will  ap- 
proach the  end  of  life  with  substantial  unused  absorbed  dose 
credits  in  the  "bank".  They  will  be  able  to  volunteer  for  extremely 
hazardous  duty  in  highly  radioactive  areas  without  paying  the 
penalty  exacted  from  young  people ;  a  lifetime  spent  with  marginal 
radioactive  absorbed  dose  credits.  We  may  yet  live  to  see  the  day 
when  grandfather  comes  clanking  back  home  from  the  "front" 
on  a  bulldozer  in  a  parade  of  decontamination  veterans  to  the 
cheers  of  the  crowd  lining  the  decontaminated  curb  on  Fifth 
Avenue.  20.17 


RECONSTRUCTION  EFFORTS 

When  the  radiation  survey  of  all  habitable  areas  of  the  United 
States  has  been  completed  and  the  registration  and  rad  certifica- 
tion of  all  people  in  our  country  has  been  done,  we  can  then  decide 
what  products  and  services  should  have  priority.  Basically  the  de- 
cision will  be ;  what  do  we  need  and  where  can  we  make  it.  20.18 

Obviously  food,  water,  shelter  and  clothing  needs  will  have  top 
priority.  Soap,  medicines,  tools  and  utensils  will  come  next.  After 
these  primary  needs  will  come  bulldozers,  plows,  machine  tools, 
hardware — such  as  nails  and  screws,  generators,  tanning  equip- 
ment, cement  mixers,  blockmaking  equipment,  radio  and  broad- 
casting apparatus.  20.19 


BASIC  MATERIALS 

Practically  all  manufacturing  is  predicated  on  the  availability 
of  certain  basic  raw  materials  such  as  iron  ore,  coal,  oil  and  bauxite 
(for  aluminum).  These  materials  will  have  a  top  priority.  A  certain 
amount  of  these  essentials  will  be  immediately  available — in  transit, 
in  storage  or  otherwise  stockpiled  and  in  various  stages  of  pro- 
cessing in  places  difficult  to  wipe  out  with  a  nuclear  attack.  20.20 

175 


Mines  and  oil  wells  are,  by  their  nature,  scattered  all  over  the 
map.  This  is  a  disadvantage  under  normal  conditions — but  it  would 
be  a  big  asset  during  and  after  a  nuclear  attack.  Transportation 
might  be  somewhat  of  a  problem  in  getting  these  resources  to  steel 
mills  and  refineries.  Water  transportation  and  pipelines  would 
probably  be  least  affected  by  a  nuclear  attack.  It  would  appear 
that  basic  materials  and  their  transportation,  while  presenting 
difficulties,  would  be  delivered  to  facilities  left  intact  or  at  least 
operable.  20.21 

HEAVY  MANUFACTURING 

Our  post  attack  economy  will  require  the  tools  of  reconstruc- 
tion and  decontamination  as  well  as  the  essential  supplies  for 
existence.  Items  such  as  tractors,  diggers,  compressors,  generators, 
trucks,  pumps,  electronic  communications  equipment,  motors,  pack- 
aging equipment  and  heavy  generating  facilities  all  require  steel 
and  all  must  have  a  high  priority.  The  area  diversification  of  many 
of  our  big  companies  with  dozens  of  plants  scattered  widely  will  be 
a  tremendous  asset.  Even  plants  used  for  making  conveniences 
may  be  converted  to  the  items  urgently  needed.  20.22 

Very  few  Americans  have  ever  seen  the  United  States  as  a 
whole.  Almost  10,000  towns  and  cities  over  700  population.  Thou- 
sands of  them  containing  one  or  more  factories  or  manufacturing 
facilities.  Many  of  these  facilities  are  for  processing  farm  supplies 
— but  a  surprising  number,  especially  in  the  midwest,  make  a  large 
variety  of  equipment.  A  nuclear  attack,  no  matter  how  big,  could 
not  knock  out  our  manufacturing  capability  completely.  20.23 

Reservoirs,  housing  and  factories — mining  and  steel  mill  ma- 
chinery plus  cement  making  facilities,  all  these  needs  must  be  met. 
The  interrelationship  among  all  these  activities  is  so  complex  that 
one  can  not  say  with  authority  just  where  the  cycle  starts — but 
start  it  must.  20.24 

MEDICINE 

Fortunately,  many  of  our  leading  pharmaceutical  companies 
are  located  in  rural  areas  not  likely  to  be  destroyed  by  nuclear  blast 
or  heat.  This  circumstance  can  do  much  to  alleviate  the  inherent 
health  problems  inevitable  in  the  aftermath  of  a  nuclear  war.  20.25 

CLOTHING 

Much  of  the  material,  used  for  fabricating  clothing,  comes 
from  mills  scattered  in  dozens  of  small  towns  in  predominately 
rural  areas.  This  may  prove  to  be  a  plus  factor  in  solving  clothing 

176 


problems  under  post  war  conditions.  It  would  be  almost  impossible 
to  knock  out  all  mills  in  our  country  or  even  the  majority  of  them 
with  the  most  intense  nuclear  attack  possible  for  many  years.  20.26 

GOVERNMENT  PLANNING 

Our  government,  which  has  spent  over  many  years  millions  of 
dollars  on  obscure  projects  of  interest  to  very  few  people,  must 
certainly  have  investigated  thoroughly  possible  post  attack  con- 
ditions and  planned  for  them.  These  plans  are  understandably 
secret.  However,  anything  less  than  a  complete  survey  of  facilities 
and  their  capabilities  for  producing  necessities  of  life  outside  pos- 
sible target  areas,  would  be  an  inexcusable  dereliction  of  responsi- 
bility. Done  now,  this  would  be  a  simple  matter.  Delayed,  a  terrible 
price  may  be  paid.  20.27 


177 


Glossary 


Afterwinds  —  Winds  created  by  the  fireball  updraft.  They  are 
drawn  inward  and  upward  and  are  less  powerful  than  blast 
winds. 

Air  Burst  —  A  nuclear  explosion  occurring  at  a  sufficient  height 
to  keep  the  resulting  fireball  from  touching  the  ground. 

Alpha  Particles  —  A  form  of  radiation  lacking  energy  enough  to 
penetrate  even  the  outer  layer  of  skin.  Usually  emitted  by 
naturally  heavier  radioactive  elements  such  as  uranium,  ra- 
dium and  thorium. 

Barrier  Shielding  —  A  mass  placed  between  the  fallout  and  the 
shelter  occupant.  The  density  and  thickness  provide  the  shield- 
ing effect. 

Beta  Particles  —  A  form  of  radiation  that  can  be  stopped  by 
less  than  100  feet  of  air  or  by  heavy  clothing.  They  are 
more  powerful  than  alpha  particles  but  not  as  penetrating  as 
gamma  rays. 

Biological  Half-time  —  The  time  required  for  the  body  to  rid 
itself,  by  natural  biological  means,  of  one  half  the  initial 
value  of  an  element  taken  into  the  body. 

Blast  —  The  initial  shock  generated  at  the  instant  of  bomb  burst. 

Blast  Wave  —  The  wall  of  pressure  moving  outward  from  the 
blast  created  by  a  nuclear  bomb  burst. 

Blast  Wind  —  The  air  movement  of  hurricane  type  winds  that 
are  caused  by,  and  accompany  the  blast  wave. 

BOSDEC  —  Abbreviation  of  Bomb  Shelter  in  Depth  Concept. 

It  consists  of  three  areas.  A  primary  shelter  surrounded  on 
three  sides,  also  top  and  bottom,  by  a  minimum  of  one  foot 
of  reinforced  concrete  and  five  feet  of  earth.  The  fourth  side 
opens  into  a  secondary  shelter  connected  to  the  outside  by  a 
shelter  lock. 

Burst  —  The  explosion  of  a  nuclear  bomb. 
CFM  —  Abbreviation  of  Cubic  Feet  per  Minute. 

Combined  Shielding  —  Radiation  protection  combining  geometry 
and  barrier  shielding  into  the  total  shield. 

Crater — The  hole  in  the  ground  created  by  a  nuclear  ground  burst. 

Cube  Root  —  The  number  or  quantity  of  which  a  given  number 
or  quantity  is  the  cube.  The  cube  root  of  8  is  2. 

Curie  —  The  amount  of  a  particular  radioactive  substance  which 
undergoes  37  billion  radioactive  transformations  per  second. 

179 


Delayed  Fallout  —  Consists  of  dirt  and  debris  which  has  been 
swept  up  into  the  fireball,  becomes  radioactive,  is  carried 
aloft  by  the  explosion  and  high  altitude  winds  and  then  re- 
turns to  earth  more  than  24  hours  after  the  explosion. 

Direct  Nuclear  Radiation  —  Alpha,  Beta,  Gamma  and  neutron 
radiation  emitted  by  the  products  of  a  nuclear  explosion  at 
the  time  of  the  burst.  It  is  effective  for  less  than  one  minute 
and  only  within  a  radius  of  2  or  3  miles  from  the  explosion. 

Dose  Rate  —  The  amount  of  radiation  to  which  a  person  is  ex- 
posed, expressed  in  units  of  time. 

Dosimeters  -  -  A  meter  used  to  detect  and  register  the  total 
accumulated  exposure  to  ionizing  radiation  to  which  a  person 
has  been  exposed. 

Early  Fallout  —  Heavier  pieces  of  radioactive  debris  that  descend 
to  earth  starting  about  30  minutes  after  the  burst  and  con- 
tinuing for  up  to  24  hours. 

Energy  Yield  -  -  The  effective  energy  generated  by  a  nuclear 
explosion. 

Fallout  —  Dust  and  dirt  particles  which  have  been  made  radio- 
active by  the  nuclear  products  of  a  burst. 

Fireball  —  The  intensely  hot  and  brilliant  ball  of  fire  which  starts 
to  form  at  the  instant  of  explosion.  The  heat  lasts  10  seconds 
to  approximately  one  minute  depending  on  weapon  size. 

Firestorm  -  -  A  phenomenon  caused  by  many  small  fires,  usu- 
ally in  cities  or  forests,  combining  into  one  superheated  con- 
flagration. This  heat  generates  inrushing  winds  that  supply 
additional  oxygen  that  intensifies  the  fire  but  also  limits  its 
spread. 

Firewinds  —  Created  by  the  action  of  extremely  hot  fires  burn- 
ing up  atmospheric  oxygen  which  causes  a  vacuum  into  which 
cool  air  is  drawn  at  high  speed. 

Fission  —  A  method  of  creating  a  nuclear  explosion  by  splitting 
nucleus  of  a  heavy  element  such  as  Uranium  235  or  Plu- 
tonium 238. 

Fissionable  Materials  —  Materials  capable  of  self  sustaining  chain 
reactions. 

Flash  —  The  initial  ultraviolet  flash  from  a  nuclear  explosion 
which  lasts  a  few  millionths  of  a  second. 

Fusion  —  Fusion  creates  a  nuclear  explosion  by  causing  two  light 
nuclei  to  unite  into  one  heavy  element.  Fusion  is  roughly 
three  times  more  effective  than  fission  as  a  producer  of 
energy.  It  requires  the  millions  of  degrees  of  fission  tempera- 
ture to  trigger  the  fusion  explosion. 

180 


GZ  —  Abbreviation  of  Ground  Zero. 

Gamma  Rays  —  The  highly  penetrating  electromagnetic  rays 
emitted  by  the  products  of  a  nuclear  bomb  burst. 

Geometry  Shielding  —  The  term  used  to  describe  the  fallout  pro- 
tection inherent  in  distance  from  the  fallout.  The  greater  the 
distance  from  the  radiation,  the  less  danger  from  the  same 
fallout. 

Ground  Burst  —  A  nuclear  explosion  taking  place  at  or  very  close 
to  the  ground. 

Ground  Shock  —  The  shock  or  blast  effect  transmitted  through 
the  ground  as  a  result  of  a  ground  or  underground  nuclear 
bomb  burst. 

Ground  Zero  —  The  center  of  a  point  at  which  a  ground  burst 
occurs.  Also,  the  point  on  the  ground  directly  under  an  air 
burst. 

HVL  Thickness  —  Abbreviation  of  Half  Value  Layer  thickness. 

Half  Life  —  The  point  at  which  an  alpha  or  beta  particle  and 
gamma  ray  will  have  lost  one  half  of  its  radiation  by  radio- 
active decay.  Since  radioactive  materials  do  not  decay  at  an 
even  rate  the  whole  life  of  these  rays  will  be  much  longer 
than  twice  the  half  life.  The  decay  rate  is  accelerated  at  first 
but  slows  down  gradually. 

Half  Value  Layer  Thickness  —  The  thickness  of  any  particular 
material  which  will  stop  one  half  the  gamma  rays  from  pass- 
ing through  it. 

Hot  Spot  —  Zone  of  radioactive  contamination  containing  more 
radioactivity  than  adjacent  areas. 

ICBM  —  Abbreviation  of  Intercontinental  Ballistic  Missile. 

Initial  Nuclear  Radiation  —  Nuclear  radiation  occurring  during 
the  first  minute  after  a  nuclear  weapon  explosion. 

MEV  —  Abbreviation  of  Million  Electron  Volts.  A  unit  of  meas- 
urement indicating  the  penetrating  power  of  gamma  rays. 

MPS  —  Abbreviation  of  Maximum  Protection  Shelter. 
MT  —  Abbreviation  of  Megaton. 

Mach  Front  —  The  combined  forces  or  pressures  of  a  Shockwave 
(blast)  and  reflective  shock. 

Mass  Thickness  —  The  product  of  the  unit  weight  and  thickness 
of  a  wall  or  slab  which  determines  its  protection  effectiveness. 

Maximum  Protection  Shelter  —  A  shelter  with  a  Roentgen  reduc- 
tion factor  of  more  than  10,000  and  capable  of  withstanding 
an  overpressure  in  excess  of  100  psi. 

181 


Megaton  —  A  unit  of  energy  equivalent  to  1,000,000  tons  of  TNT. 

Micron  —  A  unit  of  measurement  equal  to  one  millionth  part  of  a 
meter.  A  meter  is  39.37  inches.  A  human  hair  has  a  diameter 
of  75  microns. 

Mil  —  One  thousandth  of  an  inch. 
Millicurie  —  One  thousandth  of  a  curie. 

Milliroentgen  —  One  thousandth  of  a  roentgen. 

Mutual  Shielding  —  The  barrier  shielding  supplied  by  adjacent 
buildings  or  other  masses. 

NEAR  —  Abbreviation — National  Emergency  Alarm  Repeater.  A 
unit  being  developed  by  the  Government  to  plug  into  AC  elec- 
tric outlets  to  provide  an  automatic  attack  warning. 

Neutron  —  A  particle  without  an  electrical  charge.  Part  of  the 
nucleus  of  an  atom.  Neutrons  are  needed  to  start  the  fission 
process.  Many  neutrons  are  produced  by  fission  and  fusion 
explosions. 

OP  —  Abbreviation  of  Overpressure. 

Overpressure  —  The  amount  of  pressure  in  excess  of  normal  at- 
mospheric pressure  which  is  14.7  psi  at  sea  level. 

PCF  —  Abbreviation  of  Pounds  per  Cubic  Foot. 
PF  —  Abbreviation  of  Protection  Factor. 

Plastic  Zone  —  The  zone  immediately  adjacent  to  the  rupture  zone 
of  a  nuclear  explosion  crater  area.  The  earth  is  subjected  to 
enough  stress  to  deform  it,  but  not  enough  to  produce  a  crater 
or  radial  cracks. 

PSF  —  Abbreviation  of  Pounds  per  Square  Foot. 
PSI  —  Abbreviation  of  Pounds  Per  Square  Inch. 

Primary  Shelter  —  In  the  BOSDEC  system  this  shelter  is  at  the 
center  of  a  protective  mass  and  is  the  place  where  imminent 
attacks,  actual  bursts,  thermal  radiation,  Shockwaves,  fire- 
winds,  initial  high  radiation  and  early  fallout  would  be  waited 
out. 

It  is  the  basic,  most  highly  shielded  protective  core  of  the 
BOSDEC  system  and  may  only  be  entered  by  going  through 
a  shelter  lock  and  a  secondary  shelter. 

Primary  Shock  —  Initial  blast  originating  at  the  instant  of  the 
nuclear  explosion. 

Protection  Factor  (PF)  —  This  term  expresses  the  relative  amount 
of  radiation  that  would  be  received  by  an  occupant  of  a  shelter 
compared  to  the  amount  he  would  receive  if  unprotected.  This 
factor  is  computed  by  dividing  the  outside  radiation  by  the 

182 


shelter  radiation — both  measured  in  roentgens  per  hour — 
which,  of  course,  reflects  the  protective  effects  of  combined 
barrier  and  geometry  shielding. 

r  —  Abbreviation  of  Roentgen. 

r/hr  —  Abbreviation  of  Roentgens  per  hour. 

RAD  —  Abbreviation  of  Radiation  Absorbed  Dosage.  A  unit  of  any 
absorbed  nuclear  radiation  dose. 

RBE  —  Abbreviation  of  Relative  Biological  Effectiveness.  A  for- 
mula for  relating  rads  of  different  radiations  to  that  of 
gamma  rays. 

REM  —  Abbreviation  of  Roentgen  Equivalent  Man.  The  biological 
damage  one  roentgen  will  do  to  a  human.  Used  to  express  all 
types  of  radiation  damage  in  one  term. 

Radiation  Reduction  Factor  —  This  is  the  reciprocal  of  Protection 
Factor.  If  the  protection  factor  is  1000  the  radiation  reduction 
factor  would  be  .001  or  one  thousandth.  It  consists  of  the 
fraction  of  external  radiation  which  passes  into  the  shelter. 

Radioactive  Decay  —  A  process  during  which  radiation  decreases 
by  a  factor  of  ten  when  time  increases  by  a  factor  of  seven. 
Many  of  the  radiation  emitters  are  short  lived  and  much  of 
the  radiation  decays  rapidly  at  first,  leaving  the  longer  lived 
emitters  which  slows  down  the  total  decay  rate. 

Radioactivity  —  A  condition  precipitated  by  nuclei  spontaneously 
undergoing  atomic  disintegration  by  the  emission  of  alpha  and 
beta  particles  and  sometimes  the  electromagnetic  radiation  of 
gamma  rays. 

Radioisotopes  (Byproducts)  —  Materials  which  may  be  made  ra- 
dioactive in  an  atomic  reactor. 

Ratemeter  —  The  same  as  a  survey  meter. 

Reflective  Shock  —  A  blast  wave  striking  the  ground,  a  building 
or  some  resistant  surface  produces  a  reflective  pressure  which 
may  double  the  unreflected  peak  overpressure. 

Roentgen  —  A  unit  of  gamma  ray  exposure  dosage  measurement 
named  for  a  German  physicist,  Dr.  Wilhelm  Konrad  Roentgen, 
who  discovered  X-rays  in  1895.  All  normal  atoms  have  at  least 
one  electron  orbiting  around  the  nucleus.  Roentgens  are  a 
measure  of  the  number  of  electrons  which  the  radiation 
knocks  out  of  orbit. 

Roentgens  Per  Hour  —  The  measurement  of  a  radiation  exposure 
dose  rate  is  expressed  in  roentgens  per  hour  (r/hr)  which  is 
the  amount  of  radiation  to  which  a  person  would  be  exposed 
in  one  hour. 

183 


Rupture  Zone  —  The  area  immediately  adjacent  to  the  crater  of  a 
nuclear  ground  burst.  The  ground  is  subjected  to  enough  force 
to  create  radial  cracks,  but  not  enough  to  produce  a  crater. 

Secondary  Shelter  -  -  In  the  BOSDEC  system  this  shelter  leads 
into  the  Primary  Shelter  and  serves  as  the  intermediate  area 
between  the  shelter  lock  and  the  Primary  Shelter.  The  sec- 
ondary shelter  contains  many  of  the  requirements  for  post 
attack  life.  It  will  have  a  PF  of  about  2000  with  a  two  foot 
thick  concrete  ceiling. 

Shelter  Lock  —  The  outer  shelter  connecting  the  outside  with  the 
Secondary  Shelter  in  the  BOSDEC  system.  The  Shelter  Lock 
has  a  low  protection  factor. 

Shielding  —  The  combined  effects  of  barrier  and  geometry  shield- 
ing plus  the  radioactive  decay  time  factor  determines  the  cu- 
mulative roentgen  radiation  dose  in  a  shelter  when  the  out- 
side radiation  readings  are  known.  The  shielding  alone  deter- 
mines the  PF. 

Shockwave  —  Another  term  for  blast  wave.  Usually  refers  to  un- 
derground or  underwater  bursts. 

Skyshine  —  Radiation  reaching  a  target  from  many  directions  due 
to  the  scattering  effect  of  oxygen  and  nitrogen  in  the  air. 

Square  Root  —  The  number  or  quantity  which  when  squared  will 
produce  a  given  number  or  quantity.  Three  is  the  square  root 
of  nine. 

Subsurface  Burst  —  A  nuclear  explosion  occurring  under  the  sur- 
face of  the  earth. 

Surface  Burst  —  A  nuclear  explosion  occuring  at  or  very  close  to 
the  surface  of  the  earth. 

Survey  Meter  --  A  radiation  meter  which  detects  and  measures 
the  radiation  dose  rate  in  roentgens  per  hour  (r/hr). 

Tenth  Value  Layer  Thickness  —  The  thickness  of  a  given  material 
that  will  reduce  radiation  to  one  tenth  of  its  unshielded  value. 

Thermal  Radiation  --  The  heat  radiation  from  a  bomb  burst.  It 
comes  in  two  phases.  The  initial  ultraviolet  flash  and  the  fire- 
ball with  its  mostly  infrared  heat. 

Thermonuclear  Explosion  —  A  fusion  type  explosion  requiring  fis- 
sion temperatures  to  trigger  it. 

TVL  Thickness  —  Abbreviation  for  Tenth  Value  Layer  thickness. 


184 


Bibliography 

GOVERNMENT  PUBLICATIONS: 

Fallout  Shelter  Surveys :  Guide  for  Architects  and  Engineers  1960, 
Pub.  NP-10-2 

Fallout  Shelter  Surveys:  Guide  for  Executives,  Pub.  NP-10-1 

Family  Fallout  Shelter  1959,  Pub.  MP-15 

Civil  Defense  Technical  Bulletin  1958,  Pub.  TB-5-3 

Windowless  Structures  —  A  study  in  blast  resistant  design  1952 
—  TM  5-4. 

Rescue  Techniques  and  Operations  1953,  Pub.  TM  14-1 

Effects  of  Nuclear  Weapons,   U.S.   Atomic  Energy  Commission, 
U.  S.  Department  of  Defense  1962    $3.00 

Clay  Masonry  Family  Fallout  Shelters  1960,  Pub.  MP-18 
Advisory  Bulletin  No.  243  OCDM  August  24,  1959 

First  Aid:   Emergency  Kit,   Emergency  Action   FCDA    (OCDM) 
L-2-12  1958 

Fallout  Protection  OCD  Dept.  of  Defense  H-6  1961 

Peacetime  Radiation  Hazards  in  the  Fire  Service 

Basic  Course  -  -  Resource  Manual  OE-84019  and  OE-84020 
Instructors  Guide  Circular  No.  657  U.  S.  Dept.  Health,  Educa- 
tion &  Welfare  and  U.  S.  Atomic  Energy  Commission  1961. 

Living  With  Radiation:  Fire  Service  Problems  No.  2 
U.  S.  Atomic  Energy  Commission  1960 

Basic  Civil  Defense   OCDM  1959    1G-3-2 

Nature  of  Radioactive  Fallout  and  Its  Effects  on  Man,  Part  1  and 
Part  2   1957 

CD  in  Industry  by  Virgil  L.  Couch,  Director 
FCDA  Industry  Office   April  1956 


185 


RECOMMENDED  COLLATERAL  READING 

You  Can  Survive  the  Bomb  —  by  Col.  Mel  Mawrence  with  John 
Clark  Kimball.  Published  by  Avon  Book  Div.  of  The  Hearst 
Corporation,  959  Eighth  Avenue,  New  York  19,  N.  Y.  1961. 
50£.  Contains  much  detailed  and  useful  information.  Highly 
recommended. 

Fallout  Shelter  Handbook  —  by  Chuck  West 

Published  by  Fawcett  Publications,  Inc.,  Greenwich,  Connec- 
ticut 1962.  75^.  Contains  20  pages  of  construction  information 
which  is  worth  the  cost  of  the  entire  book.  Best  information 
available  on  this  subject. 

Nuclear  Attack  and  Industrial  Survival  —  by  McGraw  Hill  Pub- 
lishing Company,  330  West  42nd  Street,  New  York  36,  N.  Y. 
January  1,  1962  issue  of  Aviation  Week  and  Space  Technology 
(and  all  other  McGraw-Hill  Magazines.)  Reprints  available  at 
200  each.  A  completely  unbiased  and  objective  appraisal  of 
Nuclear  hazards  and  problems  obviously  prepared  and  pub- 
lished with  a  great  sense  of  responsibility  to  the  American 
people.  A  must! 


186 


Equipment  and  Food 
Selection  Service 

The  equipment  and  supplies  that 
are  mentioned  in  this  manual  were 
selected  with  considerable  care.  As  a 
reader,  you  are  entitled  to  know  what 
products  were  used  in  compiling  the 
checklists  and  menus  in  this  book. 
All  foods  and  menus  were  tested  in 
actual  practice.  As  an  author  we  con- 
sidered it  unethical  to  mention  brand 
names  in  the  manual  unless  the  prod- 
uct could  not  be  easily  described  in 
any  other  way.  If  you  are  interested, 
you  may  fill  in  the  attached  form 
with  name  and  address  and  enclose 
it  with  a  self  addressed,  stamped  en- 
velope in  an  envelope  addressed  to 
the  publisher.  In  return  you  will  re- 
ceive a  list  of  equipment,  supplies 
and  foods  which  were  used  in  com- 
piling the  manual.  Please  feel  free  to 
comment  on  your  opinion  of  the  book. 
The  brands  chosen  were  selected  on 
the  basis  of  quality,  packaging,  uni- 
formity, ease  of  preparation  and 
availability.  Our  selection  of  a  certain 
brand  does  not  necessarily  mean  that 
it  is  superior  to  other  brands  or  prod- 
ucts, nor  does  it  constitute  a  recom- 
mendation to  buy  such  a  product.  It 
is  for  information  purposes  only. 
Many  fine  products  were  eliminated 
from  consideration  as  shelter  sup- 
plies because  they  were  not  available 
nationally. 

The  items  chosen  for  the  list  were 
compiled  without  the  prior  knowledge 
of  any  equipment  manufacturer  or 
food  processor. 

187 


I 
I 


»-    0    •  Jr, 

|go| 

^   Q   Q_   CO 

•o 

I 


NOTES 


189 


NOTES 


190 


NOTES 


191 


Donner  Library 

ince  Radiation  Laboratory 

University  of  California,  Berkeley 


7600-94689  (REV.  9/6&)